Transition

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C., 20549
FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

[X]

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (D) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005

OR

   

[  ]

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   

For the transition period from ___________ to __________

   


Commission
File
Number
_______________

Exact Name of
Registrant
as specified
in its charter
_______________


State or other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
______________


IRS Employer
Identification
Number
___________

       

1-12609

PG&E Corporation

California

94-3234914

1-2348

Pacific Gas and Electric Company

California

94-0742640

 

Pacific Gas and Electric Company
77 Beale Street
P.O. Box 770000
San Francisco, California 94177
________________________________________

PG&E Corporation
One Market, Spear Tower
Suite 2400
San Francisco, California 94105
______________________________________

Address of principal executive offices, including zip code

 

Pacific Gas and Electric Company
(415) 973-7000
________________________________________

PG&E Corporation
(415) 267-7000
______________________________________

Registrant's telephone number, including area code

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

   

Yes        X      

No               

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

   

Yes       X      

No               

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as of latest practicable date.

 

Common Stock Outstanding, April 28, 2005:

 

PG&E Corporation

370,087,968 shares (excluding 24,665,500 shares held by a wholly owned subsidiary)

Pacific Gas and Electric Company

Wholly owned by PG&E Corporation

   

 

 

PG&E CORPORATION AND
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY,
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

PAGE

ITEM 1.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 

PG&E Corporation

 
   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

3

   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

4

   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

6

 

Pacific Gas and Electric Company

 
   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

8

   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

9

   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

11

 

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 

NOTE 1:

General

13

 

NOTE 2:

The Utility's Emergence from Chapter 11

22

 

NOTE 3:

Debt

22

 

NOTE 4:

Energy Recovery Bonds

27

NOTE 5 :

Shareholders' Equity

28

NOTE 6:

Risk Management Activities

29

 

NOTE 7:

Commitments and Contingencies

31

 

NOTE 8:

Subsequent Events

38

 

ITEM 2.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

39

 

Results of Operations

44

 

Liquidity and Financial Resources

49

 

Contractual Commitments

54

 

Capital Expenditures

55

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

55

 

Contingencies

55

 

Risk Management Activities

58

 

Critical Accounting Policies

62

 

Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Adopted

63

 

Taxation Matters

63

 

Additional Security Measures

64

 

Environmental and Legal Matters

64

 

ITEM 3.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

64

ITEM 4.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

64

 

PART II.

OTHER INFORMATION

 
 

ITEM 1.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

66

ITEM 2.

CHANGES IN SECURITIES, USE OF PROCEEDS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

67

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

68

ITEM 5.

OTHER INFORMATION

70

ITEM 6.

EXHIBITS

70

 

SIGNATURES

72

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PG&E CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Three Months Ended

March 31,

2005

2004

Operating Revenues

   Electric

$

1,660 

$

1,791 

   Natural gas

1,009 

931 

      Total operating revenues

2,669 

2,722 

Operating Expenses

   Cost of electricity

396 

561 

   Cost of natural gas

620 

578 

   Operating and maintenance

767 

816 

   Recognition of regulatory assets

(4,900)

   Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

312 

   Reorganization professional fees and expenses

      Total operating (gain) expenses

2,168 

(2,631)

Operating Income

501 

5,353 

   Reorganization interest income

   Interest income

21 

   Interest expense

(161)

(231)

   Other expense, net

(1)

(27)

Income Before Income Taxes

360 

5,109 

   Income tax provision

142 

2,076 

Net Income

$

218 

$

3,033 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding, Basic

388 

393 

Net Earnings Per Common Share, Basic

$

0.55 

$

7.36 

Net Earnings Per Common Share, Diluted

$

0.54 

$

7.15 

Dividends Declared Per Common Share

$

0.30 

$

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

PG&E CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Balance At

(in millions)

March 31,

December 31,

2005
(Unaudited)

2004

ASSETS

Current Assets

   Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,381 

$

972 

   Restricted cash

1,858 

1,980 

   Accounts receivable:

     Customers (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $88
     million in 2005 and $93 million in 2004)

1,916 

2,085 

     Regulatory balancing accounts

968 

1,021 

   Inventories:

     Gas stored underground

83 

175 

     Materials and supplies

131 

129 

   Prepaid expenses and other

55 

46 

      Total current assets

6,392 

6,408 

Property, Plant and Equipment

   Electric

21,689 

21,519 

   Gas

8,574 

8,526 

   Construction work in progress

518 

449 

   Other

15 

15 

      Total property, plant and equipment

30,796 

30,509 

   Accumulated depreciation

(11,728)

(11,520)

      Net property, plant and equipment

19,068 

18,989 

Other Noncurrent Assets

   Regulatory assets

6,412 

6,526 

   Nuclear decommissioning funds

1,627 

1,629 

   Other

938 

988 

      Total other noncurrent assets

8,977 

9,143 

TOTAL ASSETS

$

34,437 

$

34,540 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

PG&E CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Balance At

(in millions, except share amounts)

March 31,

December 31,

2005
(Unaudited)

2004

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities

   Short-term borrowings

$

$

300 

   Long-term debt, classified as current

457 

758 

   Rate reduction bonds, classified as current

290 

290 

   Energy recovery bonds, classified as current

197 

   Accounts payable:

      Trade creditors

500 

762 

      Disputed claims and customer refunds

2,142 

2,142 

      Regulatory balancing accounts

574 

369 

      Other

499 

352 

   Interest payable

432 

461 

   Income taxes payable

388 

185 

   Deferred income taxes

374 

394 

   Other

879 

905 

      Total current liabilities

6,732 

6,918 

Noncurrent Liabilities

   Long-term debt

6,722 

7,323 

   Rate reduction bonds

506 

580 

   Energy recovery bonds

1,691 

   Regulatory liabilities

3,869 

4,035 

   Asset retirement obligations

1,325 

1,301 

   Deferred income taxes

3,490 

3,531 

   Deferred tax credits

119 

121 

   Preferred stock of subsidiary with mandatory redemption provisions
      (redeemable, 6.30% and 6.57%, outstanding 4,800,000 shares,       due 2005-2009)

120 

122 

   Other

1,756 

1,690 

       Total noncurrent liabilities

19,598 

18,703 

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 1, 2, and 7)

Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries

286 

286 

Preferred Stock

   Preferred stock, no par value, 80,000,000 shares, $100 par value,
      5,000,000 shares, none issued

Common Shareholders' Equity

   Common stock, no par value, authorized 800,000,000 shares,
   issued 393,170,435 common and 1,400,062 restricted shares in 2005
   and 417,014,431 common and 1,601,710 restricted shares in 2004

6,196 

6,518 

   Common stock held by subsidiary, at cost, 24,665,500 shares

(718)

(718)

   Unearned compensation

(31)

(26)

   Accumulated earnings

2,379 

2,863 

   Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(5)

(4)

       Total common shareholders' equity

7,821 

8,633 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

$

34,437 

$

34,540 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

PG&E CORPORATION

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(Unaudited)

(in millions)

Three Months Ended

 

March 31,

 

2005

 

2004

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

   Net income

$

218 

$

3,033 

   Adjustments to reconcile net income to

     net cash provided by operating activities:

        Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

312 

        Recognition of regulatory assets

(4,900)

        Deferred income taxes and tax credits, net

(63)

1,926 

        Other deferred charges and noncurrent liabilities

(45)

237 

        Tax benefit on employee stock options exercises

25 

        Gain on sale of assets

(16)

   Net effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        Restricted cash

96 

(128)

        Accounts receivable

169 

352 

        Inventories

90 

82 

        Accounts payable

(115)

(257)

        Accrued taxes

202 

65 

        Regulatory balancing accounts, net

254 

(53)

        Other working capital

(182) 

287 

   Payments authorized by the bankruptcy court on amounts classified as      liabilities subject to compromise

(20)

   Other, net

14 

(33)

Net cash provided by operating activities

1,048 

887 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

   Capital expenditures

(349)

(342)

   Net proceeds from sale of assets

11 

18 

   Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

26 

(6,917)

   Other, net

26 

(65)

Net cash used in investing activities

(286)

(7,306)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

   Net repayments under credit facilities and short-term
     borrowings

(300)

   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs of
     $153 million in 2004

6,547 

   Proceeds from issuance of energy recovery bonds, net of issuance
   costs of $14 million in 2005

1,874 

   Long-term debt matured, redeemed or repurchased

(902)

(310)

   Rate reduction bonds matured

(74)

(74)

   Preferred stock with mandatory redemption provisions redeemed

(2)

   Common stock issued

120 

58 

   Common stock repurchased

(1,065)

   Preferred dividends paid

(4)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

(353)

6,221 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

409 

(198)

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

972 

3,658 

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31

$

1,381 

$

3,460 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

   Cash received for:

     Reorganization interest income

$

$

   Cash paid for:

     Interest (net of amounts capitalized)

267 

197 

     Income taxes refunded, net

(14)

     Reorganization professional fees and expenses

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing
   activities

    Common stock dividends declared but not yet paid

111 

     Transfer of liabilities and other payables subject to compromise
       to operating assets and liabilities

$

$

(257)

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended

(in millions)

March 31,

2005

2004

Operating Revenues

Electric

$

1,660 

$

1,791 

Natural gas

1,009 

931 

Total operating revenues

2,669 

2,722 

Operating Expenses

Cost of electricity

396 

561 

Cost of natural gas

620 

578 

Operating and maintenance

773 

808 

Recognition of regulatory assets

(4,900)

Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

311 

Reorganization professional fees and expenses

Total operating (gain) expenses

2,174 

(2,640)

Operating Income

495 

5,362 

Reorganization interest income

Interest income

20 

Interest expense

(154)

(213)

Other income, net

13 

Income Before Income Taxes

365 

5,173 

Income tax provision

142 

2,099 

Net Income

223 

3,074 

Preferred dividend requirement

Income Available for Common Stock

$

219 

$

3,066 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Balance At

(in millions)

March 31,

December 31,

2005

2004

(Unaudited)

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,056 

$

783 

Restricted cash

1,857 

1,980 

Accounts receivable:

Customers (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of

$88 million in 2005 and $93 million in 2004)

1,916 

2,085 

Related parties

Regulatory balancing accounts

968 

1,021 

Inventories:

Gas stored underground and fuel oil

83 

175 

Materials and supplies

131 

129 

Prepaid expenses and other

54 

43 

Total current assets

6,067 

6,218 

Property, Plant and Equipment

Electric

21,689 

21,519 

Gas

8,574 

8,526 

Construction work in progress

518 

449 

Total property, plant and equipment

30,781 

30,494 

Accumulated depreciation

(11,715)

(11,507)

Net property, plant and equipment

19,066 

18,987 

Other Noncurrent Assets

Regulatory assets

6,412 

6,526 

Nuclear decommissioning funds

1,627 

1,629 

Other

892 

942 

Total other noncurrent assets

8,931 

9,097 

TOTAL ASSETS

$

34,064 

$

34,302 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Balance At

(in millions, except share amounts)

March 31,

December 31,

2005

2004

(Unaudited)

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities

Short term borrowings

$

$

300 

Long-term debt, classified as current

457 

757 

Rate reduction bonds, classified as current

290 

290 

Energy recovery bonds, classified as current

197 

Accounts payable:

Trade creditors

500 

762 

Disputed claims and customer refunds

2,142 

2,142 

Related parties

20 

20 

Regulatory balancing accounts

574 

369 

Other

484 

337 

Interest payable

426 

461 

Income taxes payable

322 

102 

Deferred income taxes

351 

377 

Other

741 

869 

Total current liabilities

6,504 

6,786 

Noncurrent Liabilities

Long-term debt

6,442 

7,043 

Rate reduction bonds

506 

580 

Energy recovery bonds

1,691 

Regulatory liabilities

3,869 

4,035 

Asset retirement obligations

1,325 

1,301 

Deferred income taxes

3,587 

3,629 

Deferred tax credits

119 

121 

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption provisions
   (redeemable, 6.30% and 6.57%, outstanding 4,800,000 shares,
   due 2005-2009)

120 

122 

Other

1,625 

1,555 

Total noncurrent liabilities

19,284 

18,386 

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 1, 2 and 7)

Shareholders' Equity

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption provisions:

   Nonredeemable, 5% to 6%, outstanding 5,784,825 shares

145 

145 

   Redeemable, 4.36% to 7.04%, outstanding 5,973,456 shares

149 

149 

Common stock, $5 par value, authorized 800,000,000 shares,

   issued 299,291,477 shares

1,496 

1,606 

Common stock held by subsidiary, at cost, 19,481,213 shares

(475)

(475)

Additional paid-in capital

1,900 

2,041 

Reinvested earnings

5,066 

5,667 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(5)

(3)

Total shareholders' equity

8,276 

9,130 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

$

34,064 

$

34,302 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(in millions)

Three Months Ended

March 31,

2005

2004

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

   Net income

$

223 

$

3,074 

   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by

     operating activities:

        Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

311 

        Recognition of regulatory assets

(4,900)

        Deferred income taxes and tax credits, net

(70)

2,014 

        Other deferred charges and noncurrent liabilities

(49)

279 

        Gain on sale of assets

(16)

   Net effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

97 

(126)

        Accounts receivable

169 

353 

        Inventories

90 

82 

        Accounts payable

(115)

(256)

        Accrued taxes

220 

98 

        Regulatory balancing accounts, net

254 

(53)

        Other working capital

(179)

253 

   Payments authorized by the bankruptcy court on amounts
     classified as liabilities subject to compromise

(20)

   Other, net

10 

(84)

Net cash provided by operating activities

1,035 

1,009 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

   Capital expenditures

(349)

(342)

   Net proceeds from sale of assets

11 

18 

   Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

26 

(6,917)

   Other, net

26 

(65)

Net cash used in investing activities

(286)

(7,306)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

   Net repayments under credit facilities and short-term
     borrowings

(300)

   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs of
     $153 million in 2004

6,547 

   Proceeds from issuance of energy recovery bonds, net of issuance
     costs of $14 million in 2005

1,874 

   Long-term debt matured, redeemed or repurchased

(900)

(310)

   Rate reduction bonds matured

(74)

(74)

   Common stock dividends paid

(110)

-  

   Preferred dividends paid

(4)

   Preferred stock with mandatory redemption provisions redeemed

(2)

   Common stock repurchased

(960)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

(476)

6,163 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

273 

(134)

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

783 

2,979 

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31

$

1,056 

$

2,845 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

   Cash received for:

     Reorganization interest income

$

$

   Cash paid for:

     Interest (net of amounts capitalized)

169 

175 

     Income taxes paid, net

     Reorganization professional fees and expenses

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities

     Equity contribution for settlement of POR payable

(128)

   Transfer of liabilities and other payables subject to compromise
     to operating assets and liabilities

$

$

(257)

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: GENERAL

Organization and Basis of Presentation

               PG&E Corporation, incorporated in California in 1995, is an energy-based holding company that conducts its business principally through Pacific Gas and Electric Company, or the Utility, a public utility operating in northern and central California. The Utility engages primarily in the businesses of electricity and natural gas distribution, electricity generation, electricity transmission, and natural gas procurement, transportation and storage. PG&E Corporation became the holding company of the Utility and its subsidiaries on January 1, 1997. The Utility, incorporated in California in 1905, is the predecessor of PG&E Corporation.

               This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is a combined report of PG&E Corporation and the Utility. Therefore, the Notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements apply to both PG&E Corporation and the Utility. PG&E Corporation's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of PG&E Corporation, the Utility, and other wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries. The Utility's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include its accounts and those of its wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries, and variable interest entities for which it is subject to a majority of the risk of loss or gain. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated from the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

               The accompanying interim unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP, for interim financial information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they may not contain all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. Both PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004, were derived from the audited Consolidated Balance Sheets included in their combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K, or Annual Report, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

               The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies and include, but are not limited to, estimates and assumptions used in determining the Utility's regulatory asset and liability balances based on probability assessments of regulatory recovery, revenues earned but not yet billed (including delayed billings), disputed claims, asset retirement obligations, allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, provisions for losses that are deemed probable from environmental remediation liabilities, pension liabilities, mark-to-market accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended, or SFAS No. 133, income tax related liabilities, litigation, and the Utility's review for impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of its assets might not be recoverable. As these estimates and assumptions involve judgments on a wide range of factors, including future regulatory decisions and economic conditions that are difficult to predict, actual results could differ from these estimates. PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements reflect all adjustments that management believes are necessary for the fair presentation of their financial position and results of operations for the periods presented.

               During the Utility's proceeding under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or Chapter 11, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's Consolidated Financial Statements were presented in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code," or SOP 90-7. Under SOP 90-7, professional fees and expenses directly related to the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding and interest income on funds accumulated during the Chapter 11 proceedings were reported separately as reorganization items. The Utility discontinued the application of SOP 90-7 upon its emergence from Chapter 11 on April 12, 2004 when the Utility's plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 became effective, or the Effective Date. As discussed below, in Note 2, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California, which oversaw the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding, retains jurisdiction, among other things, to resolve the remaining disputed claims made in the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding.

               This quarterly report should be read in conjunction with PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in their combined 2004 Annual Report.

Earnings Per Common Share

               Earnings per common share is calculated, utilizing the "two-class" method, by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common shareholders and undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. In applying the "two-class" method, undistributed earnings are allocated to both common shareholders and participating securities. PG&E Corporation's $280 million of 9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010, or Convertible Subordinated Notes, are entitled to receive (non-cumulative) dividend payments without exercising the conversion option and meet the criteria of a participating security.

               The Convertible Subordinated Notes are convertible at the option of the holders into 18,558,655 common shares. All PG&E Corporation's participating securities participate on a 1:1 basis in dividends with common shareholders.

               The following is a reconciliation of PG&E Corporation's net income and weighted average common shares outstanding for calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions, except share amounts)

2005

2004

Net income

$

218 

$

3,033 

Less: distributed earnings to common shareholders

111 

Undistributed earnings

107 

3,033 

Common shareholders earnings

Basic

Distributed earnings to common shareholders

111 

Undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders

102 

2,893 

Total common shareholders earnings, basic

213 

2,893 

Diluted

Distributed earnings to common shareholders

111 

Undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders

102 

2,897 

Total common shareholders earnings, diluted

$

213 

$

2,897 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

388 

393 

9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes

19 

19 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and participating securities, basic

407 

412 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

388 

393 

Employee stock options, restricted stock and PG&E Corporation shares held by grantor trusts

PG&E Corporation warrants

Rounding

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

392 

405 

9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes

19 

19 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and participating securities, diluted

411 

424 

Net earnings per common share, basic

Distributed earnings, basic

$

0.29 

$

Undistributed earnings, basic

0.26 

7.36 

Total

$

0.55 

$

7.36 

Net earnings per common share, diluted

Distributed earnings, diluted

$

0.28 

$

Undistributed earnings, diluted

0.26 

7.15 

Total

$

0.54 

$

7.15 

               Options to purchase 6,500 and 8,542,006 PG&E Corporation common shares were outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the option exercise prices were greater than the average market price.

               PG&E Corporation reflects the preferred dividends of subsidiaries as other expense for computation of both basic and diluted earnings per common share .

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

               An entity is a variable interest entity, or VIE, if it does not have sufficient equity investment at risk, or if the holders of the entity's equity instruments lack the essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest. The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 46, ''Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,'' or FIN 46R, requires that the company that is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from a VIE's activities, or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity's residual returns, or both, consolidate the VIE. A company that consolidates a VIE is called the primary beneficiary.

               PG&E Corporation and Utility adopted FIN 46R on January 1, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have an impact on net income.

Low-Income Housing Partnerships

               The Utility invests in low-income housing partnerships, or LIHPs. The entities were formed to invest in low-income housing projects sponsored by non-profit organizations in the state of California. The Utility determined that it was the primary beneficiary of one LIHP, resulting in its consolidation, and an increase in total assets and total liabilities of $10 million in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The consolidated LIHP has issued debt in the amount of $4 million, which is secured by assets of the partnership, totaling $24 million, and the Utility's commitment to make capital infusions of approximately $10 million over the next five years.

               The Utility is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of any other LIHPs. The maximum exposure to loss from its investment in unconsolidated LIHPs is the Utility's investment of $5 million at March 31, 2005.

Power Purchase Agreements

               The nature of power purchase agreements is such that the Utility could have a significant variable interest in a power purchase agreement counterparty if that entity is a VIE owning one plant that sells substantially all of its output to the Utility, and the contract price for power is correlated with the plant's variable costs of production. The Utility determined that none of its current power purchase agreements represent significant variable interests. The FASB added a project to its agenda in March 2005 to review how companies determine whether an arrangement is a variable interest. Their findings could impact how the determination is applied to the Utility's power purchase agreements in the future.

Adoption of New Accounting Policies and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

               The accounting policies used by PG&E Corporation and the Utility include those necessary for rate-regulated enterprises, which reflect the ratemaking policies of the California Public Utilities Commission, or CPUC, and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC.

Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003

               In May 2004, FASB issued Staff Position SFAS No. 106-2, "Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003," or FSP 106-2. FSP 106-2 supersedes FSP 106-1, "Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003," and provides guidance on the accounting, disclosure, effective date, and transition requirements related to the Medicare Prescription Drug Act. FSP 106-2 was effective for the third quarter of 2004. The adoption of FSP 106-2 did not have any impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements of PG&E Corporation or the Utility.

               The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services issued the final regulations on prescription drug benefits on January 21, 2005. Despite the initial preliminary conclusion that the Utility's postretirement medical plan, or the Plan , did not qualify for the federal subsidy, the final regulations may allow the Plan to qualify for the federal subsidy. PG&E Corporation and the Utility are continuing to evaluate the effects, if any, of the final regulations on the Plan, and the impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Related Party Agreements and Transactions

               In accordance with various agreements, the Utility and other subsidiaries provide and receive various services to and from their parent, PG&E Corporation, and among themselves. The Utility and PG&E Corporation exchange administrative and professional services in support of operations. These services are priced either at the fully loaded cost ( i.e. , direct costs and allocations of overhead costs) or at the higher of fully loaded cost or fair market value, depending on the nature of the services. PG&E Corporation also allocates certain other corporate administrative and general costs to the Utility and other subsidiaries using agreed allocation factors, including the number of employees, operating expenses excluding fuel purchases, total assets and other cost allocation methodologies. The Utility purchases natural gas transportation services from Gas Transmission Northwest Corporation, or GTNW, formerly known as PG&E Gas Transmission, Northwest Corporation. GTNW is no longer a related party after the cancellation of PG&E Corporation's equity interest in National Energy & Gas Transmission, Inc., or NEGT, on the effective date of its plan of reorganization, October 29, 2004. Through July 7, 2003, all significant intercompany transactions with NEGT and its subsidiaries were eliminated in consolidation; therefore, no profit or loss resulted from these transactions. Beginning July 8, 2003, the Utility's transactions with NEGT are no longer eliminated in consolidation. The Utility's significant related party transactions and related receivable (payable) balances were as follows:


Three Months Ended

Receivable (Payable)
Balance Outstanding at

(in millions)

March 31,

March 31,

December 31,

2005

2004

2005

2004

Utility revenues from:

Administrative services provided to
   PG&E Corporation

$

$

$

$

Utility expenses from:

Administrative services received from
   PG&E Corporation

$

25 

$

22 

$

(20)

$

(20)

Interest accrued on pre-petition liabilities due
   to PG&E Corporation

Natural gas transportation services received
   from GTNW

15 

               As discussed below, as of March 31, 2004, PG&E Corporation recorded the impact of the settlement agreement, entered into on December 19, 2003, among PG&E Corporation, the Utility and the CPUC to resolve the Utility's Chapter 11 case, or the Settlement Agreement. The Settlement Agreement precluded the Utility from reimbursing PG&E Corporation for certain Chapter 11 related costs. As such, PG&E Corporation reduced its receivable from the Utility, and the Utility reduced its payable to PG&E Corporation by $128 million. The transactions were recorded as a contribution of equity to the Utility by PG&E Corporation, net of taxes of $52 million, and an increase to additional-paid-in-capital by the Utility in the first quarter of 2004.

Regulation and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility account for the financial effects of regulation in accordance with SFAS No. 71,"Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," as amended, or SFAS No. 71. SFAS No. 71 applies to regulated entities whose rates are designed to recover the costs of providing service. The Utility is regulated by the CPUC, the FERC and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or NRC, among others. SFAS No. 71 applies to all of the Utility's operations except for the operations of a natural gas pipeline.

               SFAS No. 71 provides for recording regulatory assets and liabilities when certain conditions are met. Regulatory assets represent the capitalization of incurred costs that would otherwise be charged to expense when it is probable that the incurred costs will be included for ratemaking purposes in the future. Amortization of regulatory assets is charged to expense during the period that the costs are reflected in regulated revenues. Regulatory liabilities represent rate actions of a regulator that will result in amounts that are to be credited to customers through the ratemaking process.

               To the extent that portions of the Utility's operations cease to be subject to SFAS No. 71 or recovery is no longer probable as a result of changes in regulation or the Utility's competitive position, the related regulatory assets and liabilities are written off.

Regulatory Assets

               Regulatory assets comprise the following:

 

Balance At

(in millions)

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

2005

 

2004

Settlement Regulatory Asset

$

1,282 

$

3,188 

Energy recovery bond regulatory asset

1,868 

Utility retained generation regulatory assets

1,161 

1,181  

Rate reduction bond assets

676 

741 

Regulatory assets for deferred income tax

500 

490 

Unamortized loss, net of gain, on reacquired debt

340 

345 

Environmental compliance costs

227 

192 

Post-transition period contract termination costs

139 

142 

Regulatory assets associated with plan of reorganization

170 

182 

Other, net

49 

65 

   Total regulatory assets

$

6,412 

$

6,526 

              In light of the satisfaction of various conditions to the implementation of the Utility's plan of reorganization, the accounting probability standard required to be met under SFAS No. 71 in order for the Utility to recognize the regulatory assets provided under the Settlement Agreement (as described in Note 2) was met as of March 31, 2004. Therefore, the Utility recorded the $3.7 billion, pre-tax ($2.2 billion, after-tax), regulatory asset established under the Settlement Agreement, or the Settlement Regulatory Asset, and $1.2 billion, pre-tax ($0.7 billion, after-tax), for the Utility retained generation regulatory assets in the first quarter of 2004 (see Note 2 for further discussion). As of December 31, 2004, the Utility had recorded pre-tax offsets to the Settlement Regulatory Asset of approximately $309 million ($183 million, after-tax) for supplier settlements and approximately $233 million ($138 million, after-tax) for amortization of the Settlement Regulatory Asset. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility recorded amortization of the Settlement Regulatory Asset of approximately $33 million ($20 million, after-tax) and did not record any offsets for supplier settlements.

              On February 10, 2005, PG&E Energy Recovery Funding, LLC, or PERF, a limited liability company wholly-owned and consolidated by the Utility (but legally separate from the Utility), issued the first series of energy recovery bonds, or ERBs, for approximately $1.9 billion to refinance the remaining after-tax balance of the Settlement Regulatory Asset. As a result of the issuance of ERBs, the pre-tax Settlement Regulatory Asset has been reduced to approximately $1.3 billion (representing the deferred tax liability associated with the collection of the revenues for the ERBs) and the Utility has recorded a regulatory asset related to the ERBs of approximately $1.9 billion.

               The Utility's rate reduction bond asset represents electric industry restructuring costs that the Utility expects to collect over the life of the bonds. The regulatory assets for deferred income tax represent deferred income tax benefits that have already been passed through to customers and are offset by deferred income tax liabilities. The regulatory asset related to unamortized loss, net of gain, on reacquired debt represents costs on debt reacquired or redeemed prior to maturity with associated discount and debt issuance costs. Environmental compliance costs are costs incurred by the Utility for environmental remediation. The post-transition period contract termination costs represent amounts the Utility incurred in terminating a 30-year power purchase agreement. Regulatory assets associated with the plan of reorganization include costs incurred in financing the Utility's exit from Chapter 11 and costs to oversee the environmental enhancement of the Pacific Forest and Watershed Stewardship Council, an entity that was established pursuant to the Utility's plan of reorganization. These regulatory assets are recoverable from customers in future rates.

               In general, the Utility does not earn a return on regulatory assets where the related costs do not accrue interest. Accordingly, the only regulatory asset on which the Utility earns a return are the regulatory assets relating to the Utility's retained generation and unamortized loss, net of gain on reacquired debt.

               The Settlement Agreement authorizes the Utility to earn an 11.22% rate of return on equity on its rate base, including the after-tax amount of the Settlement Regulatory Asset and the retained generation regulatory assets. Now that the remaining unamortized after-tax balance of the Settlement Regulatory Asset has been refinanced through the issuance of the first series of ERBs, the Utility no longer earns this 11.22% rate of return on the Settlement Regulatory Asset as it is no longer a part of rate base.

Regulatory Liabilities

               Regulatory liabilities comprise the following:

(in millions)

Balance At

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

2005

 

2004

Cost of removal obligation

$

2,000 

$

1,990 

Asset retirement costs

678 

700 

Employee benefit plans

640 

687 

Public purpose programs

198 

191 

Rate reduction bonds

178 

182 

Other

175 

285 

   Total regulatory liabilities

$

3,869 

$

4,035 

               The Utility's regulatory liabilities related to costs of removal represent revenues collected for asset removal costs that the Utility expects to incur in the future. The regulatory liability associated with asset retirement costs represents timing differences between the recognition of nuclear and fossil decommissioning obligations in accordance with GAAP applicable to non-regulated entities under SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," or SFAS No. 143, and the amounts recognized for ratemaking purposes. The Utility's regulatory liabilities related to employee benefit plan expenses represent the cumulative differences between expenses recognized for financial accounting purposes and expenses recognized for ratemaking purposes. These balances will be charged against expense to the extent that future financial accounting expenses exceed amounts recoverable for regulatory purposes. The Utility's regulatory liability related to public purpose programs represents revenues designated for public purpose program costs that are expected to be incurred in the future. The Utility's regulatory liability for rate reduction bonds represents the deferral of over-collected revenue associated with the rate reduction bonds that the Utility expects to return to customers in the future.

Regulatory Balancing Accounts

               Sales balancing accounts accumulate differences between revenues and the Utility's authorized revenue requirements. Cost balancing accounts accumulate differences between incurred costs and revenues. Under-collections that are probable of recovery through regulated rates are recorded as regulatory balancing account assets. Over-collections that are probable of being credited to customers are recorded as regulatory balancing account liabilities. The Utility's regulatory balancing accounts accumulate balances until they are refunded to or received from the Utility's customers through authorized rate adjustments.

               The Utility expects to collect from or refund to its customers the balances included in current balancing accounts receivable and payable within the next twelve months. Regulatory balancing accounts that the Utility does not expect to collect or refund in the next twelve months are included in non-current regulatory assets and liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility apply the intrinsic-value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," in accounting for employee stock-based compensation, as allowed by SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," or SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123," or SFAS No. 148. Under the intrinsic-value method, PG&E Corporation and the Utility do not recognize any compensation expense for stock options, as the exercise price is equal to the fair market value of a share of PG&E Corporation common stock at the time the options are granted.

               The tables below show the effect on net income and earnings per common share for PG&E Corporation and the Utility had it elected to account for its stock-based compensation plans using the fair-value method under SFAS No. 123 for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004:

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Three Months Ended

 

March 31,

 

2005

 

2004

Net earnings:

As reported

$

218 

$

3,033 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation

expense determined under the fair value based method

for all awards, net of related tax effects

(3)

(4)

Pro forma

$

215 

$

3,029 

Basic earnings per common share:

As reported

$

0.55 

$

7.36 

Pro forma

0.55 

7.35 

Diluted earnings per common share:

As reported

0.54 

7.15 

Pro forma

0.53 

7.14 

               If compensation expense had been recognized using the fair value-based method under SFAS No. 123, the Utility's pro forma consolidated earnings would have been as follows:

(in millions)

Three Months Ended

 

March 31,

 

2005

 

2004

Net earnings:

As reported

$

219 

$

3,066 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense

determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

(2)

(2)

Pro forma

$

217 

$

3,064 

Restricted Stock

               At March 31, 2005, a total of 2,418,760 shares of restricted PG&E Corporation common stock had been awarded to eligible employees of PG&E Corporation and its subsidiaries, of which 1,598,140 shares were awarded to Utility employees. PG&E Corporation awarded 329,840 shares of restricted common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2005, of which 242,010 shares were awarded to Utility employees.

               The restricted shares are held in an escrow account. The shares become available to the employees as the restrictions lapse. Dividends payable with respect to restricted shares are not paid until the restrictions lapse.

               For restricted stock granted in 2003, the restrictions on 80% of the shares lapse automatically over a period of four years at the rate of 20% per year. The compensation expense for these shares remains fixed at the value of the stock at grant date. Restrictions on the remaining 20% of the shares will lapse at a rate of 5% per year if PG&E Corporation is in the top quartile of its comparator group as measured by annual total shareholder return for each year ending immediately before each annual lapse date. The compensation expense recognized for these shares is variable, and changes with the common stock's market price. As the performance criteria for 2004 were not met, 91,017 shares of restricted stock were forfeited.

               Restricted stock awards after 2003 do not contain performance criteria. The restrictions lapse ratably over four years, from the date of award, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated before the annual vesting date. All restricted shares are also subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances, including death, disability, and change in control.

               Compensation expense associated with all the shares is recognized on a quarterly basis, by amortizing the unearned compensation related to that period. Total compensation expense resulting from the issuance of restricted shares, as reflected on PG&E Corporation's Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, was approximately $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and approximately $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, of which approximately $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and approximately $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was recognized by the Utility. The total unamortized balance of unearned compensation resulting from the issuance of restricted shares, as reflected on PG&E Corporation's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets was approximately $31 million at March 31, 2005 and approximately $26 million at December 31, 2004.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

               PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's comprehensive income (loss) consists principally of changes in the market value of certain cash flow hedges under SFAS No. 133, and the effects of the remeasurement of the Utility's defined benefit pension plan.

PG&E Corporation

Utility

(in millions)

2005

2004

2005

2004

Three months ended March 31

Net income available for common stock

$

218 

$

3,033 

$

219 

$

3,066 

Net gain in other comprehensive income from current period
   hedging transactions and price changes in accordance
   with SFAS No. 133 (net of income tax expense of $2 million
   in 2004)

Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of income tax
   benefit of $2 million in 2005)

(1)

(2)

Other

Comprehensive income

$

217 

$

3,037 

$

217 

$

3,069 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

               Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) reports a measure for accumulated changes in equity of an enterprise that results from transactions and other economic events, other than transactions with shareholders. The following table sets forth the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

(in millions)

Hedging Transactions in Accordance with SFAS No. 133

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

Minimum Pension Liability Adjustment

Other

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Balance at December 31, 2003

$

(81)

$

$

(4)

$

$

(85)

Period change in:

Mark-to-market adjustments for hedging
transactions in accordance with SFAS No. 133

Other

Balance at March 31, 2004

(78)

(4)

(81)

Balance at December 31, 2004

(1)

(4)

(4)

Period change in:

Minimum pension liability adjustment

(1)

(1)

Other

(1)

Balance at March 31, 2005

$

$

$

(5)

$

$

(5)

               Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included losses related to discontinued operations of approximately $77 million at December 31, 2003. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the remaining losses of approximately $77 million included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were recognized in connection with PG&E Corporation's elimination of its equity interest in NEGT. Excluding the activity related to NEGT, there was no material difference between PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

               PG&E Corporation and its subsidiaries provide non-contributory defined benefit pension plans for certain of their employees and retirees (referred to collectively as pension benefits), contributory postretirement medical plans for certain of their employees and retirees and their eligible dependents, and non-contributory postretirement life insurance plans for certain of their employees and retirees (referred to collectively as other benefits). PG&E Corporation and its subsidiaries use a December 31 measurement date for all of its plans and use publicly quoted market values and independent pricing services depending on the nature of the assets, as reported by the trustee, to determine the fair value of the plan assets.

               Net periodic benefit cost as reflected in PG&E Corporation's Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004 are as follows:

PG&E Corporation

 

Pension Benefits
Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

Other Benefits
Three Months Ended
March 31,

(in millions)

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

Service cost for benefits earned

$

56 

 

$

47 

 

$

 

$

Interest cost

125 

 

118 

 

20 

 

23 

Expected return on plan assets

(151)

 

(141)

 

(21)

 

(19)

Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

14 

 

13 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized loss

 

 

 

   Net periodic benefit cost

$

50 

 

$

38 

 

$

17 

 

$

22 

               There was no material difference between the Utility and PG&E Corporation's net periodic benefit cost.

               Under SFAS No. 71, regulatory adjustments are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Utility to reflect the difference between Utility pension expense or income for accounting purposes and Utility pension expense or income for ratemaking, which is based on a funding approach.

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility expect to contribute approximately $20 million for Pension Benefits to fund voluntary retirement program obligations and approximately $68 million for Other Benefits in 2005. These anticipated contributions are consistent with PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's funding policy, which is to contribute amounts that are tax deductible, consistent with applicable regulatory decisions and sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements. None of these benefit plans are subject to a minimum funding requirement in 2005. The Utility's pension benefit plans met all the funding requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Adopted

Share-Based Payment Transactions

               In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (revised December 2004), "Share-Based Payment," or SFAS No. 123R. SFAS No. 123R requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements and establishes a fair-value measurement objective in determining the value of such a cost. On April 14, 2005, the SEC amended the compliance date and allowed public companies with calendar year-ends to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the first quarter of 2006. PG&E Corporation and the Utility are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 123R on their Consolidated Financial Statements.

Inventory Costs

               In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, "Inventory Costs an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4", or SFAS No. 151. The guidance clarifies that the allocation of fixed production overhead to inventory is based on normal capacity. Abnormal amounts of idle facility, excess freight, handling costs and spoilage should be recognized as a current period charge. SFAS No. 151 will be effective January 1, 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of either PG&E Corporation or the Utility.

Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations

               In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, "Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143," or FIN 47. FIN 47 clarifies that a conditional asset retirement obligation refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity. Accordingly, an entity is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 will be effective for the fourth quarter of 2005. PG&E Corporation and the Utility are currently evaluating the impact of FIN 47 on their Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2: THE UTILITY'S EMERGENCE FROM CHAPTER 11

               As a result of the California energy crisis, the Utility filed a voluntary petition for relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 on April 6, 2001. The Utility retained control of its assets and was authorized to operate its business as a debtor-in-possession during its Chapter 11 proceeding. PG&E Corporation and the subsidiaries of the Utility, including PG&E Funding LLC, (which issued rate reduction bonds) and PG&E Holdings LLC (which holds stock of the Utility), were not included in the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding.

               On April 12, 2004, the Utility emerged from Chapter 11 when its plan of reorganization became effective, or the Effective Date. The plan of reorganization incorporated the terms of the Settlement Agreement approved by the CPUC on December 18, 2003, and entered into among the CPUC, the Utility and PG&E Corporation on December 19, 2003, to resolve the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding. Although the Utility's operations are no longer subject to the oversight of the bankruptcy court, the bankruptcy court retains jurisdiction to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation or enforcement of (1) the Settlement Agreement, (2) the plan of reorganization, and (3) the bankruptcy court's December 22, 2003 order confirming the plan of reorganization. In addition, the bankruptcy court retains jurisdiction to resolve remaining disputed claims.

               In light of the satisfaction of various conditions to the implementation of the plan of reorganization, the accounting probability standard required to be met under SFAS No. 71, in order for the Utility to recognize the regulatory assets provided under the Settlement Agreement was met as of March 31, 2004. Therefore, the Utility recorded the $2.2 billion, after-tax ($3.7 billion, pre-tax) Settlement Regulatory Asset, and $0.7 billion, after-tax ($1.2 billion, pre-tax), for the Utility retained generation regulatory assets. Refer to the 2004 Annual Report for further discussion of the Settlement Agreement. On February 10, 2005, the Utility refinanced the remaining unamortized after-tax portion of the Settlement Regulatory Asset as discussed in Note 4.

              As of March 31, 2005, the Utility had accrued approximately $1.6 billion for remaining net disputed claims, consisting of approximately $2.1 billion of accounts payable-disputed claims primarily payable to the California Independent System Operator, or ISO, and the Power Exchange, or the PX, offset by an accounts receivable amount from the ISO and the PX of approximately $0.5 billion. The Utility held $1.6 billion in escrow for the payment of the remaining disputed claims as of March 31, 2005. Upon resolution of these claims and under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, any refunds, claims offsets or other credits that the Utility receives from energy suppliers will be returned to customers. With the approval of the bankruptcy court, the Utility has withdrawn certain amounts from the escrow in connection with settlements with certain ISO and PX sellers.

               Petitions for review of the CPUC's order approving the Settlement Agreement and order denying rehearing of its approval order that had been filed by the City and County of San Francisco, or CCSF, and Aglet Consumer Alliance, or Aglet, are still pending at the California Court of Appeal. CCSF and Aglet allege that the Settlement Agreement violates California law, among other claims. CCSF requests that the appellate court hear and review the CPUC's decisions, approving the Settlement Agreement and Aglet requests that the CPUC's decisions be overturned. Three California state senators have filed a brief in support of the CCSF and Aglet petitions. The California Court of Appeal has not yet acted on the petitions.

              In addition, two former CPUC commissioners who did not vote to approve the Settlement Agreement filed an appeal of the bankruptcy court's confirmation order with the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, or the District Court. On July 15, 2004, the District Court dismissed their appeal. The former commissioners have appealed the District Court's order with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, or Ninth Circuit. After briefing is complete, the Ninth Circuit will consider arguments by the Utility and the CPUC to dismiss the appeal. On April 12, 2005, the District Court entered an order dismissing a second appeal of the confirmation order that had been filed by the City of Palo Alto, but which the City of Palo Alto subsequently had agreed to dismiss voluntarily.

              PG&E Corporation and the Utility believe the petitions for review of the CPUC orders and the appeal of the confirmation order are without merit and will be rejected. If the bankruptcy court's confirmation order or the Settlement Agreement is overturned or modified on appeal, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's financial condition and results of operations, and the Utility's ability to pay dividends or otherwise make distributions to PG&E Corporation, could be materially adversely affected.

NOTE 3: DEBT

Long-Term Debt

               The following table summarizes PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's long-term debt that matures in one year or more from the date of issuance:

 

Balance At

(in millions)

March 31, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

PG&E Corporation

   Convertible subordinated notes, 9.50%, due 2010

$

280 

$

280 

   Other long-term debt

   Less: current portion

(1)

   

280 

280 

Utility

   First mortgage bonds:

      3.26% to 6.05% bonds, due 2006-2034

5,300 

6,200 

      Unamortized discount, net of premium

(17)

(17)

      Total first mortgage bonds

5,283 

6,183 

   Pollution control bond loan agreements, variable rates, due 2007

614 

614 

   Pollution control bond loan agreement, 5.35%, due 2016

200 

200 

   Pollution control bond loan agreements, 3.50%, due 2007

345 

345 

   Pollution control bond reimbursement obligations, variable rates, due 2005

454 

454 

   Other

   Less: current portion

(457)

(757)

6,442 

7,043 

Total consolidated long-term debt, net of current portion

$

6,722 

$

7,323 

PG&E Corporation

Convertible Subordinated Notes

               PG&E Corporation currently has outstanding $280 million of 9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes that are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2010. These Convertible Subordinated Notes may be converted (at the option of the holder) at any time prior to maturity into 18,558,655 shares of common stock of PG&E Corporation, at a conversion price of approximately $15.09 per share. The conversion price is subject to adjustment should a significant change occur in the number of PG&E Corporation's outstanding common shares. To date, the conversion price has not required adjustment. In addition, holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive pass-through dividends at the same payout as common stockholders with the number of shares determined by dividing the principal amount of the Convertible Subordinated Notes by the conversion price. On April 15, 2005, PG&E Corporation paid approximately $6 million of pass-through dividends to holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes. The holders have a one-time right to require PG&E Corporation to repurchase the Convertible Subordinated Notes on June 30, 2007, at a purchase price equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (including liquidated damages and pass-through dividends, if any).

               In accordance with SFAS No. 133, the dividend participation rights component is considered to be an embedded derivative instrument and, therefore, must be bifurcated from the Convertible Subordinated Notes and marked-to-market on PG&E Corporation's Consolidated Statements of Income as a non-operating expense (in Other expense, net), and reflected at fair value on PG&E Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2005. At March 31, 2005, the total estimated fair value of the dividend participation rights component, on a pre-tax basis, was approximately $92 million, of which $20 million is classified as a current liability (in Current liabilities-Other) and $72 million is classified as a noncurrent liability (in Noncurrent liabilities-Other). The change in mark to market fair value for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, was immaterial, and was approximately $32 million, pre-tax, for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Utility

First Mortgage Bonds/Senior Notes

               On March 23, 2004, the Utility closed a public offering of $6.7 billion of first mortgage bonds, or First Mortgage Bonds. The First Mortgage Bonds were offered in multiple tranches consisting of 3.60% First Mortgage Bonds due March 1, 2009 in the principal amount of $600 million, 4.20% First Mortgage Bonds due March 1, 2011 in the principal amount of $500 million, 4.80% First Mortgage Bonds due March 1, 2014 in the principal amount of $1 billion, 6.05% First Mortgage Bonds due March 1, 2034 in the principal amount of $3 billion, and Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due April 3, 2006 in the principal amount of $1.6 billion. The Utility received proceeds of $6.7 billion from the offering, net of a discount of $18 million. The interest rate for the Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds is based on the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 0.70%, which resets quarterly. At March 31, 2005, the interest rate on the Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds was 3.26%. On April 3, 2005, the rate was reset to 3.82%. The next reset date is July 3, 2005. First Mortgage Bonds in the aggregate amount of $2.5 billion also were used to secure the Utility's obligations under various other debt agreements.

               On October 3, 2004, the Utility partially redeemed Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due in 2006 in the aggregate principal amount of $500 million. On January 3, 2005, in anticipation of the receipt of ERB proceeds, the Utility partially redeemed Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due in 2006 in the aggregate principal amount of $300 million. On February 24, 2005, the Utility used a portion of the ERB proceeds to defease $600 million of Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due in 2006. The defeased bonds were redeemed on April 3, 2005.

               The First Mortgage Bonds were secured by a first lien, subject to permitted exceptions, on substantially all of the Utility's real property and certain tangible personal property related to the Utility's facilities. The lien was released on April 22, 2005, upon satisfaction of various conditions specified in the indenture, including confirmation from Moody's Investors Service, or Moody's, and Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, or S&P, that the Utility's unsecured debt ratings following the release would be at least Baa2 from Moody's and BBB from S&P. On March 3, 2005, Moody's increased the rating on the First Mortgage Bonds from Baa2 to Baa1. On April 22, 2005, the Utility and the trustee entered into an amended and restated indenture to eliminate the provisions related to the lien of the mortgage. The First Mortgage Bonds have been redesignated as follows:

First Mortgage Bonds

 

Redesignated As

 

Amount

3.6% First Mortgage Bonds due 2009

 

3.6% Senior Notes due 2009

 

$600 million

4.2% First Mortgage Bonds due 2011

 

4.2% Senior Notes due 2011

 

$500 million

4.8% First Mortgage Bonds due 2014

 

4.8% Senior Notes due 2014

 

$1 billion

6.05% First Mortgage Bonds due 2034

 

6.05% Senior Notes due 2034

 

$3 billion

Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due 2006

 

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2006

 

$200 million

               Since the lien has been released there is no collateral securing the First Mortgage Bonds and the bonds, now designated as the Senior Notes as set forth in the table above, have become the Utility's unsecured general obligations ranking pari passu with the Utility's other unsecured debt. Under the indenture for the Senior Notes, the Utility has agreed that it will not incur secured debt (except for (1) debt secured by specified liens, and (2) secured debt in an amount not exceeding 10% of the Utility's net tangible assets, as defined in the indenture) unless the Utility provides that the Senior Notes will be equally and ratably secured with the new secured debt.

Pollution Control Bonds

               On April 22, 2005, the Utility entered into an amendment to four reimbursement agreements totaling $620 million related to letters of credit aggregating $614 million that had been issued to support certain pollution control bonds issued on behalf of the Utility. In addition to reducing pricing and generally conforming the covenants and events of default to those in the $1 billion working capital facility (described below), the term of the amended agreements has been extended from three years to five years until April 22, 2010.

Repayment Schedule

               At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined aggregate amounts of scheduled repayments of long-term debt, rate reduction bonds, and ERBs as scheduled are reflected in the table below:

(in millions)

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

Thereafter

 

Total

Long-term debt:

PG&E Corporation

Average fixed interest rate

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

9.50%

9.50%

Fixed rate obligations

$

-   

$

-   

$

-   

$

-   

$

-   

$

280   

$

280   

Utility

Average fixed interest rate

-   

-   

3.50%

-   

3.60%

5.78%

5.43%

Fixed rate obligations

$

-   

$

-   

$

345   

$

-   

$

600   

$

4,683   

$

5,628   

Variable interest rate as of
   March 31, 2005

4.00%

3.26%

2.30%

-   

-   

-   

-   

Variable rate obligations

$

454   

$

200   

$

614   

$

-   

$

-   

$

-   

$

1,268   

Other

$

2   

$

1   

$

$

-   

$

-   

$

-   

$

3   

Total consolidated long-term
   debt

$

456   

$

201   

$

959   

$

-   

$

600   

$

4,963   

$

7,179   

ERBs & RRBs:

Utility

Average fixed interest rate

6.42%

6.44%

6.48%

-   

-   

-   

6.45%

Rate reduction bonds

$

216   

$

290   

$

290   

$

-   

$

-   

$

-   

$

796   

Average fixed interest rate

3.32%

3.55%

3.87%

3.87%

4.05%

4.35%

4.02%

Energy recovery bonds

$

140   

$

221   

$

230   

$

239   

$

248   

$

810   

$

1,888   

 

Credit Facilities and Short-Term Borrowings

               The following table summarizes PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's short-term borrowings and outstanding credit facilities at March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

(in millions)


March 31, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 

Revolving Credit Limit

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

Short-Term Borrowings:

PG&E Corporation

     Senior credit facility

$

200 

$

$

        Total credit facilities

$

200 

$

$

Utility

     Accounts receivable financing

$

650 

$

$

     Working capital facility

850 

300 

        Total credit facilities

$

1,500 

$

$

300 

 

Other Credit Facilities:

 

Utility

March 31, 2005

   Letters of credit (1) :

     Pollution control bond reimbursement
        agreements

$

620 

     Working capital facility

155 

        Total letters of credit

$

775 

   First mortgage bonds issued to secure and support various debt and credit facilities (1) :

     Pollution control bond loan agreements, variable rates, due 2007

$

620 

     Pollution control bond loan agreement, 5.35%, due 2016

200 

     Pollution control bond loan agreements, 3.50% variable, due 2007

345 

     Pollution control bond reimbursement obligations, variable rates, due 2005

454 

     Working capital facility

850 

        Total First Mortgage Bonds issued to secure and support various debt and credit
           facilities

$

2,469 

(1)

Off-balance sheet commitments.

PG&E Corporation

Senior Credit Facility

               On December 10, 2004, PG&E Corporation entered into a $200 million revolving senior unsecured credit facility, or the senior credit facility, which includes a $50 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $100 million sublimit for swing line loans (loans made available on a same day basis and repayable in full within thirty days). Borrowings and letters of credit under the senior credit facility will be used for working capital and other corporate purposes. On April 8, 2005, PG&E Corporation entered into an amendment , which became effective on April 12, 2005, to the senior credit facility to extend its term from three years to five years, with all amounts due and payable on December 10, 2009. In addition, the amendment made other changes to the senior credit facility to conform the covenants, representations and events of default to those in the Utility's working capital facility, discussed below.

               At PG&E Corporation's request and at the sole discretion of each lender, the senior credit facility may be extended for additional periods. PG&E Corporation has the right to increase, in one or more requests given no more than once a year, the aggregate facility by up to $100 million provided certain conditions are met. At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation had not made any borrowings or issued any letters of credit under the senior credit facility.

               The fees and interest rates PG&E Corporation pays under the senior credit facility vary depending on the Utility's unsecured debt ratings issued by S&P and Moody's. A facility fee based on the total amount of the senior credit facility (regardless of the usage) and a utilization fee based on the average daily amount outstanding under the senior credit facility are payable quarterly in arrears. The utilization fee is payable during any quarter in which the average daily amount outstanding under the senior credit facility is in excess of 50% of the aggregate amount of the facility. At PG&E Corporation's option, any loan under the senior credit facility (other than swing line loans) bears interest at a rate equal to the "applicable margin" plus one of the following indexes: (i) LIBOR or (ii) the base rate (the higher of (a) the administrative agent's base rate and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%). Each swing line loan bears interest at the applicable margin plus the base rate. The applicable margin ranges between 0.50% and 1.35% for Eurodollar loans, and 0% and 0.5% for base rate loans. The facility fee ranges between 0.15% and 0.40%, and the utilization fee ranges between 0.125% and 0.25%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears, or earlier for loans with shorter interest periods.

               In addition, PG&E Corporation pays a fee for each letter of credit outstanding under the senior credit facility equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR loans to be shared by the lenders. PG&E Corporation also pays a fronting fee of 0.125% to the issuer of a letter of credit.

               The senior credit facility includes usual and customary covenants for credit facilities of this type, including covenants limiting liens, mergers, sales of all or substantially all of PG&E Corporation's assets and other fundamental changes. The senior credit facility requires that PG&E Corporation maintain a debt to capitalization ratio of at most 65% as of the end of each fiscal quarter and that PG&E Corporation own, directly or indirectly, at least 80% of the common stock and at least 70% of the voting securities of the Utility.

               In the event of a default by PG&E Corporation under the senior credit facility, including cross-defaults relating to specified other debt of PG&E Corporation or any of its significant subsidiaries in excess of $100 million, the lenders may terminate the commitments under the senior credit facility and declare the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, payable immediately. The lenders may also enforce all rights and remedies created under applicable law, including set-off rights, and all rights and remedies under the senior credit facility. For events of default relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or receivership, the commitments are automatically terminated and the amounts outstanding become payable immediately.

Utility

Working Capital Facility

               On April 8, 2005, the Utility entered into a $1 billion revolving credit facility, or the working capital facility. This credit facility replaced the $850 million credit facility that the Utility entered into on March 5, 2004, shortly before the Utility's plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 became effective. The working capital facility includes a $600 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $100 million sublimit for swing line loans. Loans under the working capital facility will be used primarily to cover operating expenses and seasonal fluctuations in cash flows and may also be used for bridge financing in connection with the reissuance of tax-exempt pollution control bonds. Letters of credit under the working capital facility will be used primarily to provide credit enhancements to counterparties for natural gas and electricity procurement transactions.

               Subject to obtaining any required regulatory approvals and commitments from existing or new lenders and satisfaction of other specified conditions, the Utility may increase, in one or more requests given not more frequently than once a year, the aggregate lenders' commitments under the working capital facility by up to $500 million or, in the event that the Utility's $650 million accounts receivable facility is terminated or expires, by up to $850 million, in the aggregate for all such increases.

               The working capital facility has a term of five years and all amounts will be due and payable on April 8, 2010. At the Utility's request and at the sole discretion of each lender, the facility may be extended for additional periods. The Utility has the right to replace any lender who does not agree to an extension.

               The working capital facility includes usual and customary covenants for credit facilities of this type, including covenants limiting liens to those permitted under the Senior Notes indenture, mergers, sales of all or substantially all of the Utility's assets and other fundamental changes. In addition, the working capital facility also requires that the Utility maintain a debt to capitalization ratio of at most 65% as of the end of each fiscal quarter.

               In the event of a default by the Utility under the working capital facility, including cross-defaults relating to specified other debt of the Utility or any of its significant subsidiaries in excess of $100 million, the lenders may terminate the commitments under the working capital facility and declare the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, payable immediately. The lenders may also enforce all rights and remedies created under applicable law, including set-off rights, and all rights and remedies under the working capital facility. For events of default relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or receivership, the commitments are automatically terminated and the amounts outstanding become payable immediately.

               The fees and interest rates the Utility pays under the working capital facility vary depending on the Utility's unsecured debt rating by S&P and Moody's. A facility fee based on the total amount of the working capital facility (regardless of the usage) and a utilization fee based on the average daily amount outstanding under the working capital facility are payable quarterly in arrears. The utilization fee is payable during any quarter in which the average daily amount outstanding under the working capital facility is in excess of 50% of the aggregate amount of the facility. At the Utility's option, any loan under the working capital facility (other than swing line loans) bears interest at a rate equal to the "applicable margin" plus one of the following indexes: (i) LIBOR or (ii) the base rate (the higher of (a) the administrative agent's base rate and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%). Each swing line loan bears interest at the applicable margin plus the base rate. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears, or earlier for loans with shorter interest periods.

               The facility fee, the utilization fee and the applicable margin are determined in accordance with the following table:

   

Applicable Margin for

       

S&P/Moody's Rating

 

Base Rate
Loans

 

LIBOR Loans/Letters of Credit

 

Facility Fee
Rate

 

Utilization Fee
Rate

A/A2 or higher

 

0%

 

0.220%

 

0.080%

 

0.100%

A-/A3

 

0%

 

0.300%

 

0.100%

 

0.100%

BBB+/Baa1

 

0%

 

0.350%

 

0.125%

 

0.125%

BBB/Baa2

 

0%

 

0.425%

 

0.150%

 

0.125%

BBB-/Baa3

 

0%

 

0.575%

 

0.175%

 

0.125%

BB+/Ba1 or lower

 

0%

 

0.675%

 

0.200%

 

0.250%

               If the Utility's debt ratings from S&P and Moody's are at different levels, the higher rating applies. In addition, the Utility pays a fee for each letter of credit outstanding under the working capital facility equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR loans to be shared by the lenders. The Utility also pays a fronting fee of 0.125% to the issuer of a letter of credit.

                At March 31, 2005, there were no loans outstanding under the $850 million working capital facility. The Utility repaid $300 million of loans outstanding under the $850 million working capital facility on February 11, 2005. At March 31, 2005, there were approximately $155 million of letters of credit outstanding under the $850 million working capital facility, which were transferred to the $1 billion working capital facility.

               On April 20, 2005, the Utility borrowed $454 million under the working capital facility. The proceeds were used to repay $454 million under certain reimbursement obligations the Utility entered into in April 2004 when its plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 became effective. These reimbursement obligations replaced the Utility's obligation to certain issuers of letters of credit that were drawn upon during the Chapter 11 proceeding in connection with the redemption of certain pollution control bonds that had been issued for the benefit of the Utility. The Utility anticipates that the draw under its working capital facility will be repaid with the proceeds of a future tax-exempt financing through the issuance of bonds for the benefit of the Utility by the California Infrastructure and Economic Development Bank. The Utility passes on to its customers interest cost savings attributable to the lower interest rates associated with such tax-exempt financing.

NOTE 4: ENERGY RECOVERY BONDS

               In connection with the Settlement Agreement, PG&E Corporation and the Utility agreed to seek to refinance the unamortized portion of the Settlement Regulatory Asset and associated federal and state income and franchise taxes, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $3.0 billion in two separate series up to one year apart, using a securitized financing supported by a dedicated rate component, or DRC. On February 10, 2005, PERF issued $1.9 billion of ERBs. The proceeds of the ERBs were used by PERF to purchase from the Utility the right, known as "recovery property," to be paid a specified amount from a DRC. DRC charges are authorized by the CPUC under state legislation and will be paid by the Utility's electricity customers until the ERBs are fully retired. Under the terms of a recovery property servicing agreement, DRC charges are collected by the Utility and remitted to PERF.

               The aggregate principal amount of the first series of ERBs issued was approximately $1.9 billion. They were issued in five classes, with scheduled maturities ranging from September 25, 2006 to December 25, 2012, and final legal maturities ranging from September 25, 2008 to December 25, 2014. Interest rates on the five classes range from 3.32% for the earliest maturing class to 4.47% for the latest maturing class. The proceeds of the first series of ERBs were paid by PERF to the Utility and were used by the Utility to refinance the remaining unamortized after-tax balance of the Settlement Regulatory Asset. The proceeds of the second series of ERBs, anticipated to be issued in November 2005 in an aggregate amount of up to $1.1 billion, will be paid by PERF to the Utility to pre-fund the Utility's recovery through rates of the tax payments that will be due as the Utility collects the DRC over the term of the first series of ERBs to pay principal.

               The total principal amount of ERBs outstanding was $1.9 billion at March 31, 2005. The scheduled principal payments on the ERBs for the years 2005 through 2009 are $140 million, $221 million, $230 million, $239 million, and $248 million, respectively. While PERF is a wholly owned consolidated subsidiary of the Utility, PERF is legally separate from the Utility. The assets of PERF (including the recovery property) are not available to creditors of PG&E Corporation or the Utility and the recovery property is not legally an asset of the Utility or PG&E Corporation.

NOTE 5: SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

               PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's changes in shareholders' equity for the three months ended March 31, 2005 were as follows:

PG&E Corporation

Utility

(in millions)

Total Common Shareholders' Equity

Total Shareholders' Equity

Balance at December 31, 2004

$

8,633 

$

9,130 

Net income

218 

223 

Common stock issued

120 

PG&E Corporation common stock repurchased:

   Settlement of accelerated share repurchase obligation -
   February 2005

(14)

   Accelerated share repurchase - March 2005

(1,051)

Utility common stock repurchased

(960)

Common restricted stock issued

Common restricted stock cancelled

Common restricted stock amortization

Common stock dividends declared but not yet paid

(111)

(110)

Preferred stock dividends

(4)

Tax benefit from employee stock options

25 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

(1)

(2)

Other

(1)

(1)

Balance at March 31, 2005

$

7,821 

$

8,276 

Stock Repurchases

               On February 22, 2005, under an accelerated share repurchase arrangement entered into on December 15, 2004, PG&E Corporation paid Goldman Sachs & Co., or GS&Co., approximately $14 million as a price adjustment based on the daily volume weighted average market price of PG&E Corporation common stock over the term of the arrangement. PG&E Corporation charged the payment to Common Stock within Common Shareholders' Equity.

               On March 4, 2005, PG&E Corporation entered into a new accelerated share repurchase arrangement with GS&Co. under which PG&E Corporation repurchased 29,489,400 shares of its common stock at an initial price of $35.60 per share (for an aggregate amount of approximately $1.05 billion). The repurchase was funded from available cash on hand and the repurchased shares were retired. PG&E Corporation charged approximately $460 million to Common Stock and approximately $591 million to Accumulated Earnings within Common Shareholders' Equity in respect of these transactions. Under the accelerated share repurchase arrangement, PG&E Corporation may receive from, or be required to pay to, GS&Co. a price adjustment based on the daily volume weighted average market price of PG&E Corporation common stock over the term of the arrangement (approximately six months). Because the price adjustment and any additional payments that PG&E Corporation may be required to make can be settled at PG&E Corporation's option, in cash or in shares of its common stock, or a combination of the two, PG&E Corporation accounts for its payment obligations as equity.

               Until the transaction is completed or terminated, GAAP requires PG&E Corporation to assume that it will issue shares to settle its obligations (up to a maximum of two times the number of shares repurchased or 58,978,800 shares). PG&E Corporation must calculate the number of shares that would be required to satisfy its obligations upon completion of the transaction based on the market price of PG&E Corporation's common stock at the end of a reporting period. The number of shares that would be required to satisfy the obligations must be treated as outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share. At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation did not have any net payment obligations to GS&Co. Accordingly, no additional shares of PG&E Corporation common stock attributable to the accelerated repurchase arrangement were treated as outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share. Based upon the average price of PG&E Corporation stock from March 4, 2005 to March 31, 2005, and additional payments, GS&Co. had a net payment obligation to PG&E Corporation of approximately $1 million at March 31, 2005.

               On March 8, 2005, the Utility used proceeds from the issuance of ERBs (discussed in Note 4) to repay debt and to repurchase 22,023,283 shares of its common stock from PG&E Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $960 million. The Utility recognized charges of approximately $141 million to Additional Paid-in Capital, approximately $110 million to Common Stock, and approximately $709 million to Reinvested Earnings within Shareholders' Equity in respect of this transaction.

Dividends

                On February 16, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Utility declared a dividend of $117 million that was paid on February 17, 2005, to PG&E Corporation and PG&E Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Utility that held approximately 6% of the Utility's common stock.

              Also, on February 16, 2005, the Board of Directors of PG&E Corporation declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.30 per share to shareholders of record on March 31, 2005. On April 15, 2005, PG&E Corporation paid this dividend totaling approximately $118 million, of which approximately $7 million was paid to Elm Power Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of PG&E Corporation. In addition, PG&E Corporation paid approximately $6 million in dividend equivalent payments to Convertible Subordinated Note holders of record on March 31, 2005.

               PG&E Corporation charged dividends declared to Accumulated Earnings and the Utility charged dividends declared to Reinvested Earnings.

NOTE 6: RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

Non-Trading Activities

               The Utility enters into non-trading activities related to procurement of electricity and contracts associated with the natural gas and nuclear fuel portfolio. On the Utility's Consolidated Balance Sheets, price risk management activities are presented at fair value of $17 million in other current assets for March 31, 2005, and $5 million in other current assets and $11 million in other current liabilities for December 31, 2004. The costs of these derivatives are recovered in regulated rates charged to customers and the Utility records the offset to the regulatory accounts.

Credit Risk

               Credit risk is the risk of loss that PG&E Corporation and the Utility would incur if customers or counterparties failed to perform their contractual obligations.

               PG&E Corporation had gross accounts receivable of approximately $2.0 billion at March 31, 2005 and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2004. The majority of the accounts receivable are associated with the Utility's residential and small commercial customers. Based upon historical experience and evaluation of then-current factors, allowances for doubtful accounts of approximately $88 million at March 31, 2005 and $93 million at December 31, 2004 were recorded against those accounts receivable. In accordance with tariffs, credit risk exposure is limited by requiring deposits from new customers and from those customers whose past payment practices are below standard. The Utility has a regional concentration of credit risk associated with its receivables from residential and small commercial customers in northern and central California. However, material loss due to non-performance from these customers is not considered likely.

               The Utility manages credit risk for its largest customers or counterparties by assigning credit limits based on an evaluation of their financial condition, net worth, credit rating, and other credit criteria as deemed appropriate. Credit limits and credit quality are monitored frequently and a detailed credit analysis is performed at least annually.

               Credit exposure for the Utility's largest customers and counterparties is calculated daily. If exposure exceeds the established limits, the Utility takes immediate action to reduce the exposure or obtain additional collateral, or both. Further, the Utility relies on master agreements that require security, referred to as credit collateral, in the form of cash, letters of credit, corporate guarantees of acceptable credit quality, or eligible securities if current net receivables and replacement cost exposure exceed contractually specified limits.

               The Utility calculates gross credit exposure for each of its wholesale customers and counterparties as the current mark-to-market value of the contract ( i.e. , the amount that would be lost if the counterparty defaulted today) plus or minus any outstanding net receivables or payables, before the application of credit collateral. During 2004, the Utility recognized no material losses due to contract defaults or bankruptcies. At March 31, 2005, there were two counterparties that represented greater than 10% of the Utility's net credit exposure. Both of these counterparties were investment grade representing a total of approximately 47% of the Utility's net wholesale credit exposure.

               The Utility conducts business with wholesale counterparties mainly in the energy industry, including other California investor-owned electric utilities, municipal utilities, energy trading companies, financial institutions, and oil and natural gas production companies located in the United States and Canada. This concentration of counterparties may impact the Utility's overall exposure to credit risk because counterparties may be similarly affected by economic or regulatory changes, or other changes in conditions. Credit losses experienced as a result of electrical and gas procurement activities are expected to be recoverable from customers and are therefore, not expected to have a material impact on earnings.

               The schedule below summarizes the Utility's net credit risk exposure, as well as the Utility's credit risk exposure to its wholesale customers or counterparties with a greater than 10% net credit exposure, at March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

(in millions)

Gross Credit
Exposure Before
Credit Collateral (1)

 


Credit
Collateral

 


Net Credit
Exposure (2)

 

Number of
Wholesale
Customer or
Counterparties
>10%

 

Net Exposure to
Wholesale
Customer or
Counterparties
>10%

March 31, 2005

$

209           

$

14      

$

195      

2          

$

92          

December 31, 2004

105           

7      

98      

3          

62          

(1)

Gross credit exposure equals mark-to-market value, notes receivable and net receivables (payables) where netting is contractually allowed. Gross and net credit exposure amounts reported above do not include adjustments for time value, liquidity or credit reserves. The Utility's gross credit exposure includes wholesale activity only. Retail activity and payables are not included. Retail activity at the Utility consists of the accounts receivable from the sale of natural gas and electricity to residential and small commercial customers.

(2)

Net credit exposure is the gross credit exposure minus credit collateral (cash deposits and letters of credit). For purposes of this table, parental guarantees are not included as part of the calculation.

               The schedule below summarizes the credit quality of the Utility's net credit risk exposure to the Utility's wholesale customers and counterparties at March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:


(in millions)

Net Credit
Exposure (2)

Percentage of Net
Credit Exposure

Credit Quality (1)

March 31, 2005

   Investment grade (3)

$

192 

98%

   Non-investment grade

2%

Total

$

195 

100%

December 31, 2004

   Investment grade (3)

$

79 

81%

   Non-investment grade

19 

19%

Total

$

98 

100%

(1)

Credit ratings are determined by using publicly available information. If provided a guarantee by a higher rated entity (e.g., an affiliate), the rating is determined based on the rating of the guarantor.

(2)

Net credit exposure is the gross credit exposure minus credit collateral (cash deposits and letters of credit). For purposes of this table, parental guarantees are not included as part of the calculation.

(3)

Investment grade is determined using publicly available information, i.e., rated at least Baa3 by Moody's and BBB- by S&P. The Utility has assessed certain governmental authorities that are not rated through publicly available information as investment grade based upon an internal assessment of credit worthiness.

NOTE 7: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility have substantial financial commitments and contingencies in connection with agreements entered into supporting the Utility's operating activities.

Commitments

PG&E Corporation

               For the three months ended March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation did not have any material new commitments or changes to its material commitments, other than those related to the Utility discussed below. See PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report for further discussion.

Utility

Power Purchase Agreements

               As part of the ordinary course of business, the Utility entered into various agreements to purchase energy and makes payments on existing power purchase agreements. At March 31, 2005, the undiscounted future expected power purchase agreement payments were as follows:

(in millions)

   

2005

$

1,844 

2006

1,975 

2007

2,028 

2008

1,850 

2009

1,638 

Thereafter

11,722 

   Total

$

21,057 

               Payments made by the Utility under power purchase agreements amounted to approximately $422 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, and $464 million for the same period in 2004.

Natural Gas Supply and Transportation Commitments

               The Utility purchases natural gas directly from producers and marketers in both Canada and the United States to serve its core customers. The contract lengths and natural gas sources of the Utility's portfolio of natural gas procurement contracts has fluctuated, generally based on market conditions.

               At March 31, 2005, the Utility's obligations for natural gas purchases and gas transportation services were as follows:

(in millions)

   

2005

$

916 

2006

220 

2007

2008

2009

Thereafter

   Total

$

1,143 

               Payments made by the Utility for natural gas purchases and gas transportation services amounted to approximately $588 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, and $529 million for the same period in 2004.

Reliability Must Run Agreements

               The ISO has entered into reliability must run, or RMR, agreements with various power plant owners, including the Utility, that require designated units, known as RMR units, to remain available to generate electricity upon the ISO's demand when needed for local transmission system reliability. At March 31, 2005, as a party to a Transmission Control Agreement, or TCA, the Utility estimated that it could be obligated to pay the ISO approximately $211 million for costs incurred under these RMR agreements during the period April 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006. Of this amount, the Utility estimates it would receive approximately $21 million under these RMR agreements during the same period. These payments and receipts are subject to applicable ratemaking mechanisms.

               In June 2000, a FERC administrative law judge, or ALJ, issued an initial decision addressing subsidiaries of Mirant Corporation. The decision approved rates and a ratemaking methodology that, if affirmed by the FERC, will require the Mirant subsidiaries that are parties to three RMR agreements with the ISO to refund to the ISO, and the ISO to refund to the Utility, excess payments of approximately $360 million, including interest, for the availability of RMR plants under these agreements. On July 14, 2003, Mirant Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 and on December 15, 2003, the Utility filed claims in Mirant's Chapter 11 proceeding including a claim for an RMR refund. On January 14, 2005, the Utility entered into a settlement with Mirant Corporation and its subsidiaries that own RMR units that, among other matters, will resolve the Utility's claim through September 30, 2004. The settlement agreement is described below. In its order approving the settlement agreement issued April 13, 2005, the FERC terminated the Mirant RMR rate case without deciding the merits of the June 2000 initial decision. The Utility will seek rehearing of only that part of the order terminating the RMR case.

               In November 2001, after the ALJ issued the initial decision in the Mirant subsidiaries' rate case, two complaints were filed at the FERC against other RMR plant owners, including the Utility, alleging that the ratemaking methodology approved in the ALJ's initial decision should be applied to the other RMR agreements. The complainants asked the FERC to take no action until after the FERC issues its final decision in the Mirant subsidiaries' rate case. If the FERC adopted the ALJ's decision and applied the ratemaking methodology to the Utility's RMR plants, the Utility could have been required to refund payments it had received from the ISO for the availability of the Utility's RMR plants. However, on March 23, 2005, the FERC approved a settlement between the Utility and all the complainants that resulted in the withdrawal of the complaint with no decision by the FERC on its merits.

Other Commitments and Operating Leases

               The Utility has other commitments relating to operating leases, capital infusion agreements, equipment replacements, the self-generation incentive program exchange agreements and telecommunication contracts. At March 31, 2005, the future minimum payments related to other commitments were as follows:

(in millions)

2005

$

136 

2006

47 

2007

17 

2008

14 

2009

Thereafter

14 

   Total

$

234 

               Payments made by the Utility for other commitments amounted to approximately $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, and $23 million for the same period in 2004.

Contingencies

PG&E Corporation

               PG&E Corporation retains a guarantee related to certain NEGT indemnity obligations issued to the purchaser of an NEGT subsidiary company during 2000, up to $150 million. The underlying indemnity obligations of NEGT have expired and PG&E Corporation's sole remaining exposure relates to the potential of environmental obligations that were known to NEGT at the time of the sale but not disclosed to the purchaser. PG&E Corporation has never received any claims nor does it consider it probable any claims will occur under the guarantee. Accordingly, PG&E Corporation has made no provision for this guarantee at March 31, 2005.

               PG&E Corporation also retains a guarantee of the Utility's underlying obligation to pay workers' compensation claims. As of March 31, 2005, the actuarially determined workers' compensation liability was approximately $226.7 million.

Utility

PX Block-Forward Contracts

               The Utility had PX block-forward contracts, which were seized by California's then-Governor Gray Davis in February 2001 for the benefit of the state, acting under California's Emergency Services Act. The block-forward contracts had an estimated unrealized gain of up to $243 million at the time the state of California seized them. The Utility, the PX, and some of the PX market participants have filed claims in state court against the state of California to recover the value of the seized contracts; the state of California disputes the plaintiffs' rights to recover and valuations. The estimated value of the seized contracts has been fully reserved in the Utility's financial statements. This state court litigation is pending.

California Energy Crisis Proceedings

FERC Proceedings

               Various entities, including the Utility and the state of California are seeking up to $8.9 billion in refunds for electricity overcharges on behalf of California electricity purchasers for the period May 2000 to June 2001 through a proceeding pending at the FERC and in the appellate courts reviewing FERC decisions. This proceeding, the Refund Proceeding, commenced on August 2, 2000 when a complaint was filed against all suppliers in the ISO and PX markets. On July 25, 2001, the FERC held that refunds would be available for certain overcharges, and established a process to determine the refunds but asserted that it could not order market-wide refunds for periods before October 2, 2000. In December 2002, a FERC ALJ issued an initial decision in the Refund Proceeding finding that power suppliers overcharged the utilities, the state of California and other buyers approximately $1.8 billion from October 2, 2000 to June 20, 2001, but that California buyers still owe the power suppliers approximately $3.0 billion, leaving approximately $1.2 billion in net unpaid bills.

               In March 2003, the FERC confirmed most of the ALJ's findings in the Refund Proceeding, but partially modified the refund methodology to include use of a new natural gas price methodology as the basis for mitigated prices. The FERC indicated that it would consider later allowances claimed by sellers for natural gas costs above the natural gas prices in the refund methodology. In March, 2005 FERC extended the time for review of gas allowance claims by four months. The FERC directed the ISO and the PX (which operates solely to reconcile remaining refund amounts owed) to make compliance filings establishing refund amounts. The ISO has indicated that it plans to make its compliance filing during the fourth quarter of 2005 with the PX to follow but these filings may be delayed until later in 2005 by an extension granted by FERC for submission of gas allowance claims. In October 2003, the FERC affirmed its March 2003 decision and various parties appealed to the Ninth Circuit. Briefs have been submitted concerning which power suppliers are subject to refunds, the appropriate time period for which refunds can be ordered, and which transactions are subject to refunds. These matters were argued before the Ninth Circuit on April 12 and 13, 2005, and a decision is expected in the following months.

               The final refunds will not be determined until the FERC issues a final decision in the Refund Proceeding, following the ISO and PX compliance filings and the resolution of the appeals of the FERC's orders. In addition, future refunds could increase or decrease as a result of retroactive adjustments proposed by the ISO, which incorporate revised data provided by the Utility and other entities.

               In the FERC's separate proceedings to investigate whether tariff violations occurred in the period before October 2, 2000, the FERC has asserted that it has the power to order power suppliers to disgorge any profits if the FERC finds that the tariffs in force at that time were violated or subject to manipulation. In September 2004, the Ninth Circuit found that the FERC has the authority to provide refunds for tariff violations involving inadequate transaction reporting for sales into the California spot markets throughout the period before October 2, 2000. The FERC has not yet acted on this finding and it is uncertain how it will be applied by the FERC.

               The Utility recorded approximately $1.8 billion of claims filed by various electricity generators in its Chapter 11 proceeding as disputed claims. This amount is subject to a pre-petition offset of approximately $200 million, reducing the net liability recorded to approximately $1.6 billion. Under a bankruptcy court order, the aggregate allowable amount of ISO, PX and generator claims was limited to approximately $1.6 billion. The Utility currently estimates that the claims would have been reduced to approximately $1.0 billion based on the refund methodology recommended in the FERC ALJ's initial decision. The revised methodology adopted by the FERC's March 2003 decision could further reduce the amount by several hundred million dollars, offset by the amount of any additional fuel cost allowance for suppliers.

               The Utility has entered into settlements with various power suppliers resolving the Utility's claims against these power suppliers. With the approval of the bankruptcy court, the Utility has withdrawn the amounts resulting from those settlements from the escrow established on the Effective Date for payment of ISO and PX amounts. As of March 31, 2005, the Utility has recorded offsets to the Settlement Regulatory Asset of approximately $309 million, pre-tax ($183 million, after-tax) in connection with these settlements. The final net after-tax amount of any amounts received by the Utility under future settlements with energy suppliers will be credited to customers, either as a reduction to the principal amount of the second series of ERBs, anticipated to be issued in November 2005, or if refunds are received after the second series of ERBs is issued, as a credit to the balancing account that tracks recovery of the customer costs and benefits related to the ERBs.

Mirant Settlement

               In January 2005, the Utility and other parties entered into a settlement agreement with Mirant Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, or Mirant.

               The first part of the two-part settlement is between Mirant and several California parties, including the California Attorney General's Office, the California Department of Water Resources, or DWR, the CPUC, Southern California Edison, San Diego Gas & Electric Company, and the Utility, or the California Parties, resolving market manipulation claims, including Mirant's liability for FERC refunds, penalties and civil liabilities arising out of the California energy crisis in 2000 to 2001. Under this portion of the agreement, Mirant will provide the California Parties approximately $320 million in cash equivalents and $175 million of allowed claims in Mirant's bankruptcy proceeding. Of these amounts, the Utility will receive approximately $130 million in cash equivalents and $40 million in allowed claims. The final cash value of the allowed claims will not be known until the completion of Mirant's bankruptcy proceeding.

               The second part of the settlement is between the Utility and Mirant and is designed to settle claims that Mirant overcharged the Utility under Mirant's RMR contracts and other disputes. Under the settlement agreement, Mirant has agreed to transfer to the Utility the equipment, permits and contracts for the construction of Contra Costa Unit 8, a modern 530-megawatt power plant Mirant started to build, but never completed. The Utility plans to file an application with the CPUC to seek authorization to complete and operate Contra Costa Unit 8 under a cost-of-service ratemaking structure. If the Utility and Mirant do not complete the necessary transfer agreement or if the Utility does not receive the necessary approvals, including CPUC authorization, the Utility will be paid at least $70 million in lieu of transferring the assets. The settlement agreement also includes a contract that would give the Utility the right from 2006 through 2012 to dispatch power from certain RMR units owned by Mirant subsidiaries when the facilities are not needed by the ISO to meet local reliability needs. In addition, the Utility will receive approximately $60 million of allowed claims, credits, offsets, and/or cash from Mirant and Mirant will withdraw its outstanding claim in the Utility's bankruptcy proceeding of approximately $20 million. The settlement may also include separate options under which the Utility, under certain circumstances, would have the right to acquire Mirant's existing Contra Costa and Pittsburg power plants.

               The settlement agreement became effective on April 15, 2005, after all regulatory and other approvals required by the settlement agreement were obtained.

Nuclear Insurance

               The Utility has several types of nuclear insurance for the Diablo Canyon Power Plant, or Diablo Canyon, and Humboldt Bay Unit 3. The Utility has insurance coverage for property damages and business interruption losses as a member of Nuclear Electric Insurance Limited, or NEIL. NEIL is a mutual insurer owned by utilities with nuclear facilities. NEIL provides property damage and business interruption coverage of up to $3.24 billion per incident. Under this insurance, if any nuclear generating facility insured by NEIL suffers a catastrophic loss causing a prolonged outage, the Utility may be required to pay an additional premium of up to $42.5 million per one-year policy term.

               NEIL also provides coverage for damages caused by acts of terrorism at nuclear power plants. If one or more acts of domestic terrorism cause property damage covered under any of the nuclear insurance policies issued by NEIL to any NEIL member within a 12-month period, the maximum recovery under all those nuclear insurance policies may not exceed $3.24 billion plus the additional amounts recovered by NEIL for these losses from reinsurance. Under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, there is no policy coverage limitations for an act caused by foreign terrorists because NEIL would be entitled to receive substantial reimbursement by the federal government. The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 expires on December 31, 2005.

               Under the Price-Anderson Act, public liability claims from a nuclear incident are limited to $10.8 billion. As required by the Price-Anderson Act, the Utility purchased the maximum available public liability insurance of $300 million for Diablo Canyon. The balance of the $10.8 billion of liability protection is covered by a loss-sharing program among utilities owning nuclear reactors. Under the Price-Anderson Act, owner participation in this loss-sharing program is required for all owners of nuclear reactors that are licensed to operate, designed for the production of electrical energy, and have a rated capacity of 100 megawatts, or MW, or higher. If a nuclear incident results in costs in excess of $300 million, then the Utility may be responsible for up to $100.6 million per reactor, with payments in each year limited to a maximum of $10 million per incident until the Utility has fully paid its share of the liability. Since Diablo Canyon has two nuclear reactors each with a rated capacity of over 100 MW, the Utility may be assessed up to $201.2 million per incident, with payments in each year limited to a maximum of $20 million per incident. Although the Price-Anderson Act expired on December 31, 2003, coverage continues to be provided to all licensees, including Diablo Canyon, which had coverage before December 31, 2003. Congress may address renewal of the Price-Anderson Act in future energy legislation.

               In addition, the Utility has $53.3 million of liability insurance for the retired nuclear generating unit at Humboldt Bay power plant and has a $500 million indemnification from the NRC, for public liability arising from nuclear incidents covering liabilities in excess of the $53.3 million of liability insurance.

California Department of Water Resources Contracts

               Electricity from the DWR allocated contracts provided approximately 28% of the electricity delivered to the Utility's customers for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005. The DWR purchased the electricity under contracts with various generators. The Utility is responsible for administration and dispatch of the DWR's electricity procurement contracts allocated to the Utility for purposes of meeting a portion of the Utility's net open position, which is the portion of the demand of a utility's customers, plus applicable reserve margins, not satisfied from that utility's own generation facilities and existing electricity contracts. The DWR remains legally and financially responsible for its electricity procurement contracts.

               The current DWR contracts terminate at various times through 2012, and consist of must-take and capacity charge contracts. Under must-take contracts, the DWR must take and pay for electricity generated by the applicable generating facilities regardless of whether the electricity is needed. Under capacity charge contracts, the DWR must pay a capacity charge but is not required to purchase electricity unless that electricity is dispatched and delivered. In the Utility's proposed long-term integrated energy resource plan filed with the CPUC in July 2004 and approved in December 2004, the Utility has not assumed that the DWR contracts will be renewed beyond their current expiration dates.

               The DWR has stated publicly that it intends to transfer full legal title to, and responsibility for, the DWR power purchase contracts to the California investor-owned electric utilities as soon as possible. However, the DWR power purchase contracts cannot be transferred to the Utility without the consent of the CPUC. The Settlement Agreement provides that the CPUC will not require the Utility to accept an assignment of, or to assume legal or financial responsibility for, the DWR power purchase contracts unless each of the following conditions has been met:

·

After assumption, the Utility's issuer rating by Moody's will be no less than A2 and the Utility's long-term issuer credit rating by S&P will be no less than A;

·

The CPUC first makes a finding that the DWR power purchase contracts to be assumed are just and reasonable; and

·

The CPUC has acted to ensure that the Utility will receive full and timely recovery in its retail electricity rates of all costs associated with the DWR power purchase contracts to be assumed without further review.

Environmental Matters

               The Utility may be required to pay for environmental remediation at sites where it has been, or may be, a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, as amended, and similar state environmental laws. These sites include former manufactured gas plant sites, power plant sites, and sites used by the Utility for the storage, recycling, or disposal of potentially hazardous materials. Under federal and California laws, the Utility may be responsible for remediation of hazardous substances even if the Utility did not deposit those substances on the site.

               The cost of environmental remediation is difficult to estimate. The Utility records an environmental remediation liability when site assessments indicate remediation is probable and it can estimate a range of reasonably likely clean-up costs. The Utility reviews its remediation liability on a quarterly basis for each site where it may be exposed to remediation responsibilities. The liability is an estimate of costs for site investigations, remediation, operations and maintenance, monitoring and site closure using current technology, enacted laws and regulations, experience gained at similar sites, and an assessment of the probable level of involvement and financial condition of other potentially responsible parties. Unless there is a better estimate within this range of possible costs, the Utility records the costs at the lower end of this range. It is reasonably possible that a change in these estimates may occur in the near term due to uncertainty concerning the Utility's responsibility, the complexity of environmental laws and regulations, and the selection of compliance alternatives. The Utility estimates the upper end of the cost range using reasonably possible outcomes least favorable to the Utility.

               The Utility had an undiscounted environmental remediation liability of approximately $408 million at March 31, 2005, and approximately $327 million at December 31, 2004. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, the liability increased by approximately $81 million mainly due to reassessment of the estimated cost of remediation and remediation payments. The approximately $408 million accrued at March 31, 2005, includes approximately $101 million related to the pre-closing remediation liability associated with divested generation facilities and approximately $307 million related to remediation costs for those generation facilities that the Utility still owns, gas gathering sites, compressor stations, third-party disposal sites, and manufactured gas plant sites that either are owned by the Utility or are the subject of remediation orders by environmental agencies or claims by the current owners of the former manufactured gas plant sites. Of the approximately $408 million environmental remediation liability, approximately $143 million has been included in prior rate setting proceedings and the Utility expects that approximately $198 million will be allowable for inclusion in future rates. The Utility also recovers its costs from insurance carriers and from other third parties whenever possible. Any amounts collected in excess of the Utility's ultimate obligations may be subject to refund to customers.

               The Utility's undiscounted future costs could increase to as much as $571 million if the other potentially responsible parties are not financially able to contribute to these costs, or if the extent of contamination or necessary remediation is greater than anticipated. The amount of approximately $571 million does not include an estimate for the cost of remediation at known sites owned or operated in the past by the Utility's predecessor corporations for which the Utility has not been able to determine whether a liability exists.

Taxation Matters

               The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has completed its audit of PG&E Corporation's 1997 and 1998 consolidated federal income tax returns and has assessed additional federal income taxes of approximately $81 million (including interest). PG&E Corporation has filed protests contesting certain adjustments made by the IRS in that audit and currently is discussing these adjustments with the IRS' Appeals Office. PG&E Corporation does not expect final resolution of these appeals to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

               In the fourth quarter of 2003, PG&E Corporation made an advance payment to the IRS of $75 million relating to the 1999 and 2000 audit. The IRS completed its audit of PG&E Corporation's 1999 and 2000 consolidated federal income tax returns during the third quarter of 2004. As a result of the completion of this audit, PG&E Corporation received a refund from the IRS of $14 million in January of 2005.

               The IRS is auditing PG&E Corporation's 2001 and 2002 consolidated federal income tax returns. They have indicated that they plan to complete their audit and issue a Revenue Agent Report in the second or third quarter of 2005. During their examination, the IRS has issued several proposed adjustments that PG&E Corporation is currently disputing. The IRS adjustments include disallowance of synthetic fuel credits claimed on these tax returns. In addition, the IRS has proposed to disallow a number of deductions, the largest of which is abandonment losses/worthless deductions claimed on the 2002 tax return related to certain NEGT assets. These assets were ultimately transferred to NEGT lenders in the third quarter of 2004. If the IRS includes all of its proposed adjustments in the final Revenue Agent Report, the alleged tax deficiency would approximate $400 million. Of this deficiency, approximately $104 million relates to the synthetic fuel credits. The remaining $296 million is timing in nature and would reverse in future periods, generally in tax years 2003-2004. PG&E Corporation believes that it properly reported these transactions in its tax returns and will contest any IRS assessment.

               PG&E Corporation has accrued $52 million associated with NEGT related tax liabilities. In addition, PG&E Corporation has accrued a $49 million liability to cover potential tax obligations relating to non-NEGT issues on outstanding tax audits. The Utility has accrued $63 million to cover potential tax obligations for outstanding tax audits. Considering these reserves, PG&E Corporation does not expect the resolution of these matters to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

               In addition, based on preliminary information provided by NEGT, PG&E Corporation anticipates paying approximately $86 million of federal income taxes on NEGT activities through the effective date of NEGT's plan of reorganization.

               All IRS audits of PG&E Corporation's federal income tax returns prior to 1997 have been closed.

Legal Matters

               In the normal course of business, PG&E Corporation and the Utility are named as parties in a number of claims and lawsuits. The most significant of these are discussed below. On the Effective Date, the automatic stay of pending litigation was lifted, so that any state court lawsuits pending before the Utility's Chapter 11 filing that had not yet received relief from the stay can proceed.

Chromium Litigation

               There are 14 civil suits pending against the Utility in several California state courts in which plaintiffs allege that exposure to chromium at or near the Utility's compressor stations at Hinkley and Kettleman, California, and the area of California near Topock, Arizona, caused personal injuries, wrongful deaths, or other injury and seek related damages. One of these suits also names PG&E Corporation as a defendant. Currently, there are approximately 1,200 plaintiffs in the chromium litigation cases. Approximately 1,260 individuals filed proofs of claims in the Utility's Chapter 11 case, most of whom also are plaintiffs in the chromium litigation cases. Approximately 1,035 of these claimants filed claims requesting an approximate aggregate amount of $580 million and approximately another 225 claimants filed claims for an "unknown amount." Pursuant to the Utility's plan of reorganization, these claims have passed through the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding unimpaired.

               The Utility is responding to the suits in which it has been served and is asserting affirmative defenses. The Utility will pursue appropriate legal defenses, including statute of limitations, exclusivity of workers' compensation laws, and factual defenses, including lack of exposure to chromium and the inability of chromium to cause certain of the illnesses alleged.

               To assist in managing and resolving litigation with this many plaintiffs, the parties agreed to select plaintiffs from three of the cases for a test trial. Plaintiffs' counsel selected ten of these initial trial plaintiffs, defense counsel selected seven of the initial trial plaintiffs, and one plaintiff and two alternates were selected at random. The Utility has filed 14 motions challenging the test trial plaintiffs' lack of admissible scientific evidence that chromium caused the alleged injuries. The Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, or Superior Court, began hearing argument on two of these motions in February 2004. In February 2005, the Superior Court denied these two motions for summary judgment. The Utility has filed motions for reconsideration of these orders with the Superior Court and also filed a request with the appellate court seeking to overturn or modify the orders because they are inconsistent with recent California appellate decisions concerning the admissibility of expert testimony and the requirements for proving medical causation. After the motions for reconsideration and the request were filed, the California Supreme Court granted review of one of these recent appellate decisions. On April 26, 2005, the Superior Court heard argument on the motions for reconsideration, but has not yet issued a decision.

               The Utility has recorded a $160 million reserve in its financial statements with respect to the chromium litigation. PG&E Corporation and the Utility believe that, after taking into account the reserves recorded at March 31, 2005, the ultimate outcome of this matter will not have a material adverse impact on PG&E Corporation's or the Utility's financial condition or future results of operations.

Recorded Liability for Legal Matters

               In accordance with SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," PG&E Corporation and the Utility make a provision for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements and payments, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. In assessing such contingencies, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's policy is to exclude anticipated legal costs.

               The liability for legal matters is included in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and totaled approximately $198 million at March 31, 2005 and $200 million at December 31, 2004. Based on current information, PG&E Corporation and the Utility do not believe that it is probable that losses associated with legal matters that exceed amounts already recognized will be incurred in amounts that would be material to PG&E Corporation's or the Utility's financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 8: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

               On April 20, 2005, the Utility's Board of Directors authorized the redemption of all of the outstanding shares of the Utility's 6.57% Redeemable First Preferred Stock and 6.30% Redeemable First Preferred Stock totaling approximately $120 million aggregate par value. Both issues will be redeemed on May 31, 2005. In addition to the $25 per share redemption price, holders of the 6.57% Redeemable First Preferred Stock and the 6.30% Redeemable First Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends on such shares to and including May 31, 2005.

 

ITEM 2: MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

               PG&E Corporation, incorporated in California in 1995, is an energy-based holding company that conducts its business principally through Pacific Gas and Electric Company, or the Utility, a public utility operating in northern and central California. The Utility engages primarily in the businesses of electricity and natural gas distribution, electricity generation, electricity transmission, and natural gas procurement, transportation and storage. PG&E Corporation became the holding company of the Utility and its subsidiaries on January 1, 1997. The Utility, incorporated in California in 1905, is the predecessor of PG&E Corporation. Both PG&E Corporation and the Utility are headquartered in San Francisco, California.

               This is a combined quarterly report of PG&E Corporation and the Utility and includes separate Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for each of these two entities. PG&E Corporation's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of PG&E Corporation, the Utility and other wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries. The Utility's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Utility and its wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries and a variable interest entity for which it is subject to a majority of the risk of loss or entitled to receive a majority of the entity's residual returns. This combined Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, of PG&E Corporation and the Utility should be read in conjunction with these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the MD&A, Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in their combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K, or 2004 Annual Report, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

              The Utility served approximately 5.0 million electricity distribution customers and approximately 4.1 million natural gas distribution customers at March 31, 2005. The Utility had approximately $34.1 billion in assets at March 31, 2005 and generated revenues of approximately $2.7 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2005. Its revenues are generated mainly through the sale and delivery of electricity and natural gas at regulated rates. The Utility is regulated primarily by the California Public Utilities Commission, or the CPUC, and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or the FERC.

               During the first quarter 2005, the Utility continued to build momentum to implement its strategy to achieve cost and operating efficiencies and operational excellence. The Utility is in the process of identifying specific initiatives to provide better, faster and more cost-effective service to its customers and invest the savings in the business.

Factors Affecting First Quarter 2005 Results of Operation and Financial Condition

               During the first quarter 2005, several factors had a significant impact on PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's results of operation and financial condition, including:

·

The issuance of approximately $1.9 billion of Energy Recovery Bonds, or ERBs, as described below;

·

Achievement of a 52% equity ratio on which the Utility is entitled to earn its authorized return;

·

The reinstatement of quarterly dividends, repayment of debt, and the repurchase of common stock; and

·

Upgraded credit ratings.

Issuance of Energy Recovery Bonds

               The Utility's plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or Chapter 11, incorporated the terms of the Settlement Agreement approved by the CPUC on December 18, 2003, and entered into among the CPUC, the Utility, and PG&E Corporation on December 19, 2003, to resolve the Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding, or the Settlement Agreement. In connection with the Settlement Agreement, PG&E Corporation and the Utility agreed to seek to refinance the remaining unamortized balance of the $2.2 billion, after-tax ($3.7 billion, pre-tax) regulatory asset provided under the Settlement Agreement, or the Settlement Regulatory Asset, and related federal income and state franchise taxes, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $3.0 billion in two separate series up to one year apart, to be secured by a dedicated rate component, or DRC, to be collected from electricity customers as a nonbypassable charge.

               On February 10, 2005, PG&E Energy Recovery Funding LLC, or PERF, a limited liability company that is wholly owned and consolidated by the Utility (but legally separate from the Utility), issued approximately $1.9 billion of ERBs. The Utility, as servicer, collects and remits DRC charges to PERF to enable PERF to pay the principal and interest on the ERBs. The proceeds of the ERBs were used by the Utility to refinance the remaining unamortized after-tax balance of the Settlement Regulatory Asset as follows:

·

The repayment of $300 million borrowed by the Utility in December 2004, in anticipation of the receipt of ERB proceeds, under the Utility's $850 million working capital facility to partially redeem Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds on January 3, 2005 in the aggregate principal amount of $300 million;

·

The defeasance of $600 million of Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds on February 24, 2005 followed by a redemption of the defeased bonds on April 3, 2005; and

·

The repurchase of 22,023,283 shares of the Utility's common stock at $43.59 per share from PG&E Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of $960 million.

               Under the Settlement Agreement, the Utility is authorized to earn a rate of return on equity, or ROE, of no less than 11.22% per year on the equity component of its rate base, including the Settlement Regulatory Asset. The Settlement Regulatory Asset was eliminated from rate base when it was refinanced with the proceeds of the issuance of the ERBs. Therefore the Utility no longer earns an 11.22% ROE on the Settlement Regulatory Asset. As a result, the Utility's first quarter 2005 net income was reduced by approximately $18 million, compared to the same period in 2004, when the Utility earned the 11.22% ROE on the Settlement Regulatory Asset. Net income for 2005 is estimated to be reduced by approximately $100 million, compared to 2004, due to the elimination of the 11.22% ROE on the Settlement Regulatory Asset.

               The proceeds of the second series of ERBs, anticipated to be issued in November 2005 in an aggregate amount of up to $1.1 billion, will be paid by PERF to the Utility to pre-fund the Utility's recovery through rates of the tax payments that will be due as the Utility collects the DRC over the term of the first series of ERBs to pay principal. Until taxes are fully paid, the Utility will compensate customers, computed at the Utility's authorized rate of return on rate base, for the use of the proceeds. It is estimated that this carrying cost credit associated with the second series of ERBs would be approximately $60 million (based on an approximate aggregate amount of $1 billion) for the first full year that the second series of ERBs is outstanding. The actual amount will depend on the principal amount of the second series of ERBs. The carrying cost credit and the resulting reduction to net income will decline as the taxes are paid, reaching zero in 2012 when the ERBs and related taxes are paid in full.

Achievement of 52% Equity Ratio

               The Settlement Agreement provides that the CPUC will set the Utility's capital structure and authorized ROE in the Utility's annual cost of capital proceedings in its usual manner; provided that, the authorized ROE shall not be less than 11.22% per year and the authorized equity ratio for ratemaking purposes shall not be less than 52%. In January 2005, the equity component of the Utility's capital structure grew to 52%, as compared to about 48% during the first quarter of 2004. As a result, the Utility's equity earnings in the three months ended March 31, 2005, increased by approximately $14 million compared to the same period in 2004.

               Under the Settlement Agreement, the Utility is entitled to earn a ROE of 11.22% on an authorized 52% equity ratio until the Utility's long-term issuer credit ratings are at least A- from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (S&P) or A3 from Moody's Investors Service (Moody's). As described below, on February 16, 2005, S&P announced that it had upgraded its corporate credit rating on the Utility to BBB from BBB- and on March 3, 2005, Moody's announced that it had upgraded the Utility's issuer credit rating to Baa1 from Baa3.

               The currently authorized ROE of 11.22% will be in effect until the Utility's 2006 cost of capital application is approved by the CPUC. The Utility plans to file its 2006 cost of capital application with the CPUC on May 9, 2005 for its electric utility generation and distribution operations and gas distribution operations.

Stock Repurchases and Dividends

               With the achievement of a 52% equity ratio, the Utility reinstated the payment of a regular quarterly dividend. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility used cash (including the ERB proceeds) in excess of amounts needed for operations, debt service and repayment, base capital expenditures, and the quarterly dividend, to repurchase common stock. In turn, PG&E Corporation used the cash received from the Utility in the form of dividends and share repurchases to recommence the payment of a regular quarterly dividend and repurchase common stock from shareholders.

               On March 4, 2005, PG&E Corporation entered into a new accelerated share repurchase arrangement with Goldman Sachs & Co., or GS&Co, under which PG&E Corporation repurchased 29,489,400 shares of its common stock for an aggregate amount of approximately $1.05 billion, subject to a price adjustment based on the daily volume weighted average market price of PG&E Corporation common stock over the term of the arrangement. The repurchase of common stock under this agreement, increased both basic and diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.01 for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and partially offset the negative earnings impact of the refinancing of the Settlement Regulatory Asset as described above.

               Weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2005 reflect the March 4, 2005 retirement of shares repurchased under the accelerated share repurchase arrangement. At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation does not have any obligation to GS&Co. related to the price adjustment or any additional payments. Accordingly, no additional shares attributable to the accelerated share repurchase arrangement were treated as outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share (see "Liquidity and Financial Resources" below).

Credit Rating Upgrades

               On February 16, 2005, S&P announced that it had upgraded the Utility's corporate credit rating to BBB from BBB-. On March 3, 2005, Moody's announced that it had upgraded the Utility's issuer credit rating to Baa1 from Baa3 and upgraded its rating on the Utility's outstanding preferred stock to Baa3 from Ba2. Moody's also assigned a Baa3 issuer rating to PG&E Corporation and a rating of Baa3 to PG&E Corporation's $200 million unsecured bank revolving credit facility.

               On April 22, 2005, the lien of the mortgage securing the Utility's First Mortgage Bonds was released after satisfaction of several conditions, and following confirmation from S&P and Moody's that the First Mortgage Bonds (now referred to as Senior Notes) would have unsecured long-term debt ratings of BBB by S&P and Baa1 by Moody's after the lien was released.

Forward-Looking Statements

               This combined Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or the MD&A, contains forward-looking statements that are necessarily subject to various risks and uncertainties the realization or resolution of which are outside of management's control. These statements are based on current expectations and projections about future events, and assumptions regarding these events and management's knowledge of facts at the time the statements were made. These forward-looking statements are identified by words such as "assume," "expect," "intend," "plan," "project," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "anticipate," "may," "might," "will," "should," "would," "could," "goal," "potential" and similar expressions. Although PG&E Corporation and the Utility are not able to predict all the factors that may affect future results, some of the factors that could cause future results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, or from historical results, include:

Appeals of the Utility's Plan of Reorganization and Settlement Agreement

·

The timing and resolution of the petitions for review that were filed in the California Court of Appeal for the First Appellate District, seeking review of the CPUC's approval of the Settlement Agreement; and

·

The timing and resolution of the pending appeals of the confirmation order.

Operating Environment

·

Unanticipated changes in operating expenses or capital expenditures, which may affect the Utility's ability to earn its authorized rate of return;

·

The level and volatility of wholesale electricity and natural gas prices and supplies, the Utility's ability to manage and respond to the levels and volatility successfully and the extent to which the Utility is able to timely recover increased costs related to such volatility;

·

Weather, storms, earthquakes, fires, floods, other natural disasters, explosions, accidents, mechanical breakdowns and other events or hazards that affect demand, result in power outages, reduce generating output, or cause damage to the Utility's assets or operations or those of third parties on which the Utility relies, and the extent to which the Utility is able to timely recover costs related to such events;

·

Unanticipated population growth or decline, changes in market demand and demographic patterns, and general economic and financial market conditions, including unanticipated changes in interest or inflation rates, and the extent to which the Utility is able to timely recover its costs in the face of such events;

·

The operation of the Utility's Diablo Canyon nuclear power plant, or Diablo Canyon, which exposes the Utility to potentially significant environmental costs and capital expenditure outlays and, to the extent the Utility is unable to increase its spent fuel storage capacity by 2007 or find an alternative depository, the risk that the Utility may be required to close Diablo Canyon and purchase electricity from more expensive sources, and the extent to which the Utility is able to timely recover related costs and expenses;

·

Actions of credit rating agencies;

·

Significant changes in the Utility's relationship with its employees, the availability of qualified personnel and the potential adverse effects if labor disputes were to occur; and

·

Acts of terrorism.

Legislative and Regulatory Environment and Pending Litigation

·

The impact of current and future ratemaking actions of the CPUC, including the risk of material differences between forecasted costs used to determine rates and actual costs incurred;

·

Whether the assumptions and forecasts underlying the Utility's CPUC-approved long-term electricity procurement plan prove to be accurate, the terms and conditions of the generation or procurement commitments the Utility enters into in connection with its plan, the extent to which the Utility is able to recover the costs it incurs in connection with these commitments and the extent to which a failure to perform by any of the counterparties to the Utility's electricity purchase contracts or the California Department of Water Resources, or DWR, contracts allocated to the Utility's customers affects the Utility's ability to meet its obligations or to recover its costs;

·

Prevailing governmental policies and legislative or regulatory actions generally, including those of the California legislature, the U.S. Congress, the CPUC, the FERC, and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or the NRC, with regard to the Utility's allowed rates of return, industry and rate structure, recovery of investments and costs, acquisitions and disposal of assets and facilities, treatment of affiliate contracts and relationships, and operation and construction of facilities;

·

The extent to which the CPUC or the FERC delays or denies recovery of the Utility's costs, including electricity purchase costs, from customers due to a regulatory determination that such costs were not reasonable or prudent or for other reasons, resulting in write-offs of regulatory balancing accounts;

·

How the CPUC administers the capital structure, stand-alone dividend, and first priority conditions of the CPUC's decisions permitting the establishment of holding companies for the California investor-owned electric utilities;

·

The terms and conditions under which the CPUC authorizes the Utility to issue debt and equity in the future, and the extent to which the terms and conditions limit the Utility's ability to issue debt in the future;

·

Whether the Utility is determined to be in compliance with all applicable rules, tariffs and orders relating to electricity and natural gas utility operations, and the extent to which a finding of non-compliance could result in customer refunds, penalties or other non-recoverable expenses;

·

Whether the Utility is required to incur material costs or capital expenditures or curtail or cease operations at affected facilities to comply with existing and future environmental laws, regulations and policies; and

·

The outcome of pending litigation.

Competition and Bypass

·

Increased competition as a result of the takeover by condemnation of the Utility's distribution assets, duplication of the Utility's distribution assets or service by local public utilities, and other forms of competition that may result in stranded investment capital, decreased customer growth, loss of customer load and additional barriers to cost recovery; and

·

The extent to which the Utility's distribution customers switch between purchasing electricity from the Utility and from alternate energy service providers as direct access customers, the extent to which cities, counties and others in the Utility's service territory begin directly serving the Utility's customers, and the extent to which the Utility's customers become self-generators, results in stranded generating asset costs and non-recoverable procurement costs.

               See the section entitled "Risk Factors" in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report for further discussion of the more significant risks that could affect the outcome of these forward-looking statements and PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's future results of operations and financial condition.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

               The table below details certain items from the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005 and 2004.

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Utility

Electric operating revenues

$

1,660 

$

1,791 

Natural gas operating revenues

1,009 

931 

   Total operating revenues

2,669 

2,722 

Cost of electricity

396 

561 

Cost of natural gas

620 

578 

Operating and maintenance

773 

808 

Recognition of regulatory assets

(4,900)

Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

311 

Reorganization professional fees and expenses

   Total operating (gain) expenses

2,174 

(2,640)

Operating income

495 

5,362 

Interest income (1)

20 

11 

Interest expense

(154)

(213)

Other income, net (2)

Income before income taxes

361 

5,165 

Income tax provision

142 

2,099 

Income available for common stock

$

219 

$

3,066 

PG&E Corporation, Eliminations and Other (3)

Operating revenues

$

$

Operating expenses

(6)

Operating income (loss)

(9)

Interest income

Interest expense

(7)

(18)

Other income (expense), net (2)

(1)

(32)

Income (loss) before income taxes

(1)

(56)

Income tax benefit

(23)

Net loss

$

(1)

$

(33)

Consolidated Total

Operating revenues

$

2,669 

$

2,722 

Operating (gain) expenses

2,168 

(2,631)

Operating income

501 

5,353 

Interest income (1)

21 

14 

Interest expense

(161)

(231)

Other expenses, net (2)

(1)

(27) 

Income before income taxes

360 

5,109 

Income tax provision

142 

2,076 

Net income

$

218 

$

3,033 

(1)

Includes reorganization interest income.

(2)

Includes preferred dividend requirement as other expense.

(3)

PG&E Corporation eliminates all intercompany transactions in consolidation.

 

Utility

               Under cost of service ratemaking, the Utility's rates are determined based on its costs of service and are adjusted periodically to reflect changes in sales or demand compared to forecasted sales or demand used in setting rates. The Utility's electricity and natural gas distribution rates reflect the sum of individual revenue requirement components. Changes in any individual revenue requirement affect customers' rates and could affect the Utility's revenues. Pending regulatory proceedings that could result in rate changes and affect the Utility's revenues are discussed in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report and below under "Regulatory Matters."

               The Utility currently faces price and volumetric risk for the portion of intrastate natural gas transportation capacity that is not contracted under fixed reservation charges used by core customers (see further discussion in the Transportation and Storage section under Risk Management Activities of this Management's Discussion and Analysis). The Utility is also at risk for costs associated with meeting demand and maintaining electric transmission system sufficiency and reliability in the Utility's service area in excess of amounts allowed in its FERC-authorized transmission owner rates.

               Revenues collected on behalf of the DWR and the DWR's related costs are not included in the Utility's Consolidated Statements of Operations, reflecting the Utility's role as a billing and collection agent for the DWR's sales to the Utility's customers.

Electric Operating Revenues

               The Utility records its electric distribution and generation revenues under cost-of-service revenue requirements approved by the CPUC in the Utility's 2003 General Rate Case, or GRC. Differences between the authorized revenue requirements and amounts collected by the Utility from customers in rates are tracked in regulatory balancing accounts and are reflected in miscellaneous revenues in the table below.

               The Utility is required to dispatch, or schedule, all of the electricity resources within its portfolio, including electricity provided under the DWR allocated contracts, in the most cost-effective way. This requirement, in certain cases, requires the Utility to schedule more electricity than is necessary to meet its retail load and to sell this additional electricity on the open market. The Utility typically schedules excess electricity when the expected sales proceeds exceed the variable costs to operate a generation facility or buy electricity under an optional contract. Proceeds from the sale of surplus electricity are allocated between the Utility and the DWR based on the percentage of volume supplied by each entity to the Utility's total load. The Utility's net proceeds from the sale of surplus electricity after deducting the portion allocated to the DWR are recorded as a reduction to the cost of electricity.

               The following table shows a breakdown of the Utility's electric operating revenues.

   

Three Months Ended

   

March 31,

(in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

Electric revenues

$

2,084 

$

2,169 

DWR pass-through revenue

(446)

(470)

Subtotal

1,638 

1,699 

Miscellaneous

22 

92 

  Total electric operating revenues

$

1,660 

$

1,791 

Total electricity sales (in Gwh) (1)

19,034 

18,870 

(1)

Includes DWR electricity sales.

               The Utility's electric operating revenues decreased during the three months ended March 31, 2005, by approximately $131 million, or 7%, compared to the same period in 2004, primarily as a result of the following factors:

·

Electric revenues decreased approximately $175 million during the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004 due to lower electricity procurement and transmission costs which are passed through to customers; and

·

Electric operating revenues decreased $76 million as a result of a decrease in the revenue requirement associated with the Settlement Regulatory Asset. As a result of the refinancing of the Settlement Regulatory Asset on February 10, 2005 through issuance of the ERBs, the Utility was no longer authorized to collect this revenue requirement (see further discussion in the Overview to this MD&A and Note 4 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements);

               The above decreases were partially offset by the following increases to electric operating revenues:

·

The Utility is authorized to collect and remit a DRC from its electricity customers to repay the ERBs until they are fully retired. This DRC charge resulted in an approximately $23 million electric operating revenue increase in the three months ended March 31, 2005, with no similar amount in the same period in 2004; and

·

The approval of the Utility's 2003 GRC in May 2004 and the final decision in the 2005 cost of capital proceeding in December 2004 resulted in an increase of approximately $105 million in electric operating revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004.

Cost of Electricity

               The Utility's cost of electricity includes electricity purchase costs and the cost of fuel used by its owned generation facilities, but it excludes costs to operate its owned generation facilities, which are included in operating and maintenance expense. Electricity purchase costs and the cost of fuel used by owned generation facilities are passed through in rates to customers. The following table shows a breakdown of the Utility's cost of electricity and the total amount and average cost of purchased power, excluding in each case both the cost and volume of electricity provided by the DWR to the Utility's customers:

     

Three Months Ended

     

March 31,

(in millions)

   

2005

 

2004

Cost of purchased power

$

452 

$

582 

Proceeds from surplus sales allocated to the Utility

(100)

(64)

Fuel used in own generation

44 

43 

    Total net cost of electricity

$

396 

$

561 

Average cost of purchased power per kWh

$

0.065 

$

0.083 

Total purchased power (GWh)

6,985 

6,997 

               During the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility's cost of electricity decreased approximately $165 million, or 29%, compared to 2004, mainly due to the following factors:

·

The decrease in the average cost of purchased power of $0.018 per kWh in 2005 as compared to 2004 resulted in a decrease of approximately $130 million in the cost of purchased power; and

·

The increase in proceeds from surplus sales allocated to the Utility of $36 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004 resulted in a corresponding decrease in the cost of electricity.

Natural Gas Operating Revenues

                The Utility sells natural gas and provides natural gas transportation services to its customers. The Utility's natural gas customers consist of two categories: core and noncore customers. The core customer class is comprised mainly of residential and smaller commercial natural gas customers. The noncore customer class is comprised of industrial and larger commercial natural gas customers. The Utility provides natural gas delivery services to all core and noncore customers connected to the Utility's system in its service territory. Core customers can purchase natural gas from alternate energy service providers or can elect to have the Utility provide both delivery service and natural gas supply. While the Utility provides non-core customers with delivery service, it does not provide non-core customers with natural gas supply. When the Utility provides both supply and delivery, the Utility refers to the service as natural gas bundled service. In 2004, core customers represented over 99% of the Utility's total customers and approximately 35% of its total natural gas deliveries, while noncore customers comprised less than 1% of the Utility's total customers and approximately 65% of its total natural gas deliveries.

               The Utility's transportation system transports gas throughout California to the Utility's distribution system, which, in turn, delivers gas to end-use customers. Utility transportation and distribution services for all customers have historically been bundled or sold together at a combined rate.

               The following table shows a breakdown of the Utility's natural gas operating revenues:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Bundled natural gas revenues

$

944 

$

867 

Transportation service-only revenues

65 

64 

    Total natural gas operating revenues

$

1,009 

$

931 

Average bundled revenue per Mcf of natural gas sold

$

8.77 

$

7.74 

Total bundled natural gas sales (in millions of Mcf)

108 

112 

                The Utility's natural gas operating revenues increased approximately $78 million, or 8%, during the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004. The increase in natural gas operating revenues was primarily due to the following factors:

·

Bundled natural gas revenues (excluding the effects of the 2003 GRC decision discussed below) increased by approximately $57 million, or 7%, in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004, mainly resulting from a higher cost of natural gas which the Utility is permitted by the CPUC to pass on to its customers through higher rates. The average bundled revenue per thousand cubic feet, or Mcf, of natural gas sold in 2005 (excluding the effects of the GRC decision) increased by approximately $0.85, or 11%, as compared to 2004; and

·

The approval of the 2003 GRC resulted in an increase to natural gas revenues of approximately $20 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004.

 

Cost of Natural Gas

               The Utility's cost of natural gas includes the purchase cost of natural gas and transportation costs on interstate pipelines, but excludes the costs associated with the Utility's intrastate pipeline, which are included in operating and maintenance expense. The following table shows a breakdown of the Utility's cost of natural gas:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Cost of natural gas sold

$

584 

$

542 

Cost of natural gas transportation

36 

36 

   Total cost of natural gas

$

620 

$

578 

Average cost per Mcf of natural gas sold

$

5.41 

$

4.84 

Total natural gas sold (in millions of Mcf)

108 

112 

               In the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility's total cost of natural gas increased approximately $42 million, or 7%, compared to the same period in 2004 primarily due to an increase in the average market price of natural gas purchased of approximately $0.57 per Mcf.

Operating and Maintenance

               Operating and maintenance expenses consist mainly of the Utility's costs to operate and maintain its electricity and natural gas facilities, customer accounts and service expenses, public purpose program expenses, and administrative and general expenses.

                During the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility's operating and maintenance expenses decreased by approximately $35 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2004, mainly due to the following factors:

·

Operating and maintenance expenses decreased approximately $30 million related to the various provisions of the Settlement Agreement, including obligations to invest in clean energy technology and the donation of land, in the first quarter of 2004 with no similar amounts for the same period in 2005;

·

Operating and maintenance expenses decreased approximately $10 million at Diablo Canyon in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004 reflecting the scheduled refueling outage in the first quarter of 2004 with no similar refueling outage in the same period in 2005;

·

Employee benefit plan-related expenses decreased approximately $20 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004, due to lower interest cost, higher than expected returns on trust assets and the impact of Diablo Canyon reapplying SFAS No. 71 in April 2004. Prior to the reapplication of SFAS No. 71, Diablo Canyon's expenses impacted net income; there was no similar impact in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

·

These decreases were partially offset by an increase of approximately $30 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004, for environmental matters resulting from reassessments of the estimated liability for various sites.

Recognition of Regulatory Assets

                In light of the satisfaction of various conditions to the implementation of the Utility's plan of reorganization, the Utility recorded the regulatory assets provided for under the Settlement Agreement in the first quarter of 2004. This resulted in the recognition of a one-time non-cash, pre-tax gain of $3.7 billion for the Settlement Regulatory Asset and $1.2 billion for the Utility retained generation regulatory assets, for a total after-tax gain of $2.9 billion

Depreciation, Amortization and Decommissioning

               In the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility's depreciation, amortization and decommissioning expenses increased by approximately $74 million, or 24%, compared to the same period in 2004, primarily as a result of the amortization of the Settlement Regulatory Asset and Energy Recovery Bond Regulatory Asset and an increase in the Utility's plant assets.

Interest Income

               In the three months ended March 31, 2005, interest income, including reorganization interest income, increased by approximately $9 million, or 82%, compared to the same period in 2004, primarily due to interest earned on the $1.7 billion disputed escrow cash account in the three months ended March 31, 2005, and higher average interest rates on the Utility's short-term investments in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004. The Utility discontinued reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7 upon its emergence from Chapter 11 on April 12, 2004. Prior to that date, the Utility reported reorganization interest income separately on its Consolidated Statements of Income. Reorganization interest income reported in 2004 mainly included interest earned on cash accumulated during the Utility's Chapter 11 proceedings.

Interest Expense

               In the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility's interest expense decreased by approximately $59 million, or 28%, compared to the same period in 2004, mainly due to a lower average amount of outstanding debt and a lower weighted average interest rate during the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004.

Income Tax Expense

                In the three months ended March 31, 2005 , the Utility's tax expense decreased approximately $2.0 billion, or 93%, compared to the same period 2004, mainly due to a decrease in pre-tax income of $4.8 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2005 . This decrease is primarily the result of the recognition of regulatory assets associated with the Settlement Agreement for the first quarter of 2004, with no similar amount recognized in the same period in 2005. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2005, decreased by 1.7 percentage points compared to the same period in 2004. This decrease is due mainly to the effect of regulatory treatment of depreciation differences and state income taxes.

PG&E Corporation, Eliminations and Others

Operating Revenues and Expenses

               PG&E Corporation's revenues consist mainly of billings to the Utility and its other affiliates for services rendered, all of which are eliminated in consolidation. PG&E Corporation's operating expenses consist mainly of employee compensation and payments to third parties for goods and services. Generally, PG&E Corporation's operating expenses are allocated to affiliates. These allocations are made without mark-up. Operating expenses allocated to affiliates are eliminated in consolidation.

               The decrease in operating expenses of approximately $15 million was primarily due to the receipt of insurance proceeds for legal costs and a reduction in general and administrative expenses retained at PG&E Corporation in the first quarter 2005, compared to the same period in 2004.

Interest Expense

               PG&E Corporation's interest expense is not allocated to its affiliates. In the three months ended March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation's interest expense decreased by approximately $11 million, or 61%, compared to the same period in 2004, due to a reduction in the amount of outstanding debt. During the first quarter 2004, PG&E Corporation incurred $11 million in interest expense related to its $600 million of 6⅞% Senior Secured Notes due 2008, which were redeemed on November 15, 2004. Interest expense in the first quarter 2005 was primarily due to PG&E Corporation's $280 million of 9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010, or Convertible Subordinated Notes.

Other Income (Expense)

               PG&E Corporation's other expense decreased by approximately $31 million, or 97%, in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004, primarily due to a reduction in the pre-tax charge to earnings, related to the $32 million change in market value of non-cumulative dividend participation rights included within PG&E Corporation's Convertible Subordinated Notes in the first quarter of 2004. The change in market value in 2005 was immaterial.

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL RESOURCES

Overview

               The level of PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's current assets and current liabilities is subject to fluctuation as a result of seasonal demand for electricity and natural gas, energy commodity costs, and the timing and effect of regulatory decisions and financings, among other factors.

               With the achievement of a 52% equity ratio in January 2005, the Utility reinstated the payment of a regular quarterly dividend. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility used cash (including the ERB proceeds) in excess of amounts needed for operations, debt service and repayment, base capital expenditures, and the payment of a quarterly dividend, to repurchase common stock. In turn, PG&E Corporation used the cash received from the Utility in the form of dividends and share repurchases to recommence the payment of a regular quarterly dividend and repurchase common stock from shareholders.

Liquidity

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility intend to retain sufficient cash for operating needs and to manage debt levels to maintain access to credit. PG&E Corporation and the Utility target cash balances, which, together with credit facilities, accommodate normal and unforeseen demands on its liquidity.

               At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation and its subsidiaries had consolidated cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.4 billion, and restricted cash of approximately $1.9 billion. PG&E Corporation and the Utility maintain separate bank accounts. At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation on a stand-alone basis had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $319 million. At March 31, 2005, the Utility had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.1 billion, and restricted cash of approximately $1.9 billion. The Utility's restricted cash includes amounts deposited in escrow related to the remaining disputed Chapter 11 claims, collateral required by the ISO and deposits under certain third party agreements.

PG&E Corporation and the Utility primarily invest their cash in money market funds and in short-term obligations of the U.S. Government and its agencies.

               The Utility seeks to maintain or strengthen its credit ratings to provide efficient access to financial and trade credit and to ensure adequate liquidity. On February 16, 2005, S&P, upgraded its corporate credit rating on the Utility to BBB from BBB- and affirmed its BBB senior secured rating on the Utility's First Mortgage Bonds. S&P has not assigned a rating to PG&E Corporation.

               On March 3, 2005, Moody's announced that it had upgraded its corporate credit rating on the Utility to Baa1 from Baa3 and upgraded the Utility's other debt ratings as follows:

·

First Mortgage Bonds, secured pollution control bonds, and secured bank loan agreement to Baa1 from Baa2;

·

Preferred stock to Baa3 from Ba2;

·

Shelf registration for the issuance of First Mortgage Bonds to (P)Baa1 from (P)Baa2; and

·

The issuance of senior unsecured debt to (P)Baa1 from (P)Baa3.

                Moody's also assigned a rating of Baa3 to PG&E Corporation's $200 million unsecured bank revolving credit facility. Moody's stated that its rating outlook is stable for the Utility and PG&E Corporation.

                As discussed in Note 3 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, on April 22, 2005, the lien of the indenture securing the First Mortgage Bonds was released following confirmation by Moody's and S&P that the Utility's unsecured debt would be rated BBB by S&P and Baa1 by Moody's after the release of the lien.

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility have taken advantage of recent favorable market conditions by completing the following post-March 31 transactions:

·

On April 8, 2005, the Utility refinanced its existing $850 million working capital facility with a $1 billion working capital facility that has a term of 5 years, reduced fees and applicable margins, and less restrictive covenants;

·

On April 22, 2005, the Utility entered into an amendment to four reimbursement agreements totaling $620 million related to letters of credit aggregating $614 million that had been issued to support certain pollution control bonds issued on behalf of the Utility. In addition to containing more favorable provisions, the term of the amended agreements has been extended from three years to five years until April 22, 2010; and

·

On April 8, 2005, PG&E Corporation's unsecured $200 million credit facility was amended to include an extended 5-year term and to conform the provisions regarding covenants, representations and events of default to those contained in the Utility's $1 billion working capital facility.

               Currently, PG&E Corporation and the Utility have available credit facilities totaling $200 million and $1.65 billion, respectively.

Dividends

               On February 16, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Utility declared a dividend of $117 million that was paid on February 17, 2005, to PG&E Corporation and PG&E Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Utility that held approximately 6% of the Utility's common stock.

              Also, on February 16, 2005, the Board of Directors of PG&E Corporation declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.30 per share to shareholders of record on March 31, 2005. On April 15, 2005, PG&E Corporation paid this dividend totaling approximately $118 million, of which approximately $7 million was paid to Elm Power Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of PG&E Corporation. In addition, PG&E Corporation paid approximately $6 million in dividend equivalent payments to Convertible Subordinated Note holders of record on March 31, 2005.

               PG&E Corporation charged dividends declared to Accumulated Earnings and the Utility charged dividends declared to Reinvested Earnings.

Stock Repurchases

               On February 22, 2005, under an accelerated share repurchase arrangement entered into on December 15, 2004, PG&E Corporation paid Goldman Sachs & Co., or GS&Co., approximately $14 million as a price adjustment based on the daily volume weighted average market price of PG&E Corporation common stock over the term of the arrangement. PG&E Corporation charged the payment to Common Stock within Common Shareholders' Equity.

               On March 4, 2005, PG&E Corporation entered into a new accelerated share repurchase arrangement with GS&Co. under which PG&E Corporation repurchased 29,489,400 shares of its common stock at an initial price of $35.60 per share (for an aggregate amount of approximately $1.05 billion). The repurchase was funded from available cash on hand and the repurchased shares were retired. PG&E Corporation charged approximately $460 million to Common Stock and approximately $591 million to Accumulated Earnings within Common Shareholders' Equity in respect of these transactions. Under the accelerated share repurchase arrangement, PG&E Corporation may receive from, or be required to pay to, GS&Co. a price adjustment based on the daily volume weighted average market price of PG&E Corporation common stock over the term of the arrangement (approximately six months). Because the price adjustment and any additional payments that PG&E Corporation may be required to make can be settled at PG&E Corporation's option, in cash or in shares of its common stock, or a combination of the two, PG&E Corporation accounts for its payment obligations as equity.

               Until the transaction is completed or terminated, GAAP requires PG&E Corporation to assume that it will issue shares to settle its obligations (up to a maximum of two times the number of shares repurchased or 58,978,800 shares). PG&E Corporation must calculate the number of shares that would be required to satisfy its obligations upon completion of the transaction based on the market price of PG&E Corporation's common stock at the end of a reporting period. The number of shares that would be required to satisfy the obligations must be treated as outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share. At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation did not have any net payment obligations to GS&Co. Accordingly, no additional shares of PG&E Corporation common stock attributable to the accelerated share repurchase arrangement were treated as outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share. Based upon the average price of PG&E Corporation stock from March 4, 2005 to March 31, 2005, and additional payments, GS&Co. had a net payment obligation to PG&E Corporation of approximately $1 million at March 31, 2005.

               On March 8, 2005, the Utility used proceeds from the issuance of ERBs (discussed in Note 4 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements) to repay debt and to repurchase 22,023,283 shares of its common stock from PG&E Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $960 million. The Utility recognized charges of approximately $141 million to Additional Paid-in Capital, approximately $110 million to Common Stock, and approximately $709 million to Reinvested Earnings within Shareholders' Equity in respect of this transaction.

Utility

Operating Activities

               The Utility's cash flows from operating activities consist of sales to its customers and payments of operating expenses, other than expenses such as depreciation that do not require the use of cash. Cash flows from operating activities are also impacted by collections of accounts receivable and payments of liabilities previously recorded.

               The Utility's cash flows from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Net income

$

223 

$

3,074 

Non-cash (income) expenses:

  Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

311 

  Gain on establishment of regulatory asset, net

(2,904)

Change in accounts receivable

169 

353 

Change in accrued taxes

220 

98 

Other uses of cash:

  Payments authorized by the bankruptcy court on amounts
    classified as liabilities subject to compromise

(20)

Other changes in operating assets and liabilities

38

97 

   Net cash provided by operating activities

$

1,035 

$

1,009 

               Net cash provided by operating activities increased by approximately $26 million during the three months ended March 31, 2005 compared to the same period in 2004, mainly due to the increase in net income of approximately $53 million, excluding the one-time non-cash gain, after tax, of approximately $2.9 billion related to the recognition of the regulatory assets established under the Settlement Agreement in the first quarter of 2004.

Investing Activities

               The Utility's investing activities consist of construction of new and replacement facilities necessary to deliver safe and reliable electricity and natural gas services to its customers. Cash flows from operating activities have been sufficient to fund the Utility's capital expenditure requirements during the three month periods ended March 31, 2005 and 2004. Year to year variances depend upon the amount and type of construction activities, which can be influenced by storm and other factors.

               The Utility's cash flows from investing activities for the three month periods ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Capital expenditures

$

(349)

$

(342)

Net proceeds from sale of assets

11 

18 

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

26 

(6,917)

Other investing activities, net

26 

(65)

    Net cash used in investing activities

$

(286)

$

(7,306)

               Net cash used by investing activities decreased by approximately $7.0 billion primarily due to an increase in restricted cash of approximately $7.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2004 with no similar change for the same period in 2005. In March 2004, the Utility consummated a public offering of $6.7 billion of first mortgage bonds. Proceeds from this offering and redemption premiums and interest of $217 million were deposited into escrow for payment of claims upon emergence from Chapter 11. On April 12, 2004, the effective date of the Utility's plan or reorganization, this cash was paid out of the escrow account.

Financing Activities

               In 2005, the Utility used the $1.9 billion proceeds of the ERBs to refinance the Settlement Regulatory Asset through the repayment of debt and repurchase of equity.

              The Utility's cash flows from financing activities for the three month period ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Net proceeds from long-term debt issued

$

$

6,547 

Net proceeds from energy recovery bonds issued

1,874 

Net repayments under credit facilities and short-term borrowings

(300)

Rate reduction bonds matured

(74)

(74)

Long-term debt, matured, redeemed or repurchased

(900)

(310)

Common stock dividends paid

(110)

 

Preferred dividends paid

(4)

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption provisions redeemed

(2)

Common stock repurchased

(960)

   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

$

(476)

$

6,163 

               For the three months ended March 31, 2005, net cash used in financing activities decreased by approximately $6.6 billion compared to the same period in 2004, due to the following factors:

·

In March 2004, in connection with the Utility's plan of reorganization, the Utility issued approximately $6.5 billion, net of issuance costs, in long-term debt with no comparable amount in the three months ended March 31, 2005;

·

In February 2005, PERF issued approximately $1.9 billion of ERBs with no similar issuance in 2004 (see Note 4 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion);

·

During the quarter, the Utility repaid $300 million it borrowed under its $850 million working capital facility;

·

In January 2005, the Utility partially redeemed Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due in 2006 in the aggregate principal amount of $300 million and on February 24, 2005, the Utility used a portion of the ERBs proceeds to defease $600 million of Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds. During the first quarter 2004, repayments on long-term debt totaled $310 million. As a result, repayments on long-term debt increased approximately $590 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in 2004;

·

In February 2005, the Utility paid $110 million in common stock dividends to PG&E Corporation and $7 million to PG&E Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Utility;

·

Approximately $4 million of preferred stock dividends were paid during the three months ended March 31, 2005; and

·

In March 2005, the Utility used proceeds from the issuance of ERBs to repurchase $960 million of its common stock from PG&E Corporation.

PG&E Corporation

               As of March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation had stand-alone cash and cash equivalents of approximately $319 million. PG&E Corporation's sources of funds are dividends and share repurchases from the Utility, issuance of its common stock and external financing. The Utility paid a cash dividend of $117 million to PG&E Corporation and PG&E Holdings LLC on February 17, 2005. The Utility did not pay any dividends to, nor repurchase shares from, PG&E Corporation during 2004.

Operating Activities

               PG&E Corporation's consolidated cash flows from operating activities consist mainly of billings to the Utility and other affiliates for services rendered and payments for employee compensation and goods and services provided by others to PG&E Corporation. PG&E Corporation also incurs interest costs associated with its debt.

               PG&E Corporation's consolidated cash flows from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Net income

$

218 

$

3,033 

Non-cash (income) expenses:

   Depreciation, amortization and decommissioning

385 

312 

   Deferred income taxes and tax credits, net

(63)

(70)

   Recognition of regulatory asset, net of tax

(2,904)

   Other deferred charges and noncurrent liabilities

(45)

237 

   Tax benefit from employee stock plans

25 

Other changes in operating assets and liabilities

528 

279 

     Net cash provided by operating activities

$

1,048 

$

887 

                Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $161 million during the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004. This increase was primarily related to the recognition of tax benefits on the exercise of employee stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2005, with no similar amount in 2004 and the payment of approximately $84 million to participating individuals in the senior executive retention program in January 2004, with no similar payment in 2005.

Investing Activities

               On March 8, 2005, PG&E Corporation received $960 million in proceeds for the repurchase of 22,023,283 shares of Utility common stock by the Utility. This transaction was eliminated in consolidation. PG&E Corporation, on a stand-alone basis, did not have any other material investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2005 or the same period in 2004.

Financing Activities

               PG&E Corporation's consolidated cash flows from financing activities consist mainly of cash generated from debt refinancing and the issuance of common stock.

               PG&E Corporation's consolidated cash flows from financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions)

2005

2004

Net repayments under credit facilities and short-term borrowings

$

(300)

$

Net proceeds from issuance of energy recovery bonds

1,874 

Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

6,547 

Long-term debt matured, redeemed or repurchased

(901)

(310)

Rate reduction bonds matured

(74)

(74)

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption provisions redeemed

(2)

Common stock issued

120 

58 

Common stock repurchased

(1,065)

Preferred dividends paid

(4)

Other, net

(1)

   Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

$

(353)

$

6,221 

               PG&E Corporation's net cash used by financing activities decreased by $6.6 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004. The decrease was primarily related to the Utility's financing activities as discussed above, PG&E Corporation's repurchase of approximately 29.5 million shares of common stock under an accelerated share repurchase agreement in March 2005 at an initial purchase price of $1.05 billion, and increased proceeds from common stock issuances due to increased employee stock option exercises in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004. As discussed above, the Utility's repurchase of its common stock from PG&E Corporation totaling $960 million in March 2005 was eliminated in consolidation.

CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility enter into contractual obligations and commitments in connection with business activities. These obligations need to be funded in the future and primarily relate to financing arrangements (such as long-term debt, preferred stock and certain forms of regulatory financing), purchases of transportation capacity, natural gas and electricity to support customer demand and the purchase of fuel and transportation to support the Utility's generation activities. Refer to Note 7 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report for further discussion.

Utility

               The Utility's contractual commitments include power purchase agreements (including agreements with qualifying facilities, irrigation districts and water agencies, and renewable energy providers), natural gas supply and transportation agreements, nuclear fuel agreements, operating leases, and other commitments.

Capital Expenditures

               The Utility's investment in plant and equipment is necessary to replace aging and obsolete equipment and accommodate anticipated electricity and natural gas load growth. It is estimated that the Utility's base capital expenditures will approximate $1.9 billion in each of 2005 and 2006 (excluding potential investments in an advanced metering infrastructure, as discussed below).

Advanced Metering Infrastructure

               The CPUC is assessing the viability of implementing an advanced metering infrastructure for residential and small commercial customers. This infrastructure would enable California investor-owned electric utilities to measure usage of electricity on a time-of-use basis and to charge demand responsive rates. The goal of demand responsive rates is to encourage customers to reduce energy consumption during peak demand periods and to reduce peak period procurement costs. Advanced meters can record usage in time intervals and be read remotely. The Utility is implementing demand responsive tariffs for large industrial customers who already have advanced metering systems in place, and a statewide pilot program was recently completed to test whether and how much residential and small commercial customers will respond to demand responsive rates. If the CPUC determines that it would be cost effective to install advanced metering on a large scale and authorizes the Utility to proceed with large scale development of advanced metering for residential and small commercial customers, the Utility expects that it would incur substantial costs to convert its meters, build the meter reading network, and build the data storage and processing facilities to bill its customers. On March 15, 2005, the Utility filed an application with the CPUC to spend up to $49 million on pre-deployment activities for advanced metering. This application has not yet been approved. The Utility expects to file an application for deployment of the full advanced metering project in the summer of 2005. The Utility would expect to recover through rates the capital investments and any ongoing operating costs net of operating savings associated with implementing the advanced metering project. The total deployment of an advanced metering infrastructure to all of the Utility's electricity and natural gas customers using equipment and technology currently available may cost more than $1.0 billion, based on a five-year installation schedule starting in 2006.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

               For financing and other business purposes, PG&E Corporation and the Utility utilize certain arrangements that are not reflected in their Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such arrangements do not represent a significant part of either PG&E Corporation's or the Utility's activities or a significant ongoing source of financing. These arrangements are used to enable PG&E Corporation or the Utility to obtain financing or execute commercial transactions on favorable terms, and amounts due under these contracts are contingent upon terms contained in these arrangements. For further information related to letter of credit agreements, the credit facilities, aspects of PG&E Corporation's accelerated share repurchase program, and PG&E Corporation's guarantee related to certain NEGT indemnity obligations and the Utility's workers' compensation obligations, see Notes 3, 5, and 7 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contingencies

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility have significant contingencies that are discussed below. Also, refer to Note 7 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Regulatory Matters

                This section of the MD&A discusses significant regulatory issues pending before the CPUC, the FERC, or the NRC, the resolution of which may affect the Utility's and PG&E Corporation's results of operations or financial condition. The information presented below should be read in conjunction with PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report.

Electricity Generation Resources

Procurement Cost Balancing Account and Mandatory Rate Adjustments

               California law allows the Utility to recover its reasonably incurred wholesale electricity procurement costs. The Utility has established a balancing account, the Energy Resource Recovery Account, or ERRA, to track the difference between the authorized revenue requirement and the actual costs incurred under the Utility's authorized electricity resource procurement plans, excluding the costs associated with the DWR allocated contracts and certain other items. The CPUC must review the revenues and costs recorded in the ERRA at least semi-annually and adjust retail electricity rates or order refunds, as appropriate, when the forecast aggregate over-collections or under-collections exceed 5% of the Utility's prior year electricity procurement revenues, excluding amounts collected for the DWR. For 2005, 5% of the Utility's 2004 electricity procurement revenues, excluding amounts collected for the DWR, is approximately $164.4 million. As of March 31, 2005, the ERRA had an over-collected balance of approximately $82 million, below the amount that would trigger the mandatory adjustment of rates. The CPUC approved an ERRA revenue requirement of $2.14 billion for 2005 based on forecast costs and has authorized the Utility to amortize routine over- and under-collections in the ERRA annually to coincide with January 1 rate changes.

               The CPUC performs periodic compliance reviews of the procurement activities recorded in the ERRA to ensure that the Utility's procurement activities are in compliance with its approved procurement plans. The cost of procurement activities related to the DWR's allocated contracts could be disallowed up to a maximum of two times the Utility's administration costs associated with procurement each year. For 2005, this amount is $36 million. On April 21, 2005, the CPUC approved the Utility's application related to its procurement activities recorded in the ERRA for the period of January 1, 2003 through May 31, 2003, finding that the Utility's contract administration, least cost dispatch, procurement activities, and generation fuel costs were in compliance with its 2003 updated procurement plan. The Utility expects to receive a draft decision on the remainder of the record period (i.e., June 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003) in the second quarter of 2005. On February 15, 2005, the Utility filed an ERRA compliance review application for the January 1 - December 31, 2004 record period. Final action on the 2004 record period application is expected before the end of 2005. PG&E Corporation and the Utility are unable to predict whether a disallowance will result or the size of any potential disallowance. In addition, it is uncertain whether the CPUC will modify or eliminate the maximum disallowance for future years.

New Long-Term Generation Resource Commitments

               In accordance with the Utility's CPUC-approved long-term electricity procurement plan, the Utility has requested offers from providers of all potential sources of new generation (e.g., conventional or renewable resources to be provided under utility-owned projects or turnkey developments, or buyouts, or under third party power purchase agreements) for approximately 1,200 megawatts, or MW, of peaking resources by 2008 and an additional 1,000 MW of load-following resources by 2010.

               Initial bids were submitted in late April 2005. It is anticipated that contracts for the winning bidders will be submitted to the CPUC for approval in the second half of 2005.

DWR Allocated Contracts

               The Utility acts as a billing agent for the collection of the DWR's revenue requirements from the Utility's customers. The DWR's revenue requirements consist of a power charge to pay for the DWR's costs of purchasing electricity under its contracts and a bond charge to pay for the DWR's costs associated with its $11.3 billion bond offering completed in November 2002. In December 2004, the CPUC issued a decision on the permanent cost allocation methodology for the DWR's power charge revenue requirements in 2004 and subsequent years, among the three California investor-owned electric utilities. In January 2005, the CPUC granted limited rehearing of its permanent cost allocation decision to address how to calculate the above-market costs of the DWR power contracts. A final decision on DWR permanent cost allocation is expected in the second quarter of 2005. The Utility cannot predict the final outcome of this matter. As a result of the transition from frozen rates and the electricity procurement recovery mechanism described below, the collection of DWR revenue requirements, or any adjustments thereto, should not affect the Utility's results of operations.

               The CPUC is also considering reallocation of certain DWR contracts for operation and dispatch purposes. The Utility is unable to predict the outcome of this proceeding, nor the potential financial impact.

Diablo Canyon Steam Generator Replacement Projects

               On February 24, 2005 the CPUC issued an interim decision on the Utility's Diablo Canyon Steam Generator Replacement Project, or SGRP, application. The interim decision concluded that the SGRP is cost-effective and $706 million, as adjusted for actual inflation and cost of capital, is a reasonable estimate of the SGRP cost. The interim decision also concluded that an after-the-fact reasonableness review of the SGRP cost is not required, but not precluded either. It adopts a maximum allowable SGRP cost cap of $815 million as adjusted for actual inflation and cost of capital, and the Utility will not be allowed to recover SGRP costs in excess of this amount. The Utility will file an advice letter to request authority to implement a rate increase, subject to refund, for each unit at the time each unit begins commercial operations. After installation is complete, and both units are operational, the Utility will be required to file an application to include the costs permanently in rates. The interim decision does not approve or disapprove the SGRP, guarantee or approve the recovery of any expenditures related thereto, or dictate the outcome of the environmental review of the SGRP pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act, or CEQA. A final decision, which will include the results of the CEQA review, is expected in September 2005. As of March 31, 2005, expenditures on the project of approximately $26.7 million have been incurred. These expenditures are expected to increase to approximately $65 million by September 2005 when the CPUC's final decision approving the project is expected. If the CPUC approves the project, the Utility estimates it would spend an additional $14.5 million in the last quarter of 2005. If the CPUC does not approve the projects, then the Utility will terminate the contracts and seek to recover the project costs that it incurred before termination from customers through the abandoned project process.

Annual Earnings Assessment Proceeding for Energy Efficiency Program Activities and Public Purpose Programs

               On April 4, 2005, the Utility filed a motion with the CPUC seeking approval of a settlement agreement entered into on April 4, 2005 between the Utility and the CPUC's Office of Ratepayer Advocates, or the ORA. The settlement agreement proposes the resolution of the Utility's claims that have been pending for several years for shareholder incentives earned by the Utility for the successful implementation of demand-side management, energy efficiency, and low-income energy efficiency programs for past program years 1994 through 2001. The Utility's claims for shareholder incentives are addressed in the Utility's Annual Earnings Assessment Proceeding, or AEAP. In addition to resolving claims made in the pending AEAPs, the settlement agreement proposes to resolve all future claims for shareholder incentives relating to past program years that the Utility would otherwise have made in future AEAPs through 2010.

               The Utility's total current and future shareholder incentive claims aggregate to approximately $207 million. Under the settlement agreement, the parties have agreed that the results to date show that the energy savings anticipated in the Utility's shareholder incentive claims are being realized. The parties have proposed that the Utility receive shareholder incentives of approximately $186 million to resolve the Utility's claims in the pending and future AEAPs. The parties have proposed that approximately $160 million be collected from electric customers and approximately $26 million be collected from gas customers, in proportion to the relative allocations of the original claims.

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility cannot predict whether or when the CPUC will approve the settlement agreement. Assuming the CPUC approves the settlement agreement, the Utility would record pre-tax income of approximately $186 million during the quarter in which the settlement agreement is approved by the CPUC.

Pending CPUC Investigations

               On March 17, 2005, the CPUC issued an order that institutes an investigation into the circumstances surrounding a fire that occurred at the Utility's Mission Street substation in San Francisco in December 2003 and the ensuing power outage. Approximately 100,000 of the Utility's customers were affected by the outage, which began in the early evening of December 20, 2003. While most customers had their power restored by the next morning, the outage lasted more than 24 hours for some customers. The CPUC's order notes that the CPUC has authority to impose penalties in the amount of $500 to $20,000 per day per offense for violations of the Public Utilities Code. The order states that the CPUC may consider a penalty for each customer that lost power, or for each day the outage was ongoing.

               In addition, the CPUC issued a press release noting that CPUC staff also would investigate the causes of a fire and power outage that originated at the Mission Street substation on March 26, 2005, that affected approximately 23,500 of the Utility's customers.

               The CPUC's Consumer Protection and Safety Division, or CPSD, will make a penalty recommendation in July 2005. A final decision on the investigation is expected during the fourth quarter of 2005. PG&E Corporation and the Utility are unable to predict whether the outcome of this matter will have a material adverse effect on their results of operation or financial condition.

               The CPUC also is conducting an investigation into the Utility's billing and collection practices that has been opened at the request of The Utility Reform Network, or TURN. Although a definitive schedule has not yet been set, on March 22, 2005, the CPUC administrative law judge presiding over the investigation considered a schedule that contemplated the following:

September 22, 2005

 

Reports due from the CPSD, TURN, and other parties

December 20, 2005

Utility's response to reports due

Late January - early February 2006

Parties file reply comments to the Utility's response

April - May 2006

 

Hearings

               If the CPUC finds that the Utility violated applicable tariffs or the CPUC's orders or rules, the CPUC may impose penalties on the Utility or order the Utility to refund any amounts collected in violation of tariffs, plus interest, to customers who paid such amounts. PG&E Corporation and the Utility continue to believe that the ultimate outcome of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on PG&E Corporation's or the Utility's results of operations or financial condition.

RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

               The Utility and PG&E Corporation, mainly through its ownership of the Utility, are exposed to market risk, which is the risk that changes in market conditions will adversely affect net income or cash flows. PG&E Corporation and the Utility face market risk associated with their operations, financing arrangements, the marketplace for electricity, natural gas, electricity transmission, natural gas transportation and storage, other goods and services, and other aspects of their business. PG&E Corporation and the Utility categorize market risks as price risk, interest rate risk and credit risk. The Utility actively manages market risks through risk management programs that are designed to support business objectives, reduce costs, discourage unauthorized risk-taking, reduce earnings volatility and manage cash flows. The Utility uses derivative instruments only for non-trading purposes (i.e., risk mitigation) and not for speculative purposes. The Utility's risk management activities include the use of energy and financial instruments, including forward contracts, futures, swaps, options, and other instruments and agreements, most of which are accounted for as derivative instruments. Some contracts are accounted for as leases.

               The Utility estimates fair value of derivative instruments using the midpoint of quoted bid and asked forward prices, including quotes from customers, brokers, electronic exchanges and public indices, supplemented by online price information from news services. When market data is not available, the Utility uses models to estimate fair value.

Price Risk

Convertible Subordinated Notes

               PG&E Corporation currently has outstanding $280 million of 9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes that are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2010. These Convertible Subordinated Notes may be converted (at the option of the holder) at any time prior to maturity into 18,558,655 shares of common stock of PG&E Corporation, at a conversion price of approximately $15.09 per share. The conversion price is subject to adjustment should a significant change occur in the number of PG&E Corporation's outstanding common shares. To date, the conversion price has not required adjustment. In addition, holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive pass-through dividends at the same payout as common stockholders with the number of shares determined by dividing the principal amount of the Convertible Subordinated Notes by the conversion price. On April 15, 2005, PG&E Corporation paid approximately $6 million of pass-through dividends to holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes. The holders have a one-time right to require PG&E Corporation to repurchase the Convertible Subordinated Notes on June 30, 2007, at a purchase price equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (including liquidated damages and pass-through dividends, if any).

               In accordance with SFAS No. 133. "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," or SFAS No. 133, the dividend participation rights component is considered to be an embedded derivative instrument and, therefore, must be bifurcated from the Convertible Subordinated Notes and marked to market on PG&E Corporation's Consolidated Statements of Income as a non-operating expense (in Other expense, net), and reflected at fair value on PG&E Corporation's Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2005. At March 31, 2005, the total estimated fair value of the dividend participation rights component, on a pre-tax basis, was approximately $92 million of which $20 million is classified as a current liability (in Current liabilities-Other) and $72 million is classified as a noncurrent liability (in Noncurrent liabilities-Other). The change in mark to market fair value for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, was immaterial, and approximately $32 million, pre-tax, for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Electricity

               The Utility relies on electricity from a diverse mix of resources, including third-party contracts, amounts allocated under DWR contracts and its own electricity generation facilities. In addition, the Utility purchases and sells electricity on the spot market and the short-term forward market (contracts with delivery times ranging from one hour ahead to one year ahead).

               It is estimated that the residual net open position (the amount of electricity needed to meet the demands of customers, plus applicable reserve margins, that is not satisfied from the Utility's own generation facilities, purchase contracts or DWR contracts allocated to the Utility's customers) will change over time for a number of reasons, including:

·

Periodic expirations of existing electricity purchase contracts, or entering into new electricity purchase contracts;

·

Fluctuation in the output of hydroelectric and other renewable power facilities owned or under contract;

·

Changes in the Utility's customers' electricity demands due to customer and economic growth and weather, and implementation of new energy efficiency and demand response programs, community choice aggregation, and a core/noncore retail market structure;

·

Planning reserve and operating requirements;

·

The reallocation of the DWR power purchase contracts among California investor-owned electric utilities; and

·

The acquisition, retirement or closure of Utility generation facilities.

               In addition, unexpected outages at the Utility's generation facilities, or a failure to perform by any of the counterparties to electricity purchase contracts or the DWR allocated contracts, would immediately increase the Utility's residual net open position. The Utility expects to satisfy at least some of the residual net open position through new contracts. In December 2004, the CPUC approved, with certain modifications, the Utility's long-term electricity procurement plan, or LTPP, for the 2005 through 2014 period. The LTPP is detailed in the "Regulatory Matters" section of the MD&A in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report.

               The Settlement Agreement provides that the Utility will recover its reasonable costs of providing utility service, including power procurement costs. In addition, California law requires that the CPUC review revenues and expenses associated with a CPUC-approved procurement plan at least semi-annually through 2006 and adjust retail electricity rates, or order refunds when there is an under or over-collection exceeding 5% of the Utility's prior year electricity procurement revenues, excluding the revenue collected on behalf of the DWR. In addition, the CPUC has established a maximum procurement disallowance of approximately $36 million for the Utility's administration of the DWR contracts and least-cost dispatch. Adverse market price changes are not expected to impact the Utility's net income while these cost recovery regulatory mechanisms remain in place. However, the Utility is at risk to the extent that the CPUC may in the future disallow transactions. Additionally, market price changes could impact the timing of the Utility's cash flows.

Nuclear Fuel

               The Utility purchases nuclear fuel for Diablo Canyon through contracts with terms ranging from two to five years. These long-term nuclear fuel agreements are with large, well-established international producers in order to diversify its commitments and provide security of supply.

               Nuclear fuel purchases are subject to tariffs of up to 8% on imports from certain countries. In the past, the Utility's long-term nuclear fuel contracts were not subject to these tariffs. However, these contracts expired at the end of 2004, and prices under existing and future contracts may be higher as a result of such tariffs. In addition, because of an increase in U.S. demand for uranium compared with the domestic supply, uranium prices have been trending higher in 2005. During the quarter ended March 31, 2005, the Utility did not enter into any nuclear fuel purchase agreements.

               As the Utility replaces contracts that expired at the end of 2004 with new higher priced uranium contracts, nuclear fuel costs will rise. The Utility is expected to partially offset these higher prices by executing a portfolio of near- and long-term contracts for nuclear fuel components. These costs are recovered in ERRA (see the "Electricity Generation Resources" section of this MD&A), therefore, the changes in nuclear fuel prices are not expected to materially impact net income.

Natural Gas

               The Utility generally enters into physical and financial natural gas commodity contracts from one to 30 months in length to fulfill the needs of its retail core customers. Changes in temperature cause natural gas demand to vary daily, monthly and seasonally. Consequently, significant volumes of gas may be purchased in the monthly and, to a lesser extent, daily spot market. The Utility's cost of natural gas purchased for its core customers includes the commodity cost, the cost of Canadian and interstate transportation and gas storage costs.

               Under the Core Procurement Incentive Mechanism, or CPIM, the Utility's purchase costs for a fixed twelve-month period are compared to an aggregate market-based benchmark based on a weighted average of published monthly and daily natural gas price indices at the points where the Utility typically purchases natural gas. Costs that fall within a tolerance band, which is 99% to 102% of the benchmark, are considered reasonable and are fully recovered in customers' rates. One-half of the costs above 102% of the benchmark are recoverable in customers' rates, and the Utility's customers receive, in their rates, three-fourths of any savings resulting from the Utility's cost of natural gas that is less than 99% of the benchmark. The shareholder award is capped at the lower of 1.5% of total natural gas commodity costs or $25 million. While this cost recovery mechanism remains in place, changes in the price of natural gas are not expected to materially impact net income.

Transportation and Storage

               The Utility currently faces price and volumetric risk for the portion of intrastate natural gas transportation capacity that is not contracted under fixed reservation charges used by core customers. Non-core customers contract with the Utility for natural gas transportation and storage, along with natural gas parking and lending (market center) services. The Utility is at risk for any natural gas transportation and storage revenue volatility. Transportation is sold at competitive market-based rates within a cost-of-service tariff framework. There are significant seasonal and annual variations in the demand for natural gas transportation and storage services. The Utility sells most of its pipeline capacity based on the volume of natural gas that is transported by its customers. As a result, the Utility's natural gas transportation revenues fluctuate.

               The Utility uses value-at-risk to measure the Utility's exposure to market conditions that could impact transportation and storage revenues based on changes in market prices and demand for pipeline and storage services over a rolling 12-month holding period. This calculation is based on a 99% confidence level, which means that there is a 1% probability that the impact to revenues will be at least as large as the reported value-at-risk. The Utility's value-at-risk calculated under this methodology was approximately $35 million at March 31, 2005. The Utility's high, low, and average value-at-risk during the three months ended March 31, 2005 were approximately $43 million, $34 million and $38 million, respectively. Value-at-risk has several limitations as a measure of portfolio risk, including, but not limited to, inadequate indication of the exposure of a portfolio to extreme price movements and not capturing the intra-day risk related to position changes.

               Beginning January 1, 2005, the Utility began calculating value-at-risk using the methodology described above on a prospective basis only. For comparative purposes in 2005, the Utility will continue to report value-at-risk for the transportation and storage portfolio under the methodology formerly used in addition to value-at-risk calculated under the enhanced methodology.

               Prior to January 1, 2005, the Utility used value-at-risk to measure the expected maximum change over a one-day period in the rolling 18-month forward value of its transportation and storage portfolio. This calculation is based on a 95% confidence level, which means that there is a 5% probability that the portfolio will incur a loss in value in one day at least as large as the reported value-at-risk. For example, if the value-at-risk is calculated at $5 million, there is a 95% probability that the value of the portfolio resulting from a one-day price movement would not decline by more than $5 million. This value-at-risk methodology provides an indication of the Utility's exposure to potential market conditions that could impact revenues based on one-day price changes. It is also a way to measure the effectiveness of hedge strategies on a portfolio.

               The Utility's value-at-risk for its transportation and storage portfolio calculated under the methodology used prior to January 1, 2005 was approximately $2 million at March 31, 2005 and approximately $3 million at March 31, 2004. A comparison of daily values-at-risk is included in order to provide context around the one-day amounts. The Utility's high, low and average transportation and storage value-at-risk during the three months ended March 31, 2005 were approximately $4 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively. The Utility's high, low and average transportation and storage value-at-risk during the three months ended March 31, 2004 were approximately $6 million, $3 million and $4 million, respectively.

               Value-at-risk calculated under the methodology used prior to January 1, 2005 has several limitations as a measure of portfolio risk, including, but not limited to, underestimation of the risk of a portfolio with significant options exposure, mismatch of one-day liquidation period assumed in the value-at-risk methodology as compared to the longer term holding period of the storage and transportation portfolio, and inadequate indication of the exposure of a portfolio to extreme price movements. In addition, this value-at-risk methodology does not measure intra-day risk from position changes nor does it measure volumetric uncertainty in the demand for pipeline services.

               Due to the limitations of this value-at-risk methodology, the Utility enhanced the calculation methodology as described above to 1) capture uncertainty with respect to demand (volumetric uncertainty) for pipeline services, 2) reflect the market conditions in which the pipeline operates by increasing the holding period to 12 months, and 3) include the uncertainty associated with the option exposure in the pipeline portfolio.

Interest Rate Risk

               Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in interest rates could adversely affect earnings or cash flows. Specific interest rate risks for PG&E Corporation and the Utility include the risk of increasing interest rates on variable rate obligations.

               Interest rate risk sensitivity analysis is used to measure interest rate risk by computing estimated changes in cash flows as a result of assumed changes in market interest rates. At March 31, 2005, if interest rates changed by 1% for all current variable rate debt issued by PG&E Corporation and the Utility, the change would affect net income by an immaterial amount, based on net variable rate debt and other interest rate-sensitive instruments outstanding.

Credit Risk

               Credit risk is the risk of loss that PG&E Corporation and the Utility would incur if customers or counterparties failed to perform their contractual obligations.

               PG&E Corporation had gross accounts receivable of approximately $2.0 billion at March 31, 2005 and approximately $2.2 billion at December 31, 2004. The majority of the accounts receivable were associated with the Utility's residential and small commercial customers. Based upon historical experience and evaluation of then-current factors, allowances for doubtful accounts of approximately $88 million at March 31, 2005 and approximately $93 million at December 31, 2004 were recorded against those accounts receivable. In accordance with tariffs, credit risk exposure is limited by requiring deposits from new customers and from those customers whose past payment practices are below standard. The Utility has a regional concentration of credit risk associated with its receivables from residential and small commercial customers in northern and central California. However, material loss due to non-performance from these customers is not considered likely.

               The Utility manages credit risk for its wholesale customers and counterparties by assigning credit limits based on an evaluation of their financial condition, net worth, credit rating and other credit criteria as deemed appropriate. Credit limits and credit quality are monitored frequently and a detailed credit analysis is performed at least annually.

               Credit exposure for the Utility's wholesale customers and counterparties is calculated daily. If exposure exceeds the established limits, the Utility takes immediate action to reduce the exposure or obtain additional collateral, or both. Further, the Utility relies heavily on master agreements that require security, referred to as credit collateral, in the form of cash, letters of credit, corporate guarantees of acceptable credit quality, or eligible securities if current net receivables and replacement cost exposure exceed contractually specified limits.

               The Utility calculates gross credit exposure for each of its wholesale customers and counterparties as the current mark-to-market value of the contract ( i.e. , the amount that would be lost if the counterparty defaulted today), plus or minus any outstanding net receivables or payables, before the application of credit collateral. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Utility recognized no material losses due to contract defaults or bankruptcies. At March 31, 2005, there were two counterparties that represented greater than 10% of the Utility's net wholesale credit exposure. Both of these counterparties were investment grade, representing a total of approximately 47% of the Utility's net wholesale credit exposure.

               The Utility conducts business with wholesale counterparties mainly in the energy industry, including other California investor-owned electric utilities, municipal utilities, energy trading companies, financial institutions, and oil and natural gas production companies located in the United States and Canada. This concentration of counterparties may impact the Utility's overall exposure to credit risk because counterparties may be similarly affected by economic or regulatory changes, or other changes in conditions. Credit losses experienced as a result of electrical and gas procurement activities are expected to be recoverable from customers and are therefore, not expected to have a material impact on earnings.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

               The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP involves the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The accounting policies described below are considered to be critical accounting policies, due, in part, to their complexity and because their application is relevant and material to the financial position and results of operations of PG&E Corporation and the Utility, and because these policies require the use of material judgments and estimates. Actual results may differ substantially from these estimates. These policies and their key characteristics are outlined below.

Regulatory Assets and Liabilities

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility account for the financial effects of regulation in accordance with SFAS No. 71. SFAS No. 71 applies to regulated entities whose rates are designed to recover the cost of providing service. SFAS No. 71 applies to all of the Utility's operations except for the operations of a natural gas pipeline. During the first quarter of 2004, the Utility began reapplying SFAS No. 71 to its generation operations.

               Under SFAS No. 71, regulatory assets represent capitalized costs that otherwise would be charged to expense under GAAP. These costs are later recovered through regulated rates. Regulatory liabilities are created by rate actions of a regulator that will later be credited to customers through the ratemaking process. Regulatory assets and liabilities are recorded when it is probable, as defined in SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," or SFAS No. 5, that these items will be recovered or reflected in future rates. Determining probability requires significant judgment on the part of management and includes, but is not limited to, consideration of testimony presented in regulatory hearings, CPUC and FERC administrative law judge proposed decisions, final regulatory orders and the strength or status of applications for regulatory rehearings or state court appeals. The Utility also maintains regulatory balancing accounts, which are comprised of sales and cost balancing accounts. These balancing accounts are used to record the differences between revenues and costs that can be recovered through rates.

               If the Utility determined that it could not apply SFAS No. 71 to its operations or, if under SFAS No. 71 it could not conclude that it is probable that revenues or costs would be recovered or reflected in future rates, the revenues or costs would be charged to income in the period in which they were incurred. If it is determined that a regulatory asset is no longer probable of recovery in rates, then SFAS No. 71 requires that it be written off at that time. At March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation and the Utility reported regulatory assets (including current regulatory balancing accounts receivable) of approximately $7.4 billion and regulatory liabilities (including current balancing accounts payable) of approximately $4.5 billion.

Unbilled Revenues

               The Utility records revenue as electricity and natural gas are delivered. A portion of the revenue recognized has not yet been billed. Unbilled revenues are determined by factoring an estimate of the electricity and natural gas load delivered with recent historical usage and rate patterns. At March 31, 2005, the Utility had recorded approximately $500 million in unbilled revenues.

Environmental Remediation Liabilities

               Given the complexities of the legal and regulatory environment regarding environmental laws, the process of estimating environmental remediation liabilities is a subjective one. The Utility records a liability associated with environmental remediation activities when it is determined that remediation is probable, as defined in SFAS No. 5, and the cost can be estimated in a reasonable manner. The liability can be based on many factors, including site investigations, remediation, operations, maintenance, monitoring and closure. This liability is recorded at the lower range of estimated costs, unless a more objective estimate can be achieved. The recorded liability is re-examined every quarter.

               At March 31, 2005, the Utility's accrual for undiscounted environmental liability was approximately $408 million. The Utility's undiscounted future costs could increase to as much as $571 million if other potentially responsible parties are not able to contribute to the settlement of these costs or the extent of contamination or necessary remediation is greater than anticipated.

Asset Retirement Obligations

               The Utility accounts for its nuclear generation and certain fossil generation facilities under SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," or SFAS No. 143. SFAS No. 143 requires that an asset retirement obligation be recorded at fair value in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. In the same period, the associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Rate-regulated entities may recognize regulatory assets or liabilities as a result of timing differences between the recognition of costs as recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 143 and costs recovered through the ratemaking process.

               There are uncertainties regarding the ultimate cost associated with retiring the assets the Utility has accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 143. These include, but are not limited to changes in assumed dates of decommissioning, regulatory requirements, technology, cost of labor, materials, and equipment. At March 31, 2005, the Utility's estimated cost of retiring these assets was approximately $1.3 billion.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

               Certain employees and retirees of PG&E Corporation and its subsidiaries participate in qualified and non-qualified non-contributory defined benefit pension plans. Certain retired employees and their eligible dependents of PG&E Corporation and its subsidiaries also participate in contributory medical plans, and certain retired employees participate in life insurance plans (referred to collectively as other benefits). Amounts that PG&E Corporation and the Utility recognize as costs and obligations to provide pension benefits under SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions," and other benefits under SFAS No. 106, "Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions," are based on a variety of factors. These factors include the provisions of the plans, employee demographics and various actuarial calculations, assumptions and accounting mechanisms. Because of the complexity of these calculations, the long-term nature of these obligations and the importance of the assumptions utilized, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's estimate of these costs and obligations is a critical accounting estimate.

               In accordance with accounting rules, changes in benefit obligations associated with these assumptions may not be recognized as costs on the income statement. Differences between actuarial assumptions and actual plan results are deferred and are amortized into cost only when the accumulated differences exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-value of the related plan assets. If necessary, the excess is amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees. As such, significant portions of benefit costs recorded in any period may not reflect the actual level of cash benefits provided to plan participants. Under SFAS No. 71, regulatory adjustments have been recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Utility to reflect the difference between Utility pension expense or income for accounting purposes and Utility pension expense or income for ratemaking, which is based on a funding approach. The CPUC has authorized the Utility to recover the costs associated with its other benefits for 1993 and beyond. Recovery is based on the lesser of the amounts collected in rates or the annual contributions on a tax-deductible basis to the appropriate trusts.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS ISSUED BUT NOT YET ADOPTED

               Refer to Note 1 in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

TAXATION MATTERS

               The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has completed its audit of PG&E Corporation's 1997 and 1998 consolidated federal income tax returns and has assessed additional federal income taxes of approximately $81 million (including interest). PG&E Corporation has filed protests contesting certain adjustments made by the IRS in that audit and currently is discussing these adjustments with the IRS' Appeals Office. PG&E Corporation does not expect final resolution of these appeals to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

               In the fourth quarter of 2003, PG&E Corporation made an advance payment to the IRS of $75 million relating to the 1999 and 2000 audit. The IRS completed its audit of PG&E Corporation's 1999 and 2000 consolidated federal income tax returns during the third quarter of 2004. As a result of the completion of this audit, PG&E Corporation received a refund from the IRS of $14 million in January of 2005.

               The IRS is auditing PG&E Corporation's 2001 and 2002 consolidated federal income tax returns. They have indicated that they plan to complete their audit and issue a Revenue Agent Report in the second or third quarter of 2005. During their examination, the IRS has issued several proposed adjustments that PG&E Corporation is currently disputing. The IRS adjustments include disallowance of synthetic fuel credits claimed on these tax returns. In addition, the IRS has proposed to disallow a number of deductions, the largest of which is abandonment losses/worthless deductions claimed on the 2002 tax return related to certain NEGT assets. These assets were ultimately transferred to NEGT lenders in the third quarter of 2004. If the IRS includes all of its proposed adjustments in the final Revenue Agent Report, the alleged tax deficiency would approximate $400 million. Of this deficiency, approximately $104 million relates to the synthetic fuel credits. The remaining $296 million is timing in nature and would reverse in future periods, generally in tax years 2003-2004. PG&E Corporation believes that it properly reported these transactions in its tax returns and will contest any IRS assessment.

               PG&E Corporation has accrued $52 million associated with NEGT related tax liabilities. In addition, PG&E Corporation has accrued a $49 million liability to cover potential tax obligations relating to non-NEGT issues on outstanding tax audits. The Utility has accrued $63 million to cover potential tax obligations for outstanding tax audits. Considering these reserves, PG&E Corporation does not expect the resolution of these matters to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

               In addition, based on preliminary information provided by NEGT, PG&E Corporation anticipates paying approximately $86 million of federal income taxes on NEGT activities through the effective date of NEGT's plan of reorganization.

               All IRS audits of PG&E Corporation's federal income tax returns prior to 1997 have been closed.

ADDITIONAL SECURITY MEASURES

               Various federal regulatory agencies have issued guidance and the NRC has issued orders regarding additional security measures to be taken at various facilities, including generation facilities, transmission substations and natural gas transportation facilities. The guidance and the orders require additional capital investment and increased operating costs. However, neither PG&E Corporation nor the Utility believes that these costs will have a material impact on its respective consolidated financial position or results of operations.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND LEGAL MATTERS

               PG&E Corporation and the Utility are subject to laws and regulations established both to maintain and improve the quality of the environment. Where PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's properties contain hazardous substances, these laws and regulations may require PG&E Corporation and the Utility to remove those substances or to remedy effects on the environment. Also, in the normal course of business, PG&E Corporation and the Utility are named as parties in a number of claims and lawsuits. See Note 7 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

ITEM 3: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

               PG&E Corporation's and Pacific Gas and Electric Company's, or the Utility's, primary market risk results from changes in energy prices. PG&E Corporation and the Utility engage in price risk management, or PRM, activities for non-trading purposes only. Both PG&E Corporation and the Utility may engage in these PRM activities using forward contracts, futures, options, and swaps to hedge the impact of market fluctuations on energy commodity prices, interest rates, and foreign currencies. (See the "Risk Management Activities" section included in Item 2: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.)

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

                Based on an evaluation of PG&E Corporation's and Pacific Gas and Electric Company's, or the Utility's, disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2005, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's respective principal executive officers and principal financial officers have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by PG&E Corporation and the Utility in reports the companies file or submit under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

                As of January 1, 2004, PG&E Corporation and the Utility adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, revision to FASB Interpretation No. 46, ''Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,'' or FIN 46R. In accordance with FIN 46R, the Utility consolidated the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests of low-income housing partnerships that were determined to be variable interest entities, or VIEs, under FIN 46R. PG&E Corporation and the Utility do not have the legal right or authority to assess the internal controls of VIEs. Therefore, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures performed as of March 31, 2005 did not include these entities in that evaluation. PG&E Corporation and the Utility have not designed, established, or maintained disclosure controls and procedures for consolidated VIEs.

               There were no changes in internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2005, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, PG&E Corporation's or the Utility's internal controls over financial reporting.

 

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

               For additional information regarding certain of the legal proceedings presented below, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pacific Gas and Electric Company Chapter 11 Filing

               The petitions for review of the CPUC's orders approving the Settlement Agreement that were filed by the City and County of San Francisco, or CCSF, and Aglet Consumer Alliance, or Aglet, remain pending at the California Court of Appeal. Three California state senators have filed a brief in support of the CCSF and Aglet petitions. The California Court of Appeal has not yet acted on the petitions.

               In addition, two former CPUC commissioners who did not vote to approve the Settlement Agreement filed an appeal of the bankruptcy court's confirmation order with the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, or the District Court. On July 15, 2004, the District Court dismissed their appeal. The former commissioners have appealed the District Court's order with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, or Ninth Circuit. After briefing is complete, the Ninth Circuit will consider arguments by the Utility and the CPUC to dismiss the appeal. On April 12, 2005, the District Court entered an order dismissing a second appeal of the confirmation order that had been filed by the City of Palo Alto, but which the City of Palo Alto subsequently had agreed to dismiss voluntarily.

               If the bankruptcy court's confirmation order or the Settlement Agreement is overturned or modified on appeal, PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's financial condition and results of operations, and the Utility's ability to pay dividends or otherwise make distributions to PG&E Corporation, could be materially adversely affected.

               The Utility's Chapter 11 proceeding has been previously disclosed in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K in "Part I, Item 3: Legal Proceedings." For additional information, see Note 2 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pacific Gas and Electric Company v. Michael Peevey, et al.

               For information regarding this matter, see "Part I, Item 3: Legal Proceedings" in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In re: Natural Gas Royalties Qui Tam Litigation

               For information regarding this matter, see "Part I, Item 3: Legal Proceedings" in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Diablo Canyon Power Plant

               For information regarding matters relating to the Diablo Canyon Power Plant, see PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Compressor Station Chromium Litigation

               As previously disclosed, the Utility has filed 14 summary judgment motions or motions in limine, which challenge plaintiffs' lack of admissible scientific evidence that chromium caused the injuries alleged by the test plaintiffs. The Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, or Superior Court, began hearing arguments on two of these motions in February 2004. In February 2005, the Superior Court denied these two motions for summary judgment. The Utility has filed motions for reconsideration of these orders with the Superior Court and also filed a request with the appellate court seeking to overturn or modify the orders because they are inconsistent with recent California appellate decisions concerning the admissibility of expert testimony and the requirements for proving medical causation. After the motions for reconsideration and the request were filed, the California Supreme Court granted review of one of these recent appellate decisions. On April 26, 2005, the Superior Court heard argument on the motions for reconsideration, but has not yet issued a decision. For more information regarding the chromium litigation, see "Part I, Item 3: Legal Proceedings - Compressor Station Chromium Litigation" in PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 7 to the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Complaints Filed by the California Attorney General and the City and County of San Francisco

               At a case management conference held on March 18, 2005, the San Francisco Superior Court, or Superior Court, issued its final ruling on rejecting the "per victim" and "per [customer] bill" standards advocated by the plaintiffs to be applied in calculating the number of alleged violations of California Business and Professions Code Section 17200, or Section 17200. The Superior Court found that the appropriate standard to be applied was the "per act" test, and that the acts alleged to violate Section 17200 are "transfers of assets to [PG&E Corporation] from its utility subsidiary." Such asset transfers were effected primarily through the Utility's payment of dividends to PG&E Corporation and through share repurchases from the date of PG&E Corporation's formation on January 1, 1997, through the end of 2000, when dividends were last paid.

                Also on March 18, the Superior Court ordered plaintiffs to provide a list of the transfers that they claim are unlawful, as well as the basis for their claim with respect to each transfer, at the next case management conference scheduled for May 10, 2005.

               For more information regarding these cases, see "Part I, Item 3: Legal Proceedings" of PG&E Corporation's and the Utility's combined 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 2. CHANGES IN SECURITIES, USE OF PROCEEDS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

               As previously disclosed, in connection with its entry into certain credit agreements, in June 2002 and October 2002, PG&E Corporation issued warrants to purchase 5,066,931 shares of common stock of PG&E Corporation at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. During the quarter ended March 31, 2005, warrant holders exercised, on a net exercise basis, warrants to purchase 77,857 shares, and received 77,833 shares of PG&E Corporation common stock. As of March 31, 2005, warrant holders had exercised, on a net exercise basis, warrants to purchase 4,796,876 shares, and had received 4,795,123 shares of PG&E Corporation common stock since the warrants were issued.

               Pacific Gas and Electric Company did not make any sales of unregistered equity securities during the quarter ended March 31, 2005, the period covered by this report.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

Average Price Paid Per Share

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)(3)

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that may yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs

   

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common
Stock

January 1 through January 31, 2005

 

125,000 (1)

 

$

25.39375

 

 

 

 

$

975,000,000

February 1 through February 28, 2005

 

-    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,050,000,000

March 1 through March 31, 2005

 

-    

 

29,489,400 

 

$

35.60 

 

 

29,489,400

 

 

Total

125,000    

 

29,489,400 

$

25.39375

$

35.60 

 

 

29,489,400

 

 

               

               

(1)

On January 31, 2005, pursuant to a mandatory sinking fund redemption provision, the Utility redeemed 125,000 shares of its 6.30% Series of First Preferred Stock. The redemption price includes any accumulated and unpaid dividends existing as of the redemption date.

(2)

On September 15, 2004, the PG&E Corporation Board of Directors authorized the Corporation and its subsidiaries to repurchase shares of PG&E Corporation's common stock with an aggregate purchase price not to exceed PG&E Corporation's net cash proceeds from sales of PG&E Corporation's common stock upon exercise of options granted under PG&E Corporation's Stock Option Plan. The program was publicly announced in a Form 8-K filed by PG&E Corporation on October 14, 2004. Repurchases may be made from time until the program expires on December 31, 2005. Amounts remaining under this program are not determinable as PG&E Corporation cannot predict how many options will be exercised before December 31, 2005.

(3) 

On December 15, 2004, PG&E Corporation's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $975 million of its outstanding common stock. The program was publicly announced in a Form 8-K filed by PG&E Corporation on December 16, 2004. On February 16, 2005, the Board of Directors of PG&E Corporation increased the repurchase authorization to $1.05 billion with such repurchases to be effected from time to time, but no later than June 30, 2006. As disclosed in a Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2005, PG&E Corporation entered into accelerated share repurchase arrangements with a broker on March 4, 2005, under which PG&E Corporation repurchased 29,489,400 shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.05 billion. For further information, see the "Liquidity and Financial Resources" section included in Part I, Item 2: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

PG&E Corporation:


               On April 20, 2005, PG&E Corporation held its annual meeting of shareholders. At the meeting, the shareholders voted as indicated below on the following matters:

1.  Election of the following directors to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified (included as Item 1 in the proxy statement):

 

For

 

Withheld

David R. Andrews

299,848,011

 

7,547,101

Leslie S. Biller

299,930,742

 

7,464,370

David A. Coulter

230,734,940

 

76,660,172

C. Lee Cox

298,746,220

 

8,648,892

Peter A. Darbee

299,920,605

 

7,474,507

Robert D. Glynn, Jr.

297,333,005

 

10,062,107

Mary S. Metz

299,595,454

 

7,799,658

Barbara L. Rambo

298,729,457

 

8,665,655

Barry Lawson Williams

297,680,081

 

9,715,031

2.  Ratification of the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent public accountants for 2005 (included as Item 2 in the proxy statement):

For:

301,591,184

Against:

2,895,809

Abstain:

2,908,119


This proposal was approved by a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions) with respect to this proposal, which shares voting affirmatively also constituted a majority of the required quorum.

3.  Consideration of management's proposal regarding the adoption of a new long-term incentive plan (included as Item 3 in the proxy statement):

For:

222,208,088

 

Against:

33,828,404

 

Abstain:

4,284,940

 

Broker non-vote (1) :

47,073,680

 


This management proposal was approved by a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions but excluding broker non-votes) with respect to the proposal, which shares voting affirmatively also constituted a majority of the required quorum.

4.  Consideration of a shareholder proposal regarding the expensing of stock options (included as Item 4 in the proxy statement):

For:

114,642,888

 

Against:

138,186,945

 

Abstain:

7,491,599

 

Broker non-vote (1) :

47,073,680

 

This shareholder proposal was not approved, as the number of shares voting affirmatively on the proposal constituted less than a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions but excluding broker non-votes) with respect to the proposal.

5.  Consideration of a shareholder proposal regarding radioactive wastes (included as Item 5 in the proxy statement):

For:

9,194,928

 

Against:

225,080,468

 

Abstain:

26,046,036

 

Broker non-vote (1) :

47,073,680

 

This shareholder proposal was not approved, as the number of shares voting affirmatively on the proposal constituted less than a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions but excluding broker non-votes) with respect to the proposal.

6.  Consideration of a shareholder proposal regarding poison pills (included as Item 6 in the proxy statement):

For:

73,493,699

 

Against:

180,191,178

 

Abstain:

6,636,555

 

Broker non-vote (1) :

47,073,680

 

This shareholder proposal was not approved, as the number of shares voting affirmatively on the proposal constituted less than a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions but excluding broker non-votes) with respect to the proposal.

7.  Consideration of a shareholder proposal regarding performance-based options (included as Item 7 in the proxy statement):

For:

99,406,293

 

Against:

154,791,718

 

Abstain:

6,123,421

 

Broker non-vote (1) :

47,073,680

 

This shareholder proposal was not approved, as the number of shares voting affirmatively on the proposal constituted less than a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions but excluding broker non-votes) with respect to the proposal.

8.  Consideration of a shareholder proposal regarding future golden parachutes (included as Item 8 in the proxy statement):

For:

142,467,316

 

Against:

113,113,566

 

Abstain:

4,740,550

 

Broker non-vote (1) :

47,073,680

 

This shareholder proposal was approved by a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions but excluding broker non-votes) with respect to the proposal, which shares voting affirmatively also constituted a majority of the required quorum.

(1) A non-vote occurs when brokers or nominees have voted on some of the matters to be acted on at a meeting, but do not vote on certain other matters because, under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, they are not allowed to vote on those other matters without instructions from the beneficial owner of the shares. Broker non-votes are counted when determining whether the necessary quorum of shareholders is present or represented at each annual meeting.

Pacific Gas and Electric Company:

               On April 20, 2005, Pacific Gas and Electric Company, or the Utility, held its annual meeting of shareholders. Shares of capital stock of Pacific Gas and Electric Company consist of shares of common stock and shares of first preferred stock. As PG&E Corporation and a subsidiary own all of the outstanding shares of common stock, they hold approximately 95% of the combined voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Utility. PG&E Corporation and the subsidiary voted all of their respective shares of common stock for the nominees named in the 2005 joint proxy statement and for the ratification of the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent public accountants for 2005. The balance of the votes shown below was cast by holders of shares of first preferred stock. At the annual meeting, the shareholders voted as indicated below on the following matters:

1.  Election of the following directors to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified (included as Item 1 in the proxy statement):

 

For

 

Withheld

David R. Andrews

335,101,496

 

134,171

Leslie S. Biller

335,093,610

 

142,057

David A. Coulter

334,812,805

 

422,862

C. Lee Cox

335,097,258

 

138,409

Peter A. Darbee

335,098,109

 

137,558

Robert D. Glynn, Jr.

335,092,033

 

143,634

Mary S. Metz

335,086,883

 

148,784

Barbara L. Rambo

335,087,579

 

148,088

Gordon R. Smith

335,098,589

 

137,078

Barry Lawson Williams

335,090,698

 

144,969

2.  Ratification of the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent public accountants for 2005 (included as Item 2 in the proxy statement):

For:

335,126,354

 

Against:

43,606

 

Abstain:

65,707

 


This proposal was approved by a majority of the shares represented and voting (including abstentions) with respect to this proposal, which shares voting affirmatively also constituted a majority of the required quorum.

 

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

               Pacific Gas and Electric Company, or the Utility's, earnings to fixed charges ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2005, was 3.27. The Utility's earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2005, was 3.09. The statement of the foregoing ratios, together with the statements of the computation of the foregoing ratios filed as Exhibits 12.1 and 12.2 hereto, are included herein for the purpose of incorporating such information and exhibits into the Utility's Registration Statement Nos. 33-62488 and 333-109994 relating to various series of the Utility's first preferred stock and its senior secured bonds, respectively.

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

4.1

Indenture, dated as of April 22, 2005, supplementing, amending and restating the Indenture of Mortgage, dated as of March 11, 2004, as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2004, and a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2004, between Pacific Gas and Electric Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

10.1

Master Confirmation dated March 4, 2005, for accelerated share repurchase arrangements between PG&E Corporation and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

10.2

First Amendment, dated as of April 8, 2005, to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 10, 2004 (previously filed with PG&E Corporation's and Pacific Gas and Electric Company's Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004 (File No. 1-12609 and File No. 1-2348), Exhibit 99), among PG&E Corporation, BNP Paribas, as administrative agent and a lender, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent and a lender, ABN Amro Bank, N.V., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Union Bank of California, N.A., as documentation agents and lenders, and the following other lenders: Barclays Bank PLC, Citicorp USA, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Morgan Stanley Bank, Royal Bank of Canada, The Bank of Nova Scotia, KBC Bank N.V., and The Bank of New York

10.3

Credit Agreement dated as of April 8, 2005, among Pacific Gas and Electric Company, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and a lender, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent and a lender, Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation agents and lenders, ABN Amro Bank N.V., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Mellon Bank, N.A., Royal Bank of Canada, The Bank of New York, The Bank of Nova Scotia, UBS Loan Finance LLC, and Union Bank of California, N.A., as senior managing agents, and KBC Bank, NV, Morgan Stanley Bank and William Street Commitment Corporation, as lenders

10.4*

PG&E Corporation 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to PG&E Corporation's and Pacific Gas and Electric Company's Form 8-K filed April 25, 2005 (File No. 1-12609 and File No. 1-2348), Exhibit 99)

11

Computation of Earnings Per Common Share

12.1

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for Pacific Gas and Electric Company

12.2

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends for Pacific Gas and Electric Company

31.1

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of PG&E Corporation required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Gas and Electric Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1**

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of PG&E Corporation required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2**

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Gas and Electric Company required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

* Management contract or compensatory agreement

** Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of SEC Regulation S-K, these exhibits are furnished rather than filed with this report.

SIGNATURES

               Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

PG&E CORPORATION

 

CHRISTOPHER P. JOHNS

Christopher P. Johns
Senior Vice President and Controller
(duly authorized officer and principal accounting officer)

 

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

 

DINYAR B. MISTRY

Dinyar B. Mistry
Vice President and Controller
(duly authorized officer and principal accounting officer)

 

 

Dated: May 4, 2005

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

4.1

Indenture, dated as of April 22, 2005, supplementing, amending and restating the Indenture of Mortgage, dated as of March 11, 2004, as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2004, and a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2004, between Pacific Gas and Electric Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

10.1

Master Confirmation dated March 4, 2005, for accelerated share repurchase arrangements between PG&E Corporation and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

10.2

First Amendment, dated as of April 8, 2005, to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 10, 2004 (previously filed with PG&E Corporation's and Pacific Gas and Electric Company's Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004 (File No. 1-12609 and File No. 1-2348), Exhibit 99), among PG&E Corporation, BNP Paribas, as administrative agent and a lender, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent and a lender, ABN Amro Bank, N.V., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Union Bank of California, N.A., as documentation agents and lenders, and the following other lenders: Barclays Bank PLC, Citicorp USA, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Morgan Stanley Bank, Royal Bank of Canada, The Bank of Nova Scotia, KBC Bank N.V., and The Bank of New York

10.3

Credit Agreement dated as of April 8, 2005, among Pacific Gas and Electric Company, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and a lender, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent and a lender, Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as documentation agents and lenders, ABN Amro Bank N.V., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Mellon Bank, N.A., Royal Bank of Canada, The Bank of New York, The Bank of Nova Scotia, UBS Loan Finance LLC, and Union Bank of California, N.A., as senior managing agents, and KBC Bank, NV, Morgan Stanley Bank and William Street Commitment Corporation, as lenders

10.4*

PG&E Corporation 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to PG&E Corporation's and Pacific Gas and Electric Company's Form 8-K filed April 25, 2005 (File No. 1-12609 and File No. 1-2348), Exhibit 99)

11

Computation of Earnings Per Common Share

12.1

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for Pacific Gas and Electric Company

12.2

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends for Pacific Gas and Electric Company

31.1

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of PG&E Corporation required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Gas and Electric Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1**

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of PG&E Corporation required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2**

Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Gas and Electric Company required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

* Management contract or compensatory agreement

** Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of SEC Regulation S-K, these exhibits are furnished rather than filed with this report.

Exhibit 4.1

________________________________________________________

INDENTURE

Dated as of April 22, 2005

Supplementing, Amending and Restating
the Indenture of Mortgage, dated as of March 11, 2004, as supplemented
by a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2004, and a Second
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2004

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY,
Issuer

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
Trustee

_______________________

________________________________________________________


TABLE OF CONTENTS

    

    

    

Page

ARTICLE I.

     

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL
APPLICATION..................................................................................................


2

        

Section 1.01

          

General Definitions.......................................................................................

2

Section 1.02

Compliance Certificates and Opinions...........................................................

17

Section 1.03

Content and Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee..................................

18

Section 1.04

Acts of Holders............................................................................................

19

Section 1.05

Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.........................................................

21

Section 1.06

Notice to Holders of Bonds; Waiver.............................................................

22

Section 1.07

Conflict With Trust Indenture Act.................................................................

22

Section 1.08

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.....................................................

22

Section 1.09

Successors and Assigns................................................................................

22

Section 1.10

Separability Clause.......................................................................................

23

Section 1.11.

Benefits of Indenture....................................................................................

23

Section 1.12

Governing Law............................................................................................

23

Section 1.13

Legal Holidays.............................................................................................

23

Section 1.14

Investment of Cash Held by Trustee.............................................................

23

ARTICLE II.

     

BOND FORMS..................................................................................................

24

     

Section 2.01

        

Forms Generally..........................................................................................

24

Section 2.02

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.............................................

24

 ARTICLE III.

     

THE BONDS......................................................................................................

24

    

Section 3.01

        

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series............................................................

25

Section 3.02

Denominations.............................................................................................

28

Section 3.03

Execution, Dating, Certificate of Authentication.............................................

28

Section 3.04

Temporary Bonds........................................................................................

29

Section 3.05

Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange......................................

30

Section 3.06

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Bonds...............................................

32

Section 3.07

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved..............................................

33

Section 3.08

Persons Deemed Owners............................................................................

34

Section 3.09

Cancellation by Bond Registrar....................................................................

34

Section 3.10

Computation of Interest...............................................................................

34

Section 3.11.

Payment to Be in Proper Currency...............................................................

35

Section 3.12.

CUSIP Numbers.........................................................................................

35

Section 3.13.

Global Bonds..............................................................................................

35

 ARTICLE IV

     

BONDS PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.......................................................................

36

    

Section 4.01

        

Continuation of Certain Series of Bonds Issued Under the Prior Indenture.....

36

Section 4.02

Bonds of the Initial Series; Terms of Bonds of the Initial Series......................

36

Section 4.03

Redemption of Bonds of the Initial Series.....................................................

39

Section 4.04

Bonds of the Eleventh Series, Terms of Bonds of the Eleventh Series............

40

 ARTICLE V

     

ISSUANCE OF BONDS....................................................................................

42

    

Section 5.01

        

General.......................................................................................................

42

 ARTICLE VI

     

REDEMPTION OF BONDS..............................................................................

43

    

Section 6.01

         

Applicability of Article.................................................................................

43

Section 6.02

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.........................................................

44

Section 6.03

Selection of Bonds to Be Redeemed............................................................

44

Section 6.04

Notice of Redemption..................................................................................

44

Section 6.05

Bonds Payable on Redemption Date............................................................

46

Section 6.06

Bonds Redeemed in Part.............................................................................

46

 ARTICLE VII

     

COVENANTS....................................................................................................

46

    

Section 7.01

        

Payment of Bonds.......................................................................................

46

Section 7.02

Maintenance of Office or Agency.................................................................

46

Section 7.03

Money for Bond Payments to Be Held in Trust.............................................

47

Section 7.04

Corporate Existence....................................................................................

48

Section 7.05

Waiver of Certain Covenants.......................................................................

48

Section 7.06

Annual Officer’s Certificate as to Compliance...............................................

49

Section 7.07

Limitation on Liens.......................................................................................

49

 ARTICLE VIII..

     

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE...............................................................

51

    

Section 8.01

         

Satisfaction and Discharge of Bonds.............................................................

51

Section 8.02

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture........................................................

53

Section 8.03

Application of Trust Money.........................................................................

54

 ARTICLE IX.

     

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES................................................................

54

     

Section 9.01

        

Events of Default.........................................................................................

54

Section 9.02

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.....................................

56

Section 9.03

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee..................

57

Section 9.04

Application of Money Collected...................................................................

57

Section 9.05

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.................................................................

58

Section 9.06

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Bonds...........................

58

Section 9.07

Limitation on Suits.......................................................................................

59

Section 9.08

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest....

59

Section 9.09

Restoration of Rights and Remedies.............................................................

59

Section 9.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative..................................................................

60

Section 9.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver....................................................................

60

Section 9.12

Control by Holders of Bonds.......................................................................

60

Section 9.13

Waiver of Past Defaults...............................................................................

60

Section 9.14

Undertaking for Costs..................................................................................

61

Section 9.15

Waiver of Stay and Extension Laws.............................................................

61

 ARTICLE X

     

THE TRUSTEE...................................................................................................

61

     

Section 10.01

     

Certain Duties and Responsibilities...............................................................

61

Section 10.02

Notice of Defaults........................................................................................

62

Section 10.03

Certain Rights of Trustee..............................................................................

63

Section 10.04

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Bonds or Application of Proceeds.....................................................................................................


64

Section 10.05

May Hold Bonds.........................................................................................

64

Section 10.06

Money Held in Trust....................................................................................

64

Section 10.07

Compensation and Reimbursement...............................................................

64

Section 10.08

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.............................................................

65

Section 10.09

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.........................................................

65

Section 10.10

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor...................................

66

Section 10.11

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor...................................................

67

Section 10.12

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business......................

68

Section 10.13

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.......................................

68

Section 10.14

Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees.............................................................

68

Section 10.15

Appointment of Authenticating Agent...........................................................

69

Section 10.16

Further Assurances......................................................................................

71

ARTICLE XI

     

LISTS OF HOLDERS; REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY...............

71

     

Section 11.01

       

Lists of Holders...........................................................................................

71

Section 11.02

Reports by Trustee and Company................................................................

72

 ARTICLE XII....

     

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR OTHER TRANSFER...

72

     

Section 12.01

       

Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.............................

72

Section 12.02

Successor Corporation Substituted..............................................................

73

Section 12.03

Property of Successor Corporation..............................................................

73

Section 12.04

Release of Company Upon Conveyance or Other Transfer...........................

74

Section 12.05

Merger Into Company.................................................................................

74

 ARTICLE XIII.

     

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.....................................................................

74

    

Section 13.01.

       

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders...................................

74

Section 13.02

Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.......................................

76

Section 13.03

Execution of Supplemental Indentures..........................................................

78

Section 13.04

Effect of Supplemental Indentures................................................................

78

Section 13.05

Conformity With Trust Indenture Act...........................................................

78

Section 13.06

Reference in Bonds to Supplemental Indentures............................................

78

Section 13.07

Modification Without Supplemental Indenture...............................................

78

ARTICLE XIV

     

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.........................

79

    

Section 14.01

        

Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called..............................................

79

Section 14.02

Call, Notice and Place of Meetings..............................................................

79

Section 14.03

Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings............................................................

80

Section 14.04

Quorum; Action.................................................................................................

80

Section 14.05

Attendance at Meetings; Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings...................................................................................

81

Section 14.06

Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.......................................

82

Section 14.07

Action Without Meeting...............................................................................

82

ARTICLE  XV

     

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS......................................................................................................

82

    

Section 15.01

       

Liability Solely Corporate............................................................................

82


          INDENTURE (this “Indenture”), dated as of April 22, 2005 between PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY , a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (the “Company”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A. , a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, successor in interest to BNY Western Trust Company, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS

          WHEREAS, the Company and BNY Western Trust Company, predecessor in interest to the Trustee, executed and delivered an Indenture of Mortgage, dated as of March 11, 2004 (the “Mortgage”), and subsequently executed and delivered a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2004 (the “First Supplemental Mortgage”), and a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2004 (the “Second Supplemental Mortgage” and together with the Mortgage and the First Supplemental Mortgage collectively, the “Prior Indenture”);

           WHEREAS, the Prior Indenture provided for the issuance by the Company from time to time of its bonds in one or more series or tranches, and provided that the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on bonds issued thereunder was secured by a lien on and security interest in certain real, personal and mixed property subject to the lien of the Prior Indenture to the extent provided therein;

           WHEREAS, the Prior Indenture provided that upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 8.12 of the Prior Indenture and upon an Order of the Company, the lien of the Prior Indenture would be discharged, canceled, terminated and satisfied and the property subject thereto would be released and that bonds issued and outstanding under the Prior Indenture would thereupon constitute unsecured obligations of the Company;

           WHEREAS, the Company has satisfied all of the conditions precedent to the release of the lien of the Prior Indenture specified in Section 8.12 of the Prior Indenture and has delivered an Order of the Company to the Trustee for the release of the lien of the Prior Indenture on the date hereof and requesting that the Trustee execute this Indenture supplementing, amending and restating the Prior Indenture;

           WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 14.01(l) of the Prior Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of holders of bonds issued under the Prior Indenture, enter into a supplemental indenture to amend and restate the Prior Indenture to eliminate any provisions related to the lien of the Prior Indenture, the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Prior Indenture) or Liens (as defined in the Prior Indenture), other than Section 7.11 of the Prior Indenture;

           WHEREAS, pursuant to 14.01(j) of the Prior Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of holders of bonds issued under the Prior Indenture, enter into a supplemental indenture to cure any ambiguity, to correct any provision of the Prior Indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of the Prior Indenture, or to make any other additions to, deletions from or other changes to the provisions of the Prior Indenture, provided that such additions, deletions and/or other changes shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of bonds of any series or tranche issued thereunder in any material respect;

           WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are executing this Indenture pursuant to Sections 14.01(l) and 14.01(j) of the Prior Indenture and intend, pursuant to Section 14.04 of the Prior Indenture, that this Indenture shall amend and restate the Prior Indenture in its entirety and that this Indenture shall supersede the Prior Indenture as heretofore in effect for all purposes;

           WHEREAS, the Company has issued twenty-one (21) series of bonds under the Prior Indenture, of which six series remain outstanding on the date hereof as further described in Article IV and shall be subject to and governed by the provisions of this Indenture from and after the date hereof, and the Company may issue additional series of bonds hereunder after the date hereof;

           WHEREAS, all acts necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been performed.  For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article I of this Indenture;

           NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH that, in consideration of the premises and of the purchase of Bonds by the Holders thereof, it is hereby covenanted and agreed by and between the Company and the Trustee that all the Bonds are to be authenticated and delivered subject to the further covenants, conditions and trusts hereinafter set forth, and the Company hereby covenants and agrees to and with the Trustee, for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of the Bonds or of series or Tranches thereof (except as otherwise contemplated herein), as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.01.    General Definitions .

          For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

          (a)     the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

          (b)     reference to any gender shall include all other genders;

          (c)     all terms used herein without definition which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

          (d)     all terms used herein without definition which are defined in the California Commercial Code shall have the meanings assigned to them therein;

          (e)     all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean, at the election of the Company from time to time, such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the date of such computation or at the Initial Issuance Date; provided, however, that in determining generally accepted accounting principles applicable to the Company, effect shall be given, to the extent required, to any order, rule or regulation of any administrative agency, regulatory authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company;

          (f)     any reference to an “Article”, a “Section” or any other subdivision refers to an Article, a Section or other subdivision, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

          (g)     the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

           “3.60% Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).

           “4.20% Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(b).

           “4.80% Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(c).

           “6.05% Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(d).

           “Accountant” means a Person engaged in the accounting profession or otherwise qualified to pass on accounting matters (including, but not limited to, a Person certified or licensed as a public accountant, whether or not then engaged in the public accounting profession), which Person, unless required under the terms hereof to be Independent, may be an employee, an Affiliate or an employee of an Affiliate of the Company.

           “Act” , when used with respect to any Holder of a Bond, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

           “Adjusted Treasury Rate” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means, with respect to any Redemption Date on which any Fixed Rate Senior Notes are being redeemed pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof:

                     (a)            the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519) Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication that is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and that establishes yields on actively traded United States treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury issue will be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or

                     (b)            if such release (or any successor publication) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.

          The Adjusted Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.

           “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct generally the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

           “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

           “Authenticating Agent” means any Person or Persons (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) authorized by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Bonds of one or more series.

           “Authorized Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any other duly authorized officer, agent or attorney-in-fact of the Company named in an Officer’s Certificate signed by any of such officers.

           “Authorized Publication” means a newspaper or financial journal of general circulation, printed in the English language and customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays; or, in the alternative, shall mean such form of communication as may have come into general use for the dissemination of information of import similar to that of the information specified to be published by the provisions hereof.  In the event that successive weekly publications in an Authorized Publication are required hereunder they may be made (unless otherwise expressly provided herein) on the same or different days of the week and in the same or in different Authorized Publications.  In case, by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Publication, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impractical without unreasonable expense to make publication of any notice in an Authorized Publication as required by this Indenture, then such method of publication or notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of the required publication of such notice in an Authorized Publication.

           “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company, any committee thereof duly authorized to act in respect of matters relating to this Indenture or any other body fulfilling the function of a board of directors of a corporation authorized to act in respect of matters relating to this Indenture.

           “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company that has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, that is in full force and effect on the date of such certification and that has been delivered to the Trustee.

           “Bond Register” and “Bond Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05.

           “Bonds” means the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the Bonds of the Eleventh Series and any securities, including any bonds, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

           “Bonds of the First Series” means the series of Bonds established as such under the Prior Indenture and hereafter governed by and subject to this Indenture as set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Bonds of the Second Series” means the series of Bonds established as such under the Prior Indenture and hereafter governed by and subject to this Indenture as set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Bonds of the Third Series” means the series of Bonds established as such under the Prior Indenture and hereafter governed by and subject to this Indenture as set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Bonds of the Fourth Series” means the series of Bonds established as such under the Prior Indenture and hereafter governed by and subject to this Indenture as set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Bonds of the Fifth Series” means the series of Bonds established as such under the Prior Indenture and hereafter governed by and subject to this Indenture as set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Bonds of the Eleventh Series” means the series of Bonds established as such under the Prior Indenture and hereafter governed by and subject to this Indenture as set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Bonds of the Initial Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.

           “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, which is not a day on which banking institutions or trust companies in (i) any Place of Payment or other location specified in the Bonds or this Indenture or (ii) the location of the Company’s principal place of business or the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are generally authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed, except as may be otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01; provided, however, that with respect to the Floating Rate Senior Notes, “Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in such Floating Rate Senior Notes.

           “Calculation Agency Agreement” means the Calculation Agency Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2004, by and between the Calculation Agent and the Company, relating to the Floating Rate Senior Notes, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

           “Calculation Agent” , with respect to the Floating Rate Senior Notes, means The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor in interest to BNY Western Trust Company, or such other Person as the Company shall from time to time designate in accordance with the Calculation Agency Agreement.

           “California Commercial Code” means the California Commercial Code as in effect from time to time, unless otherwise specified in this Indenture.

           “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

           “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the Initial Issuance Date, such Commission is not existing and performing the duties assigned to it at March 11, 2004 under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body, if any, performing such duties at such time.

           “Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

           “Company Order” or “Company Request” means, respectively, a written order or request signed in the name of the Company by an Authorized Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

           “Comparable Treasury Issue” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the Remaining Life of the applicable series of Fixed Rate Senior Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 4.03 that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the Remaining Life of the applicable series of Fixed Rate Senior Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 4.03.

           “Comparable Treasury Price” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means, with respect to any Redemption Date on which any series of Fixed Rate Senior Notes is being redeemed pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, (a) the average of five (5) Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (b) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than five (5) such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all quotations obtained.

           “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office, at the Initial Issuance Date, was, and on the date hereof is, located at 550 Kearny Street, Suite 600, San Francisco, California, 94108, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, fax number (415) 399-1647.

           “corporation” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, company, joint stock company or business trust, and references to “corporate” and other derivations of “corporation” herein shall be deemed to include appropriate derivations of such entities.

           “CPI Index” means the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, “All Items” (1982-84 = 100), or any successor index thereof as such successor index may be appropriately adjusted to establish substantial equivalence with the Consumer Price Index; provided that if the Consumer Price Index ceases to be published and there is no successor thereto, such other index as the Company and the Trustee shall agree upon in writing shall be substituted for the Consumer Price Index.

           “Dealer” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means a primary U.S. Government Securities dealer in the United States.

           “Debt” means any debt of the Company for money borrowed and guarantees by the Company of debt for money borrowed but in each case excluding liabilities in respect of Capital Lease Obligations or Swap Agreements.

           “Default” means any event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

           “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.

           “Depositary” means, with respect to the Bonds of any series, or Tranche thereof, issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Bonds, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Sections 3.01(q) and 3.13 until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depositary” as used with respect to Bonds of any such series or Tranche shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Bonds of that series or Tranche.

           “Diablo Canyon Lease” means that certain lease dated September 17, 1966, between Eureka Energy Company, as lessor, and the Company, as lessee, which lease was originally entered into between Luigi Marre Land and Cattle Company, a California corporation, as lessor, and San Luis Obispo Bay Properties, Inc., a California corporation, as lessee, a memorandum of which Lease was recorded September 21, 1966 in Volume 1410, Page 556, Official Records, San Luis Obispo County, California, and any supplements, assignments and modifications thereto.

           “Discount Bond” means any Bond which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 9.02.  “Interest” with respect to a Discount Bond means interest, if any, borne by such Bond at a Stated Interest Rate.

           “Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

           “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York.

           “Eligible Obligations” means:

                     (a)            with respect to Bonds denominated in Dollars, Government Obligations; or

                     (b)            with respect to Bonds denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency, such other obligations or instruments as shall be specified with respect to such Bonds as contemplated by Section 3.01.

           “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.

           “Excepted Property” means any right, title or interest of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in, to or under any of the following property, whether owned at March 11, 2004 or thereafter acquired:

                     (a) all money, investment property and deposit accounts (as such terms are defined in the California Commercial Code as in effect on March 11, 2004), and all cash on hand or on deposit in banks or other financial institutions, shares of stock, interests in general or limited partnerships or limited liability companies, bonds, notes, other evidences of indebtedness and other securities, of whatever kind and nature;

                     (b) all accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, documents, general intangibles, instruments, letter-of-credit rights and letters of credit (as such terms are defined in the California Commercial Code as in effect on March 11, 2004), other than licenses and permits to use the real property of others, franchises to use public roads, streets and other public properties, rights of way and other rights or interests relating to the occupancy or use of real property; and all contracts, leases (except the Diablo Canyon Lease), operating agreements and other agreements of whatever kind and nature; all contract rights, bills and notes (except to the extent that any of the same constitute investment property, in which case they are separately covered under clause (a) above); all revenues, income and earnings, all accounts receivable, rights to payment and unbilled revenues, all rents, tolls, issues, products and profits, claims, credits, demands and judgments, including any rights in or to rates, revenue components, charges, tariffs or amounts arising therefrom, or in any amounts that are accrued and recorded in a regulatory account for collections by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; all governmental and other licenses, permits, franchises, consents and allowances, including all emission allowances (or similar rights) created under any similar existing or future law relating to abatement or control of pollution of the atmosphere, water or soil, other than licenses and permits to use the real property of others, franchises to use public roads, streets and other public properties, rights of way and other rights or interests relating to the occupancy or use of real property; and all patents, patent licenses and other patent rights, patent applications, trade names, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property, including computer software and software licenses; and all claims, credits, choses in action and other intangible property;

                     (c) all automobiles, buses, trucks, truck cranes, tractors, trailers, motor vehicles and similar vehicles and movable equipment; all rolling stock, rail cars and other railroad equipment; all vessels, boats, barges and other marine equipment; all airplanes, helicopters, aircraft engines and other flight equipment; and all parts, accessories and supplies used in connection with any of the foregoing;

                     (d) all goods, stock in trade, wares, merchandise and inventory held for the purpose of sale or lease in the ordinary course of business; all materials, supplies, inventory and other items of personal property which are consumable (otherwise than by ordinary wear and tear) in their use in the operation of the Principal Property; all fuel, whether or not any such fuel is in a form consumable in the operation of the Principal Property, including separate components of any fuel in the forms in which such components exist at any time before, during or after the period of the use thereof as fuel; all hand and other portable tools and equipment; and all furniture and furnishings;

                     (e) all personal property the perfection of a security interest in which is not governed by the California Commercial Code;

                     (f) all oil, gas and other minerals (as such terms are defined in the California Commercial Code as in effect on March 11, 2004); and all coal, ore, gas, oil and other minerals and all timber, and all rights and interests in any of the foregoing, whether or not such minerals or timber shall have been mined or extracted or otherwise separated from the land; and all electric energy and capacity, gas (natural or artificial), steam, water and other products generated, produced, manufactured, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

                     (g) all property which is the subject of a lease agreement, other than a lease agreement that results from a sale and leaseback transaction, designating the Company or any Significant Subsidiary as lessee and all right, title and interest of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in and to such property and in, to and under such lease agreement, whether or not such lease agreement is intended as security; provided, however, that the Company’s right, title and interest in and to the property which is the subject of the Diablo Canyon Lease, and in to and under the Diablo Canyon Lease shall not be Excepted Property;

                     (h) all property, real, personal and mixed that is stated in Sections 12.03 and 12.05 to not be Principal Property;

                     (i) all proceeds (as such term is defined in the California Commercial Code as in effect on March 11, 2004) of the foregoing.

           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

           “Fair Value” , with respect to property, means the fair value of such property as may be determined by reference to (a) the amount which would be likely to be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction with respect to such property between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, under no compulsion, respectively, to buy or sell, (b) the amount of investment with respect to such property which, together with a reasonable return thereon, would be likely to be recovered through ordinary business operations or otherwise, (c) cost or replacement or reproduction cost, in each case less depreciation with respect to such property and/or (d) any other relevant factors; provided, however, that the Fair Value of property shall be determined without deduction for any senior liens on such property.  Fair Value of any property may be determined, without physical inspection, by the use of accounting and engineering records and other data maintained by the Company (including on the basis of the cost of such property).

           “First Supplemental Mortgage” has the meaning set forth in the first recital hereof.

           “Fixed Rate Senior Notes” means, collectively, the 3.60% Senior Notes, the 4.20% Senior Notes, the 4.80% Senior Notes and the 6.05% Senior Notes.

           “Floating Rate Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(e).

           “Global Bond” means a Bond representing all or part of a series of Bonds, or Tranche thereof, issued to the Depositary for such series or Tranche in accordance with Section 3.13, and bearing the legend prescribed in Section 3.13.

           “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or of any county, municipality or other political subdivision of any thereof, or any department, agency, authority or other instrumentality of any of the foregoing.

           “Government Obligations” means securities which are (a) (i) direct obligations of the United States where the payment or payments thereunder are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States where the timely payment or payments thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States or (b) depository receipts issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided, that, (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

           “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Bond is registered in the Bond Register.

           “Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this Indenture and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.  The term “Indenture” shall also include the provisions or terms of particular series of Bonds established in any Officer’s Certificate, Board Resolution or Company Order delivered pursuant to Sections 2.01, 3.01 and 13.07.

           “Independent” , when applied to any Accountant or other specified Person, means such a Person who (a) does not have any direct or indirect material financial interest in the Company or in any other obligor upon the Bonds or in any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor, (b) is not connected with the Company, an Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or any person performing similar functions and (c) is appointed or selected by the Company and approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care.

           “Independent Investment Banker” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means a Dealer appointed by the Company.

           “Initial Issuance Date” means March 23, 2004, the date on which the Bonds of the Initial Series were originally issued under the Prior Indenture.

           “Interest Payment Date” , when used with respect to any Bond, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Bond.

           “Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor federal statute.

           “Investment Securities” means any of the following obligations or investment property on which neither the Company, any other obligor on the Bonds nor any Affiliate of either is the obligor: (a) Government Obligations; (b) interest bearing deposit accounts (which may be represented by certificates of deposit) in any national or state bank (which may include the Trustee or any Paying Agent) or savings association which has outstanding securities rated by a nationally recognized rating organization in either of the two (2) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for short-term securities or in any of the three (3) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for long-term securities; (c) bankers’ acceptances drawn on and accepted by any commercial bank (which may include the Trustee or any Paying Agent) which has outstanding securities rated by a nationally recognized rating organization in either of the two (2) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for short-term securities or in any of the three (3) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for long-term securities; (d) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, which are rated by a nationally recognized rating organization in either of the two (2) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for short-term securities or in any of the three (3) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for long-term securities; (e) bonds or other obligations of any agency or instrumentality of the United States; (f) corporate debt securities which are rated by a nationally recognized rating organization in either of the two (2) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for short-term securities or in any of the three (3) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for long-term securities; (g) repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing obligations or securities with any banking or financial institution (which may include the Trustee or any Paying Agent) which has outstanding securities rated by a nationally recognized rating organization in either of the two (2) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for short-term securities or in any of the three (3) highest rating categories (without regard to modifiers) for long-term securities; (h) securities issued by any regulated investment company (including any investment company for which the Trustee or any Paying Agent is the advisor), as defined in Section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code or any such successor section of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that the portfolio of such investment company is limited to obligations or securities of the character and investment quality contemplated in clauses (a) through (f) above and repurchase agreements which are fully collateralized by any of such obligations or securities; and (i) any other obligations or securities which may lawfully be purchased by the Trustee in its capacity as such.

           “Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, easement, lease, reservation, restriction, servitude, charge or similar right and any other lien of any kind, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any defect, irregularity, exception or limitation in record title or, when the context so requires, any lien, claim or interest arising from any of the foregoing.

           “Maturity” , when used with respect to any Bond, means the date on which the principal of such Bond or an installment of principal or any sinking fund payment becomes due and payable as provided in such Bond or in this Indenture, whether at the Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, upon call for redemption or otherwise.

           “MBIA” means MBIA Insurance Corporation.

           “MBIA Reimbursement and Indemnity Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Reimbursement and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2004, between the Company and MBIA, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

           “Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as of a date determined pursuant to Section 7.07(b), less (a) the sum of the Company’s consolidated current liabilities determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (b) the amount of the Company’s consolidated assets classified as intangible assets, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, such items as goodwill, trademarks, trade names, patents, and unamortized debt discount and expense and regulatory assets carried as an asset on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

           “Notice of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(c).

           “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

           “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or other counsel acceptable to the Trustee and who may be an employee, an Affiliate or an employee of an Affiliate of the Company.

           “Outstanding” , when used with respect to Bonds, means, as of the date of determination, all Bonds theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

                     (a)            Bonds theretofore canceled or delivered to the Bond Registrar or the Trustee for cancellation;

                     (b)            Bonds deemed to have been paid for all purposes of this Indenture in accordance with Section 8.01 (whether or not the Company’s indebtedness in respect thereof shall be satisfied and discharged for any other purpose); and

                     (c)            Bonds, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on which have been fully paid pursuant to the third paragraph of Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Bonds have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Bonds in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it and the Company that such Bonds are held by a protected purchaser;

provided, however, that in determining whether or not the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding under this Indenture, or the Outstanding Bonds of any series or Tranche, have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or whether or not a quorum is present at a meeting of Holders of Bonds,

                     (x)            Bonds owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Bonds or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor (unless the Company, such obligor and/or such Affiliate owns all Bonds Outstanding under this Indenture, or all Outstanding Bonds of each such series and each such Tranche, as the case may be, determined without regard to this clause (x)) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Bonds which the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; provided, however, that Bonds so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if it is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee that the pledgee, and not the Company, any such other obligor or Affiliate of either thereof, has the right so to act with respect to such Bonds and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Bonds or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor; and provided, further, that in no event shall any Bond which shall have been delivered to evidence, enhance or secure, in whole or in part, the Company’s obligations in respect of other indebtedness be deemed to be owned by the Company if the principal of such Bond is payable, whether at Stated Maturity or upon mandatory redemption, at the same time as the principal of such other indebtedness is payable, whether at Stated Maturity or upon mandatory redemption or acceleration, but only to the extent of such portion of the principal amount of such Bond as does not exceed the principal amount of such other indebtedness; and

                     (y)            the principal amount of a Discount Bond that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 9.02; and

provided, further, that, in the case of any Bond the principal of which is payable from time to time without presentment or surrender, the principal amount of such Bond that shall be deemed to be Outstanding at any time for all purposes of this Indenture shall be the original principal amount thereof less the aggregate amount of principal thereof theretofore paid, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01.

           “Paying Agent” means any Person, including the Company, authorized by the Company to pay the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Bonds on behalf of the Company.

           “Periodic Offering” means an offering of Bonds of a series from time to time any or all of the specific terms of which Bonds, including, without limitation, the rate or rates of interest, if any, thereon, the Stated Maturity or Maturities thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Company or its agents from time to time subsequent to the initial request for the authentication and delivery of such Bonds by the Trustee, all as contemplated in Section 3.01 and Section 5.01(b).

           “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, or any other entity, whether or not a legal entity, or any Governmental Authority.

           “Place of Payment” , when used with respect to Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, means the place or places, specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, at which the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Bonds of such series or Tranche are payable, subject, in either case, to Section 7.02.

           “Predecessor Bond” of any particular Bond means every previous Bond evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Bond; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Bond authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Bond shall be deemed (to the extent lawful) to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Bond.

           “Principal Property” means any property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, as applicable, other than Excepted Property.

           “Prior Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the first recital hereof.

           “Redemption Date” , when used with respect to any Bond to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

           “Redemption Price” , when used with respect to any Bond to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture which price shall include principal of and premium, if any, payable on such Bond but shall not include any accrued interest payable with respect to such Bond.

           “Reference Treasury Dealer” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Securities LLC, the Independent Investment Banker and Dealers acceptable to the Independent Investment Banker and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Dealer, the Company will select a substitute Dealer.  However, if the Company does not select a substitute Dealer within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute Dealer will be selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

           “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” , with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes and with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date related to Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

           “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Bonds of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01.

           “Release Date ” means April 22, 2005, being the date on which the lien of the Prior Indenture was discharged, cancelled, terminated and satisfied and the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Prior Indenture) was released to the Company free and clear of any Lien, pursuant to Section 8.12 of the Prior Indenture.

           “Remaining Life” , as of any date of calculation, with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, means the remaining term of the applicable series of Fixed Rate Senior Notes.

           “Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to each Fixed Rate Senior Note that the Company is redeeming pursuant to Section 4.03, the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest that would be due after the applicable Redemption Date if such Fixed Rate Senior Note were not redeemed.  However, if the Redemption Date is not a scheduled Interest Payment Date with respect to that Fixed Rate Senior Note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment on that Fixed Rate Senior Note will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued on such Fixed Rate Senior Note to the Redemption Date.

           “Required Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 3.11.

           “Responsible Officer” , when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

           “Second Supplemental Mortgage” has the meaning set forth in the first recital hereof.

           “Significant Subsidiary” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that, Significant Subsidiary shall not include any Person, substantially all the assets of which are Excepted Property.

           “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Bonds of any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.

           “Stated Interest Rate” means a rate (whether fixed or variable) at which an obligation by its terms is stated to bear simple interest.  Any calculation or other determination to be made under this Indenture by reference to the Stated Interest Rate on an obligation shall be made (a) if the Company’s obligations in respect of any other indebtedness shall be evidenced, enhanced or secured in whole or in part by such obligation, by reference to the lower of the Stated Interest Rate on such obligation and the Stated Interest Rate on such other indebtedness and (b) without regard to the effective interest cost to the Company of such obligation or of any such other indebtedness.

           “Stated Maturity” , when used with respect to any obligation (including any Bond of any series) or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date on which the principal of such obligation or such installment of principal or interest is stated to be due and payable (without regard to any provisions for redemption, prepayment, acceleration, purchase or extension).

           “Subsidiary” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock or interest of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) of which the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries has at least a majority ownership and power to direct the policies, management and affairs.  For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

           “Successor Corporation” has the meaning specified in Section 12.01.

           “supplemental indenture” or “indenture supplemental hereto” means an instrument supplementing or amending this Indenture executed and delivered pursuant to Article XIII.

           “Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.

           “Tranche” means a group of Bonds which (a) are of the same series and (b) have identical terms except as to principal amount and/or date of issuance.

           “Trust Indenture Act” means, as of any time, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or any successor statute, as in effect at such time.

           “Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean the Person which shall have become a successor trustee pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as trustee hereunder, “Trustee” shall mean each such Person so acting.

           “United States” means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its political jurisdiction.

           “U.S. Government Securities” , for purposes of the Floating Rate Senior Notes, means securities which are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment on which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, and which in the case of (a) and (b) are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Security or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Security held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Security evidenced by such depository receipt.

SECTION 1.02      Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

          Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, it being understood that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

          Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificates provided pursuant to Section 7.06) shall include:

          (a)     a statement that each Person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

          (b)     a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

          (c)     a statement that, in the opinion of each such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

          (d)     a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 1.03.      Content and Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

          Any Officer’s Certificate may be based (without further examination or investigation), insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon legal matters, upon an opinion of, or representations by, counsel, and, insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon matters which are subject to verification by Accountants, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Accountant, unless, in any case, such officer has actual knowledge that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such Officer’s Certificate may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.

          Any certificate of an Accountant may be based (without further examination or investigation), insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon legal matters, upon an opinion of, or representations by, counsel, and insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon factual matters, information with respect to which is in the possession of the Company and which are not subject to verification by Accountants, upon a certificate of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company, unless such Accountant has actual knowledge that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.

          Any Opinion of Counsel may be based (without further examination or investigation), insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon factual matters, information with respect to which is in the possession of the Company, upon a certificate of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company, and, insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon matters which are subject to verification by Accountants upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Accountant, unless such counsel has actual knowledge that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.  In addition, any Opinion of Counsel may be based (without further examination or investigation), insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon matters covered in an Opinion of Counsel rendered by other counsel, upon such other Opinion of Counsel, unless such counsel has actual knowledge that the Opinion of Counsel rendered by such other counsel with respect to the matters upon which his Opinion of Counsel may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.  If, in order to render any Opinion of Counsel provided for herein, the signer thereof shall deem it necessary that additional facts or matters be stated in any Officer’s Certificate or certificate of an Accountant provided for herein, then such certificate may state all such additional facts or matters as the signer of such Opinion of Counsel may request.

          In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.  Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

          Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally filed in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted.  Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if any such corrective document or instrument indicates that action has been taken by or at the request of the Company which could not have been taken had the original document or instrument not contained such error or omission, the action so taken shall not be invalidated or otherwise rendered ineffective but shall be and remain in full force and effect, except to the extent that such action was a result of willful misconduct or bad faith.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Bonds issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefit of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Bonds, except as aforesaid.

SECTION 1.04.      Acts of Holders.

          (a)     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or, alternatively, may be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV, or a combination of such instruments and any such record.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments and so voting at any such meeting.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Bond, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 10.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.  The record of any meeting of Holders shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 14.06.

          (b)     The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or may be proved in any other manner which the Trustee and the Company deem sufficient.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.

          (c)     The ownership, principal amount (except as otherwise contemplated in clause (y) of the first proviso to the definition of Outstanding) and serial numbers of Bonds held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Bond Register.

          (d)     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act of a Holder shall bind every future Holder of the same Bond and the Holder of every Bond issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Bond.

          (e)     Until such time as written instruments shall have been delivered to the Trustee with respect to the requisite percentage of principal amount of Bonds for the action contemplated by such instruments, any such instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of a Holder may be revoked with respect to any or all of such Bonds by written notice by such Holder or any subsequent Holder, proven in the manner in which such instrument was proven.

          (f)     Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, authenticated and delivered after any Act of Holders may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any action taken by such Act of Holders.  If the Company shall so determine, new Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to such action may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranche.

          (g)     The Company may, at its option, by Company Order, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act solicited by the Company, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  In addition, the Trustee may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of any Notice of Default, any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 9.02, any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 9.07 or any direction referred to in Section 9.12.  If any such record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, or such notice, declaration, request or direction, may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining (i) whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the Outstanding Bonds have authorized or agreed or consented to such Act (and for that purpose the Outstanding Bonds shall be computed as of the record date) and/or (ii) which Holders may revoke any such Act (notwithstanding subsection (e) of this Section); and any such Act, given as aforesaid, shall be effective whether or not the Holders which authorized or agreed or consented to such Act remain Holders after such record date and whether or not the Bonds held by such Holders remain Outstanding after such record date.

SECTION 1.05.      Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company .

Except as otherwise provided herein, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made or served upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company, or the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder, shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise expressly provided herein) if the same shall be in writing and delivered personally to the addressee (which delivery, with respect to the Trustee, shall be made to its Corporate Trust Office and addressed to the attention of the Corporate Trust Administration), or transmitted by facsimile transmission or other direct written electronic means to such telephone number or other electronic communications address as the parties hereto shall from time to time designate, or transmitted by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, charges prepaid, to the applicable address set forth opposite such party’s name below or to such other address as either party hereto may from time to time designate:

                    If to the Trustee, to:

                              The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
                              550 Kearny Street, Suite 600
                              San Francisco, California  94108
                              Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
                              Fax:  (415) 399-1647

                    If to the Company, to:

                              Pacific Gas and Electric Company
                              77 Beale Street (street address)
                              P.O. Box 770000
                              San Francisco, California 94177
                              Attention: Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer
                              Fax:  (415) 973-4343/267-7265

          Any communication contemplated herein shall be deemed to have been made, given, furnished and filed if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, if transmitted by facsimile transmission or other direct written electronic means, on the date of transmission, and if transmitted by registered or certified mail or reputable overnight courier, on the date of receipt.

SECTION 1.06.      Notice to Holders of Bonds; Waiver .

          Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given, and shall be deemed given, to Holders if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Bond Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

          In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.  In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.

          Any notice required by this Indenture may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event otherwise to be specified therein, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 1.07.      Conflict With Trust Indenture Act .

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by any provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required or deemed to be included by the Trust Indenture Act shall control; and if any provision hereof otherwise conflicts with the Trust Indenture Act, or limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trust Indenture Act, including the duties imposed by Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall control.

SECTION 1.08.      Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

          The Article and Section headings in this Indenture and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 1.09.      Successors and Assigns .

          All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and the Trustee shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 1.10.      Separability Clause .

          In case any provision in this Indenture or the Bonds shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 1.11.      Benefits of Indenture .

          Nothing in this Indenture or the Bonds, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION1.12.      Governing Law .

          This Indenture and the Bonds shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereunder, except to the extent that the Trust Indenture Act shall be applicable.

SECTION 1.13.      Legal Holidays .

           In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Bond shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Bonds other than a provision in Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, or in the indenture supplemental hereto, Board Resolution or Officer’s Certificate which establishes the terms of the Bonds of such series or Tranche, which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section) payment of interest or principal and premium, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and, if such payment is made or duly provided for on such Business Day, no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, to such Business Day.

SECTION 1.14.      Investment of Cash Held by Trustee .

          Any cash held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent under any provision of this Indenture shall, except as otherwise provided in Article VIII, at the request of the Company evidenced by Company Order, be invested or reinvested in Investment Securities designated by the Company (such Company Order to contain a representation to the effect that the securities designated therein constitute Investment Securities), and any interest on such Investment Securities shall be promptly paid over to the Company as received.  Such Investment Securities shall be held subject to the same provisions hereof as the cash used to purchase the same, but upon a like request of the Company shall be sold, in whole or in designated part, and the proceeds of such sale shall be held subject to the same provisions hereof as the cash used to purchase the Investment Securities so sold.  If such sale shall produce a net sum less than the cost of the Investment Securities so sold, the Company shall pay to the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, as the case may be, such amount in cash as, together with the net proceeds from such sale, shall equal the cost of the Investment Securities so sold, and if such sale shall produce a net sum greater than the cost of the Investment Securities so sold, the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly pay over to the Company an amount in cash equal to such excess.  In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any loss incurred in connection with the sale of any Investment Security pursuant to this Section.  In the absence of a Company Order directing the Trustee to invest cash held by the Trustee hereunder, the Company hereby directs the Trustee to invest such cash in Government Obligations having maturities of less than one year until the Trustee shall have received a Company Order directing the Trustee to invest such cash in another Investment Security.  The Trustee shall not be accountable or liable for any losses resulting from the sale or depreciation in the market value of investments made pursuant to this Indenture and Company Orders.

ARTICLE II

BOND FORMS

SECTION 2.01.      Forms Generally .

          The definitive Bonds of each series shall be in substantially the form or forms established in the indenture supplemental hereto establishing such series, or in a Board Resolution establishing such series, or in an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to such a supplemental indenture or Board Resolution, in any case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Bonds, as evidenced by their execution of the Bonds.  If the form or forms of Bonds of any series are established in a Board Resolution or in an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to a supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution, such Board Resolution and Officer’s Certificate, if any, shall be delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 5.01 for the authentication and delivery of such Bonds.

          The Bonds of each series shall be issuable in registered form without coupons.  The definitive Bonds shall be produced in such manner as shall be determined by the officers executing such Bonds, as evidenced by their execution thereof.

SECTION 2.02      Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

          The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the form set forth below:

          This is one of the Bonds of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                                             [NAME OF TRUSTEE], as Trustee

                                                            By:                                                            
                                                                      Authorized Signatory


ARTICLE III

THE BONDS

SECTION 3.01      Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .

          The aggregate principal amount of Bonds which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

          The Bonds may be issued in one or more series.  Subject to the penultimate paragraph of this Section, prior to the authentication and delivery of Bonds of any series there shall be established by specification in a supplemental indenture or in a Board Resolution, or in an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to a supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution:

          (a)     the title of the Bonds of such series (which shall distinguish the Bonds of such series from Bonds of all other series);

          (b)     any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Bonds authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Bonds of such series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 6.06 or 13.06 and except for any Bonds which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

          (c)     the Persons (without specific identification) to whom interest on Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be payable on any Interest Payment Date, if other than the Persons in whose names such Bonds (or one or more Predecessor Bonds) are registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

          (d)     the date or dates on which the principal of the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, is payable or any formula or other method or other means by which such date or dates shall be determined, by reference to an index or other fact or event ascertainable outside of this Indenture or otherwise (without regard to any provisions for redemption, prepayment, acceleration, purchase or extension) and the right, if any, to extend the Maturity of the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, and the duration of any such extension;

          (e)     the rate or rates (or method of determination thereof) at which any Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall bear interest, if any (including the rate or rates at which overdue principal shall bear interest, if different from the rate or rates at which such Bonds shall bear interest prior to Maturity, and, if applicable, the rate or rates at which overdue premium or interest shall bear interest, if any), or any formula or other method or other means by which such rate or rates shall be determined, by reference to an index or other fact or event ascertainable outside of this Indenture or otherwise; the date or dates from which any such interest shall accrue (or method of determination thereof); the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable (or method of determination thereof) and the Regular Record Date, if any (which, in either case or both, if so provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or supplemental indenture, may be determined by the Company from time to time and set forth in the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, issued from time to time) for any such interest payable on any Interest Payment Date; the basis of computation of interest if other than as provided in Section 3.10; and the right, if any, to extend the interest payment periods and the duration of any such extension;

          (f)     the place or places at which and/or the methods (if other than as provided elsewhere in this Indenture) by which (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be payable, (ii) registration of transfer of Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be effected, (iii) exchanges of Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be effected and (iv) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, and this Indenture may be made, given, furnished, filed or served, if other than as provided in Section 1.05; the Bond Registrar and any Paying Agent or Agents for such series or Tranche; and, if such is the case, that the principal of such Bonds shall be payable without the presentment or surrender thereof;

          (g)     if the time for the giving of redemption notices for such series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, shall be other than as provided in Section 6.04, such different time, and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company (including, without limitation, any provision for the payment of a “make-whole”, yield-maintenance or similar premium in connection with the redemption of Bonds of such series during a “no-call” or other period during which such Bonds are generally not subject to optional redemption by the Company) and any restrictions on such redemptions;

          (h)     the obligation or obligations, if any, of the Company to redeem, purchase or repay the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, pursuant to any sinking fund or other mandatory redemption provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which such Bonds shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation, and applicable exceptions to the requirements of Section 6.04 in the case of mandatory redemption or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder;

          (i)     the denominations in which Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be issuable if other than denominations of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) and any integral multiple thereof;

          (j)     the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be payable (if other than in Dollars); it being understood that, for purposes of calculations under this Indenture, any amounts denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency shall be converted to Dollar equivalents by calculating the amount of Dollars which could have been purchased by the amount of such other currency based on such quotations or methods of determination as shall be specified pursuant to this clause (j);

          (k)     if the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency other than that in which the Bonds are stated to be payable, the coin or currency in which payment of any amount as to which such election is made will be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made; it being understood that, for purposes of calculations under this Indenture, any such election shall be required to be taken into account, in the manner contemplated in clause (j) of this paragraph, only after such election shall have been made;

          (l)     if the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, are to be payable, or are to be payable at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in securities or other property, the type and amount of such securities or other property, or the formula or other method or other means by which such amount shall be determined, and the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, any such election may be made; it being understood that all calculations under this Indenture shall be made on the basis of the fair market value of such securities or the Fair Value of such other property, in either case determined as of the most recent practicable date, except that, in the case of any amount of principal or interest that may be so payable at the election of the Company or a Holder, if such election shall not yet have been made, such calculations shall be made on the basis of the amount of principal or interest, as the case may be, that would be payable if no such election were made;

          (m)     if the amount payable in respect of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other fact or event ascertainable outside of this Indenture, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined (to the extent not established pursuant to clause (e) of this paragraph); it being understood that all calculations under this Indenture shall be made on the basis of the amount that would be payable as principal if such principal were due, or on the basis of the interest rates in effect, as the case may be, on the date next preceding the date of such calculation;

          (n)     if other than the entire principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 9.02;

          (o)     the terms, if any, pursuant to which the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company or any other Person;

          (p)     the obligations or instruments, if any, which shall be considered to be Eligible Obligations in respect of the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency, and any additional or alternative provisions for the reinstatement of the Company’s indebtedness in respect of such Bonds after the satisfaction and discharge thereof as provided in Section 8.01;

           (q)     (i) whether the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, are to be issued as Global Bonds and if such Bonds are to be issued as Global Bonds, the Depositary for such Global Bonds, (ii) any limitations on the rights of the Holder or Holders of such Bonds to transfer or exchange the same or to obtain the registration of transfer thereof, if other than as provided in Section 3.05, (iii) any limitations on the rights of the Holder or Holders thereof to obtain certificates therefor in definitive form in lieu of temporary form, and (iv) any and all other matters incidental to such Bonds;

          (r)     to the extent not established pursuant to clause (q) of this paragraph, any limitations on the rights of the Holders of the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, to transfer or exchange such Bonds or to obtain the registration of transfer thereof; and if a service charge will be made for the registration of transfer or exchange of Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, the amount or terms thereof;

          (s)     any exceptions to Section 1.13, or variation in the definition of Business Day, with respect to the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof;

          (t)     if the principal of Bonds of such series is payable from time to time without presentation or surrender, any method or manner of calculating the principal amount of Bonds of such series that is Outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture, if other than as specified in the last proviso of the definition of “Outstanding”; and

          (u)     any other terms of the Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof.

          With respect to Bonds of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the indenture supplemental hereto or the Board Resolution which establishes such series, or the Officer’s Certificate pursuant to such supplemental indenture or Board Resolution, as the case may be, may provide general terms or parameters for Bonds of such series and provide either that the specific terms of Bonds of such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be specified in a Company Order or that such terms shall be determined by the Company or its agents in accordance with procedures specified in a Company Order as contemplated by Section 5.01(b).

          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to authenticate and deliver Bonds of any series the terms of which, established as contemplated by this Section, would adversely affect the rights, duties, obligations, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 3.02.      Denominations .

          Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, the Bonds of each series shall be issuable in denominations of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) and any integral multiple thereof.

SECTION 3.03.      Execution, Dating, Certificate of Authentication .

          Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, the Bonds shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any two of the following: the President, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer.  The corporate seal of the Company may be affixed thereto or reproduced thereon and attested by any Authorized Officer.  The signature of any or all of these officers on the Bonds may be manual or facsimile.

          Bonds bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at the time of execution the President, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Bonds or did not hold such offices at the date of such Bonds.

          Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, each Bond shall be dated the date of its authentication.

          Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, no Bond shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Bond a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized officer thereof, and such certificate upon any Bond shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Bond has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Bond shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder to the Company, or any Person acting on its behalf, but shall never have been issued and sold (or pledged) by the Company, and (a) the Company shall deliver such Bond to the Bond Registrar for cancellation or shall cancel such Bond and deliver evidence of such cancellation to the Trustee, in each case as provided in Section 3.09, and (b) the Company, at its election, shall deliver to the Trustee a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Bond has never been issued and sold (or pledged) by the Company, then, for all purposes of this Indenture, such Bond shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits hereof.

SECTION 3.04.      Temporary Bonds .

          Pending the preparation of definitive Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Bonds which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed, photocopied or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Bonds in lieu of which they are issued, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Bonds may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Bonds.

          Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, after the preparation of definitive Bonds of such series or Tranche, the temporary Bonds of such series or Tranche shall be exchangeable, without charge to the Holder thereof, for definitive Bonds of such series or Tranche upon surrender of such temporary Bonds at the office or agency of the Company maintained pursuant to Section 7.02 in a Place of Payment for such Bonds.  Upon such surrender of temporary Bonds, the Company shall, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor definitive Bonds of the same series and Tranche, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

          Until exchanged in full as hereinabove provided, temporary Bonds shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Bonds of the same series and Tranche and of like tenor authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 3.05.      Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

          The Company shall cause to be kept in one of the offices designated pursuant to Section 7.02, with respect to the Bonds of each series, or any Tranche thereof, a register (the “Bond Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Bonds of such series or Tranche and the registration of transfer thereof.  Pursuant to Section 3.01(f), the Company shall designate one Person to maintain the Bond Register for the Bonds of each series, and such Person is referred to herein, with respect to such series, as the “Bond Registrar”.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may designate one or more of its offices as an office in which a Bond Register with respect to the Bonds of one or more series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, shall be maintained, and the Company may designate itself the Bond Registrar with respect to one or more of such series.  The Bond Register(s) shall be open for inspection by the Trustee and the Company at all reasonable times.

          Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, and except as provided below with respect to Global Bonds, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Bond of such series or Tranche at the office or agency of the Company maintained pursuant to Section 7.02 in a Place of Payment for such series or Tranche, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Bonds of the same series and Tranche, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

          Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, any Bond of such series or Tranche may be exchanged at the option of the Holder, for one or more new Bonds of the same series and Tranche, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Bonds to be exchanged at any such office or agency.  Whenever any Bonds are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Bonds which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

          All Bonds delivered upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Bonds shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligation, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Bonds surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.  Every Bond presented or surrendered for registration of transfer shall be duly endorsed or shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee or the Bond Registrar, as the case may be, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.  Every Bond presented or surrendered for exchange shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee or the Bond Registrar) be duly endorsed or shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee or the Bond Registrar, as the case may be, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

          Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, no service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Bonds, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Bonds, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 6.06 or 13.06 not involving any transfer.

          The Company shall not be required to execute or to provide for the registration of transfer of or the exchange of (a) Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, during a period of fifteen (15) days immediately preceding the date notice is to be given identifying the serial numbers of the Bonds of such series or Tranche called for redemption or (b) any Bond so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Bond being redeemed in part.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Bonds in definitive form, a Global Bond representing all or a portion of the Bonds of a series, or Tranche thereof,  may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series or Tranche to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for such series, or Tranche thereof, or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

          If at any time (i) the Depositary for the Bonds of a series, or a Tranche thereof, notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Bonds of such series or Tranche or that it is no longer eligible under Section 3.13, and in any such case the Company has not appointed a successor Depositary within ninety (90) days after delivery of such notice, (ii) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default, or (iii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, issued in the form of one or more Global Bonds shall no longer be represented by such Global Bond or Bonds, then in each such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of definitive Bonds of such series or Tranche, will authenticate and deliver, Bonds of such series in definitive form and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Bond or Bonds representing such series or Tranche in exchange for such Global Bond or Bonds.

          In addition, if specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Bonds, or Tranche thereof, the Depositary for such series of Bonds may surrender a Global Bond for such series or Tranche of Bonds in exchange in whole or in part for Bonds of such series or Tranche in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depositary.  Thereupon, the Company shall authenticate and deliver, without charge:

                     (i)            to each Person specified by such Depositary a new Bond or Bonds of the same series or Tranche, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Bonds; and

                     (ii)            to such Depositary a new Global Bond in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Bond and the aggregate principal amount of Bonds delivered to Holders thereof.

          Bonds issued in exchange for a Global Bond pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Bond, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.  The Trustee shall deliver such Bonds to the Persons in whose names such Bonds are so registered.

SECTION 3.06.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Bonds .

          If any mutilated Bond is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Bond of the same series and Tranche, and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

          If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (a) evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership of and the destruction, loss or theft of any Bond and (b) such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Bond is held by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Bond, a new Bond of the same series and Tranche, and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Bond has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, but subject to compliance with the foregoing conditions, instead of issuing a new Bond, pay such Bond.

          Upon the issuance of any new Bond under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

          Every new Bond of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Bond shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Bond shall be at any time enforceable by anyone other than the Holder of such new Bond, and any such new Bond shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Bonds of such series duly issued hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Bonds.

SECTION 3.07.      Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .

          Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, interest on any Bond which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Bond (or one or more Predecessor Bonds) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that, unless otherwise provided in the Bonds of such series, interest payable on the Stated Maturity of the principal of a Bond shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid.  The initial payment of interest on any Bond of any series which is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Bond or in a Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to the related series of Bonds.  Except in the case of a Global Bond at the option of the Company, interest on any series of Bonds may be paid by (i) check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it shall appear on the Bond Register of such series or (ii) wire transfer in immediately available funds at such place and to such account as designated in writing by the Person entitled thereto as specified in the Bond Register of such series.

          Any interest on any Bond of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the related Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

          (a)     The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Bonds of such series (or their respective Predecessor Bonds) are registered at the close of business on a date (herein called a “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Bond of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than thirty (30) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall, not less than fifteen (15) days prior to such Special Record Date, cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given to each Holder of Bonds of such series.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Bonds of such series (or their respective Predecessor Bonds) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date.

          (b)     The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Bonds of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Bonds may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.05, each Bond delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Bond shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Bond.

SECTION 3.08.      Persons Deemed Owners .

          The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Bond is registered as the absolute owner of such Bond for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 3.07) interest, if any, on such Bond and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Bond be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.09.      Cancellation by Bond Registrar .

          All Bonds surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Bond Registrar, be delivered to the Bond Registrar and, if not theretofore canceled, shall be promptly canceled by the Bond Registrar.  The Company may at any time deliver to the Bond Registrar for cancellation any Bonds previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever or which the Company shall not have issued and sold (or pledged), and all Bonds so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Bond Registrar.  No Bonds shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Bonds canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All canceled Bonds held by the Bond Registrar shall be disposed of in accordance with the Bond Registrar’s then customary practice for disposing of securities, unless otherwise directed by a Company Order.

SECTION 3.10.      Computation of Interest .

          Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, interest on the Bonds of each series shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months and, with respect to any period less than a full calendar month, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during such period.

SECTION 3.11.      Payment to Be in Proper Currency .

          In the case of the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, denominated in any currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency (the “Required Currency”), except as otherwise specified with respect to such Bonds as contemplated by Section 3.01, the obligation of the Company to make any payment of the principal thereof, or the premium, if any, or interest, if any, thereon, shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender by the Company, or recovery by the Trustee, in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the Trustee timely holding the full amount of the Required Currency then due and payable.  If any such tender or recovery is in a currency other than the Required Currency, the Trustee may take such actions as it considers appropriate to exchange such currency for the Required Currency.  The costs and risks of any such exchange, including without limitation the risks of delay and exchange rate fluctuation, shall be borne by the Company, the Company shall remain fully liable for any shortfall or delinquency in the full amount of Required Currency then due and payable, and in no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable therefor except in the case of its negligence or willful misconduct.

SECTION 3.12.      CUSIP Numbers .

          The Company, in issuing the Bonds, may use “CUSIP” or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee or Bond Registrar may use CUSIP or such other numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Bonds or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Bonds, in which case none of the Company or, as the case may be, the Trustee or the Bond Registrar, or any agent of any of them, shall have any liability in respect of any CUSIP number used on any such notice, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

SECTION 3.13      Global Bonds .

          If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 3.01(q) that the Bonds of a series, or a Tranche thereof, are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Bonds, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section and the Company Order with respect to such series or Tranche, authenticate and deliver one or more Global Bonds in temporary or permanent form that (i) shall represent and shall be denominated in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranche, to be represented by one or more Global Bonds, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Bond or Bonds or the nominee of such Depositary, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instruction or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect:  “Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Bonds in definitive form, this Bond may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.”

          The Company may at any time designate another Person to act as Depositary in place of the Person designated pursuant to Section 3.01(q).  Each Depositary designated pursuant to Section 3.01(q) or otherwise for a Global Bond must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as Depositary, be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and any other applicable statute or regulation.

ARTICLE IV

BONDS PREVIOUSLY ISSUED

SECTION 4.01.      Continuation of Certain Series of Bonds Issued Under the Prior Indenture .

          (a)     Under the Prior Indenture, the Company established Bonds of the First Series, Bonds of the Second Series, Bonds of the Third Series, Bonds of the Fourth Series and Bonds of the Fifth Series (collectively, “Bonds of the Initial Series”) and Bonds of the Eleventh Series, and such bonds issued under the Prior Indenture are hereby continued under this Indenture, constitute “Bonds” under this Indenture and are hereafter governed by and subject to the provisions hereof.  All other bonds issued under the Prior Indenture prior to the date hereof are no longer Outstanding (as defined under the Prior Indenture).

          (b)     Bonds of the First Series were originally issued in an aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000, of which $600,000,000 principal amount is Outstanding as of the date hereof.

          (c)     Bonds of the Second Series were originally issued in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, of which $500,000,000 principal amount is Outstanding as of the date hereof.

          (d)     Bonds of the Third Series were originally issued in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000, of which $1,000,000,000 principal amount is Outstanding as of the date hereof.

          (e)     Bonds of the Fourth Series were originally issued in an aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000,000, of which $3,000,000,000 principal amount is Outstanding as of the date hereof.

          (f)     Bonds of the Fifth Series were originally issued in an aggregate principal amount of $1,600,000,000, of which $200,000,000 principal amount is Outstanding as of the date hereof.

SECTION 4.02.      Bonds of the Initial Series; Terms of Bonds of the Initial Series .

          (a)     Under Section 201 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Company designated the Bonds of the First Series as the “3.60% First Mortgage Bonds due 2009” (the “3.60% First Mortgage Bonds”).  The Release Date having occurred on the date hereof and pursuant to Section 202 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the 3.60% First Mortgage Bonds are hereby redesignated as the “3.60% Senior Notes due 2009” (the “3.60% Senior Notes”).

          (b)     Under Section 201 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Company designated the Bonds of the Second Series as the “4.20% First Mortgage Bonds due 2011” (the “4.20% First Mortgage Bonds”).  The Release Date having occurred on the date hereof and pursuant to Section 202 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the 4.20% First Mortgage Bonds are hereby redesignated as the “4.20% Senior Notes due 2011” (the “4.20% Senior Notes”).

          (c)     Under Section 201 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Company designated the Bonds of the Third Series as the “4.80% First Mortgage Bonds due 2014” (the “4.80% First Mortgage Bonds”).  The Release Date having occurred on the date hereof and pursuant to Section 202 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the 4.80% First Mortgage Bonds are hereby redesignated as the “4.80% Senior Notes due 2014” (the “4.80% Senior Notes”).

          (d)     Under Section 201 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Company designated the Bonds of the Fourth Series as the “6.05% First Mortgage Bonds due 2034” (the “6.05% First Mortgage Bonds”).  The Release Date having occurred on the date hereof and pursuant to Section 202 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the 6.05% First Mortgage Bonds are hereby redesignated as the “6.05% Senior Notes due 2034” (the “6.05% Senior Notes”).

          (e)     Under Section 201 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Company designated the Bonds of the Fifth Series as the “Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds due 2006” (the “Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds”).  The Release Date having occurred on the date hereof and pursuant to Section 202 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Floating Rate First Mortgage Bonds are hereby redesignated as the “Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2006” (the “Floating Rate Senior Notes”).

          (f)     In accordance with Section 202 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, each holder of a 3.60% First Mortgage Bond, 4.20% First Mortgage Bond, a 4.80% Mortgage Bond, 6.05% Mortgage Bond and Floating Rate First Mortgage Bond that is a Global Bond is to surrender such Bond to the Trustee as soon as reasonably practicable after the Release Date and the Trustee shall simultaneously exchange the surrendered Bond for a 3.60% Senior Note, a 4.20% Senior Note, a 4.80% Senior Note, a 6.05% Senior Note and a Floating Rate Senior Note, respectively.  The form of the Fixed Rate Senior Notes being exchanged pursuant hereto is attached hereto as Exhibit A and the form of the Floating Rate Senior Notes being exchanged pursuant hereto is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

          (g)     As established in Section 201 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, any series of the Bonds of the Initial Series may be reopened, from time to time, for issuances of additional Bonds of such series, and any additional Bonds issued and comprising Bonds of any series of the Bonds of the Initial Series shall have identical terms as such series of Bonds of the Initial Series, except that the issue price, issue date and, in some cases, the first Interest Payment Date may differ.

          (h)     As established in Section 204 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, (i) the 3.60% Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 3.60% per annum and have a Stated Maturity of March 1, 2009; (ii) the 4.20% Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 4.20% per annum and have a Stated Maturity of March 1, 2011, (iii) the 4.80% Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 4.80% per annum and have a Stated Maturity of March 1, 2014; (iv) the 6.05% Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 6.05% per annum and have a Stated Maturity of March 1, 2034; and (v) the rate of interest on the Floating Rate Senior Notes is calculated as set forth in the form of such Bond attached hereto as Exhibit B and the Stated Maturity of the Floating Rate Senior Notes is April 3, 2006.

          (i)     As established in Section 205 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, the Bonds of the Initial Series were issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Securities as provided in Section 3.13 of the Prior Indenture and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee.

          (j)     As established in Section 205 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, the Company appointed DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to all Bonds of the Initial Series, and the Bonds of the Initial Series were initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of DTC.

          (k)     In accordance with Section 205 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, the Trustee executed and delivered a Letter of Representations to DTC and, in connection with any successor nominee for DTC or any successor Depositary, the Trustee will enter into comparable arrangements, and shall have the same rights with respect to its actions thereunder as it has with respect to its actions under the Indenture.

          (l)     As established in Section 205 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, none of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Bond Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of Depositary records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in a Global Bond or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any Depositary records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for transfers of beneficial interests in the Bonds or any transactions between the Depositary and beneficial owners.

          (m)     As established in Section 206 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, no sinking fund is provided for any of the Bonds of the Initial Series.

          (n)     As established in Section 208 of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, the Trustee is appointed as initial Paying Agent and initial Bond Registrar for the Bonds of the Initial Series.

          (o)     As established in Section 209 of the First Supplemental Mortgage, BNY Western Trust Company was appointed as the initial Calculation Agent for the Floating Rate Senior Notes and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor in interest to BNY Western Trust Company is continued as the initial Calculation Agent for the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

          (p)     Other terms of the Bonds of the Initial Series are as expressly set forth Section 4.03 below, Exhibit A (with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes) and Exhibit B (with respect to the Floating Rate Senior Notes).

SECTION 4.03.      Redemption of Bonds of the Initial Series .

          (a)      Optional Redemption of 3.60% Senior Notes .  As established in Section 302(a) of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture, the 3.60% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time after the Initial Issuance Date and prior to Maturity, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of:

                     (i)     100% of the principal amount of the 3.60% Senior Notes to be redeemed; or

             (ii)     as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments on the 3.60% Senior Notes to be so redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 0.15%,

plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 3.60% Senior Notes being redeemed to but not including the Redemption Date.

          (b)      Optional Redemption of 4.20% Senior Notes .  As established in Section 302(b) of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture, the 4.20% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time after the Initial Issuance Date and prior to Maturity, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of:

                    (i)     100% of the principal amount of the 4.20% Senior Notes to be redeemed; or

            (ii)     as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments on the 4.20% Senior Notes to be so redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 0.15%,

plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 4.20% Senior Notes being redeemed to but not including the Redemption Date.

          (c)      Optional Redemption of 4.80% Senior Notes .  As established in Section 302(c) of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the 4.80% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time after the Initial Issuance Date and prior to Maturity, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of:

                    (i)     100% of the principal amount of the 4.80% Senior Notes to be redeemed; or

            (ii)     as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments on the 4.80% Senior Notes to be so redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 0.20%,

plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 4.80% Senior Notes being redeemed to but not including the Redemption Date.

          (d)      Optional Redemption of 6.05% Senior Notes .  As established in Section 302(d) of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the 6.05% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time after the Initial Issuance Date and prior to Maturity, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of:

                    (i)     100% of the principal amount of the 6.05% Senior Notes to be redeemed; or

            (ii)     as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments on the 6.05% Senior Notes to be so redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 0.25%,

plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 6.05% Senior Notes being redeemed to but not including the Redemption Date.

          (e)      Optional Redemption of Floating Rate Senior Notes .  As established in Section 302(e) of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Notes were redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on October 3, 2004 and are redeemable on any Interest Payment Date thereafter and prior to Maturity, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but not including the Redemption Date.

          (f)     As established in Section 302(f) of the First Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, redemption of each series of Bonds of the Initial Series pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be made in accordance with Article VI of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.04.      Bonds of the Eleventh Series, Terms of Bonds of the Eleventh Series .

          (a)     Under Section 701 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage, the Company established an eleventh series of Bonds designated as the “Bond of the Eleventh Series” and such Bond was originally issued in certificated form.  The Release Date having occurred on the date hereof and pursuant to Section 702 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage, the Bonds of the Eleventh Series are hereby redesignated as the “Senior Note due December 1, 2016” (the “Senior Note due 2016”).

          (b)     In accordance with Section 702 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage, the Holder of the Bond of the Eleventh Series shall surrender such Bond to the Trustee and the Trustee shall simultaneously exchange the surrendered Bond for a Senior Note due 2016.  The form of the Senior Note due 2016 being exchanged pursuant hereto is attached hereto as Exhibit C .

          (c)     As established in Section 703 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, (i) the initial face amount of the Senior Note due 2016 is $200,000,000, which face amount represents the maximum principal amount of the Senior Note due 2016, (ii) the amount of principal payable on the Senior Note due 2016, and the date or dates on which such principal is payable, are as set forth in said Senior Note due 2016, (iii) for all purposes of this Indenture, the principal amount of the Senior Note due 2016 Outstanding as of any date of calculation shall be equal to the Obligations (as defined in the Senior Note due 2016) outstanding under the MBIA Reimbursement and Indemnity Agreement as of such date, but in no event shall the principal amount of such Senior Note due 2016 as of any date of calculation be greater than the then current face amount of such Senior Note due 2016, and (iv) for all purposes of this Indenture, principal of the Senior Note due 2016 shall be payable without the presentment or surrender thereof.

          (d)     As established in Section 704 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, (i) the Senior Note due 2016 bears interest at the rate or rates, and interest with respect thereto is payable on the Interest Payment Dates set forth in said Senior Note due 2016; (ii) the Senior Note due 2016 has a Stated Maturity of December 1, 2016; and (iii) interest on the Senior Note due 2016 shall accrue from the same dates that interest, if any, accrues on outstanding Obligations pursuant to the MBIA Reimbursement and Indemnity Agreement until such interest is paid.

          (e)     As established in Section 705 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, the Senior Note due 2016 is not subject to redemption prior to its Stated Maturity, and no sinking fund is provided for the Senior Note due 2016.

          (f)     As established in Section 706 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, the Trustee is appointed as initial Paying Agent and initial Bond Registrar for the Senior Note due 2016.  The Place of Payment of the Senior Note due 2016 shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to change, by one or more Officer’s Certificates any such place or the Bond Registrar; provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to designate, by one or more Officer’s Certificates, one or more of its offices as any such place or itself as the Bond Registrar.

          (g)     As established in Section 707 of the Second Supplemental Mortgage and as continued hereunder, (i) the Senior Note due 2016 may not be exchanged for any other Bond, except as provided in Section 3.06 of this Indenture, and may not be transferred except to effect an assignment thereof to a successor or an assign of MBIA; and (ii) the Company may take such actions as it shall deem necessary, desirable or appropriate to effect compliance with such restrictions on transfer, including the issuance of stop-transfer instructions to the Trustee or any other transfer agent.

          (h)     Other terms of the Senior Note due 2016 are as expressly set forth in Exhibit C hereto.


ARTICLE V

ISSUANCE OF BONDS

SECTION 5.01.      General .

          The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Bonds of a series, for original issue, at one time or from time to time in accordance with the Company Order referred to below, upon receipt by the Trustee of:

          (a)     the instrument or instruments establishing the form or forms and terms of such series, as provided in Sections 2.01 and 3.01;

          (b)     a Company Order requesting the authentication and delivery of such Bonds and, to the extent that the terms of such Bonds shall not have been established in an indenture supplemental hereto or in a Board Resolution, or in an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to a supplemental indenture or Board Resolution, all as contemplated by Section 3.01, either (i) establishing such terms or (ii) in the case of Bonds of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, specifying procedures by which such terms are to be established (which procedures may provide for authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Company or any agent or agents thereof, which oral instructions are to be promptly confirmed electronically or in writing), in either case in accordance with the instrument or instruments delivered pursuant to clause (a) above;

          (c)     the Bonds of such series, executed on behalf of the Company by an officer specified in Section 3.03;

          (d)     an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

                    (i)     the form or forms of such Bonds have been duly authorized by the Company and have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

                    (ii)     the terms of such Bonds have been duly authorized by the Company and have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

                    (iii)     when such Bonds shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued and delivered by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, such Bonds will constitute valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Bonds without any priority of any one Bond over any other Bond;

provided, however, that, with respect to Bonds of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive such Opinion of Counsel only once at or prior to the time of the first authentication and delivery of such Bonds (provided that such Opinion of Counsel addresses the authentication and delivery of all such Bonds) and that, in lieu of the opinions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, counsel may opine that:

                     (x)     when the terms of such Bonds shall have been established pursuant to a Company Order or Orders or pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order or Orders, all as contemplated by and in accordance with the instrument or instruments delivered pursuant to clause (a) above, such terms will have been duly authorized by the Company and will have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

                     (y)     when such Bonds shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and the Company Order or Orders or the specified procedures referred to in paragraph (x) above and issued and delivered by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, such Bonds will constitute valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Bonds without any priority of any one Bond over any other Bond;

          (e)     an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that, to the knowledge of the signer, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, however, that with respect to Bonds of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, either (i) such an Officer’s Certificate shall be delivered at the time of the authentication and delivery of each Bond of such series or (ii) the Officer’s Certificate delivered at or prior to the time of the first authentication and delivery of the Bonds of such series shall state that the statements therein shall be deemed to be made at the time of each, or each subsequent, authentication and delivery of Bonds of such series.

          With respect to Bonds of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such Bonds, the forms and terms thereof, the validity thereof and the compliance of the authentication and delivery thereof with the terms and conditions of this Indenture, upon the Opinion or Opinions of Counsel and the certificates and other documents delivered pursuant to this Article V at or prior to the time of the first authentication and delivery of Bonds of such series until (i) such time as the Trustee has received written notice that any of such opinions, certificates or other documents have been superseded or revoked or (ii) such opinions, certificates or other documents expire by their terms.  In connection with the authentication and delivery of Bonds of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that the Company’s instructions to authenticate and deliver such Bonds do not violate any applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Company.


ARTICLE VI

REDEMPTION OF BONDS

SECTION 6.01.      Applicability of Article .

          Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Bonds of such series or Tranche) in accordance with this Article.

SECTION 6.02.      Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

          The election of the Company to redeem any Bonds shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or an Officer’s Certificate.  The Company shall, at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Bonds to be redeemed.  In the case of any redemption of Bonds (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Bonds or elsewhere in this Indenture or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Bonds, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

SECTION 6.03.      Selection of Bonds to Be Redeemed .

          If less than all the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, are to be redeemed, the particular Bonds to be redeemed shall be selected by the Bond Registrar from the Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranche not previously called for redemption, by such method as shall be provided for any particular series or Tranche, or, in the absence of any such provision, by such method of random selection as the Bond Registrar shall deem fair and appropriate and which may, in any case, provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Bonds of such series or Tranche or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Bonds of such series or Tranche having a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Bonds of such series or Tranche; provided, however, that if, as indicated in an Officer’s Certificate, the Company shall have offered to purchase all or any principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding of any series, or any Tranche thereof, and less than all of such Bonds as to which such offer was made shall have been tendered to the Company for such purchase, the Bond Registrar, if so directed by Company Order, shall select for redemption all or any principal amount of such Bonds which have not been so tendered.

          The Bond Registrar shall promptly notify the Company and the Trustee in writing of the Bonds selected for redemption and, in the case of any Bonds selected to be redeemed in part, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

          For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Bonds shall relate, in the case of any Bonds redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Bonds which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 6.04.      Notice of Redemption .

          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, in accordance with Section 3.01, notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the Holders of the Bonds to be redeemed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date.

          All notices of redemption shall state:

          (a)     the Redemption Date,

          (b)     the Redemption Price,

          (c)     if less than all the Bonds of any series or Tranche are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Bonds to be redeemed and the portion of the principal amount of any Bond to be redeemed in part,

          (d)     that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, will become due and payable upon each such Bond to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date; provided, that if a conditional notice shall be given, other appropriate language shall be inserted indicating the conditional nature of the redemption,

          (e)     the place or places where such Bonds are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, unless it shall have been specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to such Bonds that such surrender shall not be required,

          (f)     that the redemption is for a sinking or other fund, if such is the case, and

          (g)     such other matters as the Company shall deem desirable or appropriate.

          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, in accordance with Section 3.01, with respect to any redemption of Bonds at the election of the Company or any redemption which is contingent on the occurrence or nonoccurrence of an event or condition which cannot be ascertained prior to the time a redemption notice is required to be given hereunder, such notice may state that such redemption shall be conditional upon receipt by the Trustee or the Paying Agent or Agents for such Bonds, on or prior to the date fixed for such redemption, of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of such Bonds and accrued interest, if any, thereon to the Redemption Date (or direction from the Company to apply such money for the payment of such Bonds, if such money shall have been deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent or Agents upon the condition that the Trustee or Paying Agent or Agents will apply such money only at the direction of the Company) and that if such money shall not have been so received (or if such money shall have been received but the Trustee or the Paying Agent or Agents have been directed by the Company not to apply such money to redeem such Bonds) such notice shall be of no force or effect and the Company shall not be required to redeem such Bonds; provided, however, that conditional notice shall not be given if upon the giving of notice, such Bonds shall be deemed to have been paid in accordance with Section 8.01.  In the event that such notice of redemption contains such a condition and such money is not so received, or the Trustee or Paying Agent or Agents have been directed by the Company not to apply such money to the redemption of such Bonds, the redemption shall not be made, and within a reasonable time thereafter notice shall be given, in the manner in which the notice of redemption was given, that such money was not so received or that the Trustee or Paying Agent or Agents have been directed by the Company not to redeem such Bonds and such redemption was not required to be made, and the Trustee or Paying Agent or Agents for the Bonds otherwise to have been redeemed shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any of such Bonds which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption.

          Notice of redemption of Bonds to be redeemed at the election of the Company, and any notice of non-satisfaction of a condition for redemption as aforesaid, shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Bond Registrar in the name and at the expense of the Company.  Notice of mandatory redemption of Bonds shall be given by the Bond Registrar in the name and at the expense of the Company.

SECTION 6.05.      Bonds Payable on Redemption Date .

          Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, and the conditions, if any, set forth in such notice having been satisfied, the Bonds or portions thereof so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless, in the case of an unconditional notice of redemption, the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Bonds or portions thereof, if interest-bearing, shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Bond for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Bond or portion thereof shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that no such surrender shall be a condition to such payment if so specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to such Bond; and provided, further, that, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to such Bond, any installment of interest on any Bond the Stated Maturity of which installment is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holder of such Bond, or one or more Predecessor Bonds, registered as such at the close of business on the related Regular Record Date according to the terms of such Bond and subject to the provisions of Section 3.07.

SECTION 6.06.      Bonds Redeemed in Part .

Upon the surrender of any Bond which is to be redeemed only in part at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Bond, without service charge, a new Bond or Bonds of the same series and Tranche, of any authorized denomination requested by such Holder and of like tenor and in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Bond so surrendered.


ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

SECTION 7.01.      Payment of Bonds .

          The Company shall pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Bonds of each series in accordance with the terms of such Bonds and this Indenture.

SECTION 7.02.      Maintenance of Office or Agency .

          The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for the Bonds of each series, or any Tranche thereof, an office or agency where payment of such Bonds shall be made, and where the registration of transfer or exchange of such Bonds may be effected and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of such Bonds and this Indenture may be served.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, payment of such Bonds shall be made, registration of transfer or exchange thereof may be effected and notices and demands in respect thereof may be served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent for all such purposes in any such event.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies with respect to the Bonds of one or more series, or any Tranche thereof, for any or all of the foregoing purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any office or agency required by this Section may be maintained at an office of the Company, in which event the Company shall perform all functions to be performed at such office or agency.

SECTION 7.03      Money for Bond Payments to Be Held in Trust .

          If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any of such Bonds, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and premium or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any failure by the Company (or any other obligor on such Bonds) to make any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Bonds.

          Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Bonds, deposit with such Paying Agents sums sufficient (without duplication) to pay the principal and premium or interest so becoming due, such sums to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any failure by it so to act.

          Upon their appointment as Paying Agent, the Company shall cause each Paying Agent for the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, other than the Company or the Trustee, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent shall:

          (a)     hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Bonds in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

          (b)     give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or any other obligor upon such Bonds) to make any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Bonds; and

          (c)     at any time during the continuance of any such failure, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent and furnish to the Trustee such information as it possesses regarding the names and addresses of the Persons entitled to such sums.

          The Company may at any time pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent and, if so stated in a Company Order delivered to the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

          Unless otherwise prescribed by applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Bond and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and premium, if any, or interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust without further action by the Company, Trustee or any Paying Agent; and, upon such payment or discharge, the Holder of such Bond shall, as an unsecured general creditor and not as the Holder of an Outstanding Bond, look only to the Company for payment of the amount so due and payable and remaining unpaid, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment to the Company, shall, upon receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, cause to be mailed, on one occasion only, notice to such Holder that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be paid to the Company.

SECTION 7.04.      Corporate Existence .

          Subject to the rights of the Company under Article XII, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep its corporate existence in full force and effect.

SECTION 7.05.      Waiver of Certain Covenants .

          The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in

          (a)     any covenant or restriction specified with respect to the Bonds of any one or more series, or any one or more Tranches thereof, as contemplated by Section 3.01 if before the time for such compliance the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of all series and Tranches with respect to which compliance with such covenant or restriction is to be omitted, considered as one class, shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition; provided, however, that no such waiver shall be effective as to any of the matters contemplated in clause (a), (b) or (c) in Section 13.02 without the consent of the Holders specified in such Section; and

          (b)     Section 7.04 or 7.07 or Article XII if, before the time for such compliance, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of Bonds Outstanding under this Indenture shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition;

but, in either case, no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 7.06.      Annual Officer’s Certificate as to Compliance .

          Not later than June 1 in each year, commencing June 1, 2005, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate (which need not comply with Section 1.02) executed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, as to such officer’s knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture, such compliance to be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

SECTION 7.07.      Limitation on Liens .

          (a)     The Company will not, nor will it permit any Significant Subsidiary to, (1) issue, incur, assume or permit to exist any Debt, if such Debt is secured by a Lien on any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property was owned at March 11, 2004 or thereafter acquired), unless the Company provides that Outstanding Bonds will be equally and ratably secured with such secured Debt or (2) incur or permit to exist any Attributable Debt in respect of Principal Property; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

               (i)     to the extent the Company or any Significant Subsidiary consolidates with, or merges with or into, another entity, Liens on the property of such entity securing Debt in existence on the date of such consolidation or merger, provided that such Debt and Liens were not created or incurred in anticipation of such consolidation or merger and that such Liens do not extend to or cover any Principal Property;

               (ii)     Liens on property acquired after March 11, 2004 and existing at the time of such acquisition, as long as the Lien was not created or incurred in anticipation thereof and does not extend to or cover any other Principal Property;

               (iii)     Liens of any kind, including purchase money Liens, conditional sales agreements or title retention agreements and similar agreements, upon any property acquired, constructed, developed or improved by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (whether alone or in association with others) which do not exceed the cost or value of the property acquired, constructed, developed or improved and which are created prior to, at the time of, or within twelve (12) months after such acquisition (or in the case of property constructed, developed or improved, within twelve (12) months after the completion of such construction, development or improvement and commencement of full commercial operation of such property, whichever is later) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price or cost thereof; provided that the Liens shall not extend to any Principal Property other than the property so acquired, constructed, developed or improved;

               (iv)     Liens in favor of the United States, any state or any foreign country or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of any such jurisdiction to secure payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of constructing or improving the property subject to such Lien, including Liens related to governmental obligations the interest on which is tax-exempt under Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code or any successor section of the Internal Revenue Code;

               (v)     Liens in favor of the Company, one or more Significant Subsidiaries of the Company, one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company or any of the foregoing combination; and

               (vi)     replacements, extensions or renewals (or successive replacements, extensions or renewals), in whole or in part, of any Lien, or of any agreement, referred to above in clauses (i) through (v) inclusive, or replacements, extensions or renewals of the Debt secured thereby (to the extent that the amount of Debt secured by any such Lien is not increased from the amount originally so secured, plus any premium, interest, fee or expenses payable in connection with any replacements, refundings, refinancings, remarketings, extensions or renewals); provided that such replacement, extension or renewal is limited to all or a part of the same property (plus improvements thereon or additions or accessions thereto) that secured the Lien replaced, extended or renewed.

          (b)     Notwithstanding the restriction in subsection (a) of this Section 7.07, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary may (1) issue, incur or assume Debt secured by a Lien not described in clauses (i) through (vi) of subsection (a) above on any Principal Property owned at March 11, 2004 or thereafter acquired without providing that the Outstanding Bonds be equally and ratably secured with such Debt and (2) issue or permit to exist Attributable Debt in respect of Principal Property, in either case so long as the aggregate amount of such secured Debt and Attributable Debt, together with the aggregate amount of all other Debt secured by Liens on Principal Property not described in clauses (i) through (vi) of subsection (a) above then outstanding and all other Attributable Debt, does not exceed 10% of the Net Tangible Assets of the Company, as determined by the Company as of a month end not more than 90 days prior to the closing or consummation of the proposed transaction.

          (c)     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.07, in the event that any Lien at any time meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses (i) through (vi) above of Section 7.07(a), or is entitled to be created pursuant to Section 7.07(b), the Company will be permitted to classify (and later reclassify) in whole or in part in its sole discretion such Lien in any manner that complies with this Section 7.07.

          (d)     For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Debt secured by Liens on Principal Property, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was incurred, in the case of term Debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Debt; provided that if such Debt is incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in the same foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, the Dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of the refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of the Debt being refinanced.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.07, the maximum amount of Debt secured by Liens on Principal Property that the Company or any Significant Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

          (e)     For purposes of this Section 7.07, “Debt” of a Significant Subsidiary shall mean any debt of such Significant Subsidiary for money borrowed and guarantees by such Significant Subsidiary of debt for money borrowed, but in each case excluding liabilities in respect of Capital Lease Obligations or Swap Agreements.


ARTICLE VIII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 8.01.      Satisfaction and Discharge of Bonds .

Any Bond or Bonds, or any portion of the principal amount thereof, shall be deemed to have been paid and no longer Outstanding for all purposes of this Indenture, and the entire indebtedness of the Company in respect thereof shall be satisfied and discharged, if there shall have been irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company), in trust:

          (a)     money in an amount which shall be sufficient, or

          (b)     in the case of a deposit made prior to the Maturity of such Bonds or portions thereof, Eligible Obligations, which shall not contain provisions permitting the redemption or other prepayment thereof at the option of the issuer thereof, the principal of and the interest on which when due, without any regard to reinvestment thereof, will provide moneys which, together with the money, if any, deposited with or held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, shall be sufficient, or

          (c)     a combination of (a) or (b) which shall be sufficient to pay when due the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, due and to become due on such Bonds or portions thereof; provided, however, that in the case of the provision for payment or redemption of less than all the Bonds of any series or Tranche, such Bonds or portions thereof shall have been selected by the Bond Registrar as provided herein and, in the case of a redemption, the notice requisite to the validity of such redemption shall have been given or irrevocable authority shall have been given by the Company to the Trustee to give such notice, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee; and provided, further, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee and such Paying Agent:

           (x)       if such deposit shall have been made prior to the Maturity of such Bonds, a Company Order stating that the money and Eligible Obligations deposited in accordance with this Section shall be held in trust, as provided in Section 8.03;

           (y)       if Eligible Obligations shall have been deposited, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such obligations constitute Eligible Obligations and do not contain provisions permitting the redemption or other prepayment thereof at the option of the issuer thereof, and an opinion of an Independent public Accountant of nationally recognized standing, selected by the Company, to the effect that the other requirements set forth in clause (b) above have been satisfied; and

           (z)       if such deposit shall have been made prior to the Maturity of such Bonds, an Officer’s Certificate stating the Company’s intention that, upon delivery of such Officer’s Certificate, its indebtedness in respect of such Bonds or portions thereof will have been satisfied and discharged as contemplated in this Section.

          Upon the deposit of money or Eligible Obligations, or both, in accordance with this Section, together with the documents required by clauses (x), (y) and (z) above, the Trustee shall, upon Company Request, acknowledge in writing that such Bonds or portions thereof are deemed to have been paid for all purposes of this Indenture and that the entire indebtedness of the Company in respect thereof has been satisfied and discharged as contemplated in this Section.  In the event that all of the conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph shall have been satisfied in respect of any Bonds or portions thereof except that, for any reason, the Officer’s Certificate specified in clause (z) (if otherwise required) shall not have been delivered, such Bonds or portions thereof shall nevertheless be deemed to have been paid for all purposes of this Indenture, and the Holders of such Bonds or portions thereof shall nevertheless be no longer entitled to the benefits of this Indenture (other than with respect to such deposit) or of any of the covenants of the Company under Article VII (except the covenants contained in Sections 7.02 and 7.03) or any other covenants made in respect of such Bonds or portions thereof as contemplated by Section 3.01, but the indebtedness of the Company in respect of such Bonds or portions thereof shall not be deemed to have been satisfied and discharged prior to Maturity for any other purpose; and, upon Company Request, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing that such Bonds or portions thereof are deemed to have been paid for all purposes of this Indenture.

          If payment at Stated Maturity of less than all of the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, is to be provided for in the manner and with the effect provided in this Section, the Bond Registrar shall select such Bonds, or portions of principal amount thereof, in the manner specified by Section 6.03 for selection for redemption of less than all the Bonds of a series or Tranche.

          In the event that Bonds which shall be deemed to have been paid for purposes of this Indenture, and, if such is the case, in respect of which the Company’s indebtedness shall have been satisfied and discharged, all as provided in this Section, do not mature and are not to be redeemed within the sixty (60) day period commencing with the date of the deposit of moneys or Eligible Obligations, as aforesaid, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, give a notice, in the same manner as a notice of redemption with respect to such Bonds, to the Holders of such Bonds to the effect that such deposit has been made and the effect thereof.

          Notwithstanding that any Bonds shall be deemed to have been paid for purposes of this Indenture, as aforesaid, the obligations of the Company and the Trustee in respect of such Bonds under Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 6.04, 7.02, 7.03, 10.07 and 10.15 and this Article shall survive.

          The Company shall pay, and shall indemnify the Trustee or any Paying Agent with which Eligible Obligations shall have been deposited as provided in this Section against, any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against such Eligible Obligations or the principal or interest received in respect of such Eligible Obligations, including, but not limited to, any such tax payable by any entity deemed, for tax purposes, to have been created as a result of such deposit.

          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) if, at any time after a Bond would be deemed to have been paid for purposes of this Indenture, and, if such is the case, the Company’s indebtedness in respect thereof would be deemed to have been satisfied and discharged, pursuant to this Section (without regard to the provisions of this paragraph), the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall be required to return the money or Eligible Obligations, or combination thereof, deposited with it as aforesaid to the Company or its representative under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, such Bond shall thereupon be deemed retroactively not to have been paid and any satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s indebtedness in respect thereof shall retroactively be deemed not to have been effected, and such Bond shall be deemed to remain Outstanding and (b) any satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s indebtedness in respect of any Bond shall be subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 7.03.

SECTION 8.02.      Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

          This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect (except as hereinafter expressly provided), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute such instruments as the Company shall reasonably request to evidence and acknowledge the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

          (a)     no Bonds remain Outstanding hereunder;

          (b)     the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

          (c)     the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with;

provided, however, that if, in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 8.01, any Bond, previously deemed to have been paid for purposes of this Indenture, shall be deemed retroactively not to have been so paid, this Indenture shall thereupon be deemed retroactively not to have been satisfied and discharged, as aforesaid, and to remain in full force and effect, and the Company shall execute and deliver such instruments as the Trustee shall reasonably request to evidence and acknowledge the same.

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as aforesaid, the obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 6.04, 7.02, 7.03, 10.07 and 10.15 and this Article shall survive.

          Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in this Section, the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Company such instruments as, in the judgment of the Company, shall be necessary, desirable or appropriate to effect or evidence the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

SECTION 8.03.      Application of Trust Money .

          Neither the Eligible Obligations nor the money deposited pursuant to Section 8.01, nor the principal or interest payments on any such Eligible Obligations, shall be withdrawn or used for any purpose other than, and shall be held in trust for, the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Bonds or portions of principal amount thereof in respect of which such deposit was made, all subject, however, to the provisions of Section 7.03; provided, however, that any cash received from such principal or interest payments on such Eligible Obligations, if not then needed for such purpose, shall, to the extent practicable and upon Company Request and delivery to the Trustee of the documents referred to in subclause (y) of clause (c) in Section 8.01, be invested pursuant to a Company Order in Eligible Obligations of the type described in clause (b) in Section 8.01 maturing at such times and in such amounts as shall be sufficient, together with any other moneys and the proceeds of any other Eligible Obligations then held by the Trustee, to pay when due the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, due and to become due on such Bonds or portions thereof on and prior to the Maturity thereof, and interest earned from such reinvestment shall be paid over to the Company as received; and provided, further, that any moneys held in accordance with this Section on the Maturity of all such Bonds in excess of the amount required to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due on such Bonds shall be paid over to the Company.


ARTICLE IX

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

SECTION 9.01.      Events of Default .

           “Event of Default”, wherever used herein with respect to the Bonds, means any of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing:

          (a)     the failure to pay interest, if any, on any Bond within thirty (30) days after the same becomes due and payable; or

          (b)     the failure to pay the principal of or sinking fund installment, if any, or premium, if any, on any Bond after the same becomes due and payable; or

          (c)     the failure to perform or breach of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in the performance of which or breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) for a period of ninety (90) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least thirty-three percent (33%) in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, unless the Trustee, or the Trustee and the Holders of a principal amount of Bonds not less than the principal amount of Bonds the Holders of which gave such notice, as the case may be, shall agree in writing to an extension of such period prior to its expiration; or

          (d)     the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition by one or more Persons other than the Company seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official for the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order shall have remained unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days; or

          (e)     the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or the consent by the Company to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or an admission in writing by the Company of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

          (f)     the occurrence of any event of default as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Debt of the Company, whether such Debt existed on the Initial Issuance Date or shall thereafter be created, if such event of default:

           (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal after final maturity of such Debt after the expiration of the grace period provided in such Debt (a “Payment Default”), or

           (ii) results in the acceleration of such Debt prior to its express maturity,

and in each case, the principal amount of any such Debt, together with the principal amount of any other such Debt under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100,000,000 or more.

For purposes of Section 9.01(f), the amount of $100,000,000 shall be increased in any calendar year subsequent to 2004 by the same percentage increase in the CPI Index for the period commencing January 1, 2004 and ending on January 1 of the applicable calendar year.

SECTION 9.02.      Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

          If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than thirty-three percent (33%) in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding, considered as one class, may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Bonds are Discount Bonds, such portion of the principal amount of such Bonds as may be specified in the terms thereof as contemplated by Section 3.01) of all Bonds then Outstanding to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount), together with premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, thereon, shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that with respect to an Event of Default described in Section 9.01(d) or (e), the principal amount (or, if any of the Bonds are Discount Bonds, such portion of the principal amount of such Bonds as may be specified in the terms thereof as contemplated by Section 3.01) of all Bonds then Outstanding shall be due and payable immediately without further action by the Trustee or Holders.

          At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of the Bonds then Outstanding shall have been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due shall have been obtained by the Trustee as provided in this Article, the Event or Events of Default giving rise to such declaration of acceleration shall, without further act and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 316(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, be deemed to have been waived, and such declaration and its consequences shall, without further act, be deemed to have been rescinded and annulled, if

          (a)     the Company shall have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

               (i)     all overdue interest, if any, on all Bonds then Outstanding;

               (ii)     the principal of and premium, if any, on any Bonds then Outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Bonds; and

               (iii)     all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 10.07; and

          (b)     any other Event or Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of Bonds which shall have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, shall have been cured or waived as provided in Section 9.13.

          No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 9.03.      Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

          If an Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 9.01 shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Bonds with respect to which such Event of Default shall have occurred, the whole amount then due and payable on such Bonds for principal and premium, if any, and interest, if any, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 10.07.

          If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Bonds and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Bonds, wherever situated.  No recovery of any such judgment by the Trustee shall affect or impair any rights, powers or remedies of the Trustee hereunder, or any rights, powers or remedies of the Holders of the Bonds.

SECTION 9.04.      Application of Money Collected .

          Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article, including amounts collected pursuant to Section 9.03 (after the deductions therein provided) shall be applied in the following order, to the extent permitted by law, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or premium, if any, or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Bonds and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

          First:        To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.07;

          Second:    To the payment of the whole amount then due and unpaid upon the Outstanding Bonds for principal and premium, if any, and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected; and in case such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon such Bonds, then to the payment of such principal and interest, if any, thereon without any preference or priority, ratably according to the aggregate amount so due and unpaid, with any balance then remaining to the payment of premium, if any, and, if so specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to the Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, interest, if any, on overdue premium, if any, and overdue interest, if any, ratably as aforesaid, all to the extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.03 shall first be applied to the payment of interest accrued on the principal of Outstanding Bonds; and

          Third:      To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

SECTION 9.05.      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Bonds or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Bonds shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

          (a)     to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Bonds and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for amounts due to the Trustee under Section 10.07) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

          (b)     to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

          and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amounts due it under Section 10.07.

          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Bonds or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 9.06.      Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Bonds .

          All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or on the Bonds may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Bonds or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 9.07.      Limitation on Suits .

          No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

          (a)     such Holder shall have previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

          (b)     the Holders of at least thirty-three percent (33%) in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

          (c)     such Holder or Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

          (d)     the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such proceeding; and

          (e)     no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60) day period by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

SECTION 9.08.      Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Bond shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 3.07) interest, if any, on such Bond on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Bond (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 9.09.      Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and such Holder shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and such Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 9.10.      Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

          Except as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 9.11.      Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 9.12      Control by Holders of Bonds .

          If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that

          (a)     such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and could not involve the Trustee in personal liability in circumstances where indemnity would not, in the Trustee’s sole discretion, be adequate, and

          (b)     the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

SECTION 9.13.      Waiver of Past Defaults .

          Before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due shall have been obtained by the Trustee as in this Article provided, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Bonds then Outstanding waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a default

          (a)     in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Bond Outstanding, or

          (b)     in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Section 13.02 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Bond of any series or Tranche affected.

          Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any and all Events of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 9.14.      Undertaking for Costs .

          The Company and the Trustee agree, and each Holder of Bonds by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Bond on or after the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Bond (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

SECTION 9.15.      Waiver of Stay and Extension Laws .

          The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law, now or hereafter in effect, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this Indenture; and the Company, for itself and all who may claim under it, so far as it or they now or hereafter may lawfully do so, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws.


ARTICLE X

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 10.01.      Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

          (a)     Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

               (i)     the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

               (ii)     in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (b)     In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

          (c)     No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or its own bad faith, except that:

               (i)     this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section;

               (ii)     the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

               (iii)     the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds, as provided herein, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and

               (iv)     no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          (d)     Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 10.02.      Notice of Defaults .

          Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default hereunder, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Bond, or in the payment of any sinking fund installment with respect to a Bond, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders; provided, further, that, in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 9.01(c), no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least sixty (60) days after the occurrence thereof.  For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

          The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default specified in Section 9.01(c), 9.01(d) or 9.01(e) hereunder unless and until a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof, or shall have received written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office.  In the absence of such actual knowledge or notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or of any of the documents executed in connection with Bonds issued hereunder, or as to the existence of a default or Event of Default hereunder.

SECTION 10.03.      Certain Rights of Trustee .

          Subject to the provisions of Section 10.01 and to the applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act:

          (a)     the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

          (b)     any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order, or as otherwise expressly provided herein, and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

          (c)     whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate;

          (d)     the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

          (e)     the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holder pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

          (f)     the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall (subject to applicable legal requirements) be entitled to examine, during normal business hours, the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

          (g)     the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

SECTION 10.04.      Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Bonds or Application of Proceeds .

          The recitals contained herein and in the Bonds (except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication on the Bonds) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or genuineness of any securities at any time deposited with the Trustee hereunder, or as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Bonds.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Bonds or the proceeds thereof or of any money paid to the Company or upon Company Order under any provision hereof.  Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Bonds or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 10.05.      May Hold Bonds .

          Each of the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Bond Registrar or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Bonds and, subject to Sections 10.08 and 10.13, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not such Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Bond Registrar or other agent.

SECTION 10.06.      Money Held in Trust .

          Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds, except to the extent required by law or as otherwise provided in this Indenture.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on or investment of any money received by it hereunder (provided that the Trustee has invested such money in accordance with a Company Order) except as expressly provided herein or otherwise agreed with, and for the sole benefit of, the Company.

SECTION 10.07.      Compensation and Reimbursement .

          The Company agrees

          (a)     to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

          (b)     except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except to the extent that any such expense, disbursement or advance may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and

          (c)     to indemnify the Trustee (which for purposes of this Section shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) and hold it harmless from and against any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder or the exercise or performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.  “Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

          In addition and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 9.01(d) or Section 9.01(e), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

          The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

SECTION 10.08.      Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

          If the Trustee shall have or acquire any conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, it shall either eliminate such conflicting interest or resign to the extent, in the manner and with the effect, and subject to the conditions, provided in the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.  For purposes of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act and to the extent permitted thereby, the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee in respect of the Bonds of any series, shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest arising from its capacity as trustee in respect of the Bonds of any other series.

SECTION 10.09.      Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be

               (i)     a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, or

               (ii)     if and to the extent permitted by the Commission by rule, regulation or order upon application, a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) or the Dollar equivalent of the applicable foreign currency and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees,

and, in either case, qualified and eligible under this Article and the Trust Indenture Act.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

SECTION 10.10.      Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

          (a)     No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 10.11.

          (b)     The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 10.11 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (c)     The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

          (d)     If at any time:

              (i)     the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 10.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six (6) months, or

              (ii)     the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 10.09 or Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

              (iii)     the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (x) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee or (y) subject to Section 9.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

          (e)     If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause (other than as contemplated in clause (y) in subsection (d) of this Section), the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall take prompt steps to appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 10.11.  If, within one (1) year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 10.11, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 10.11, the Holders of at least ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Bonds may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (f)     So long as no event which is, or after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) a Board Resolution appointing a successor Trustee, effective as of a date specified therein, and (ii) an instrument of acceptance of such appointment, effective as of such date, by such successor Trustee in accordance with Section 10.11, the Trustee shall be deemed to have resigned as contemplated in subsection (b) of this Section, the successor Trustee shall be deemed to have been appointed pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section and such appointment shall be deemed to have been accepted as contemplated in Section 10.11, all as of such date, and all other provisions of this Section and Section 10.11 shall be applicable to such resignation, appointment and acceptance except to the extent inconsistent with this subsection  (f).

          (g)     The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Bond Register.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 10.11.      Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

          (a)     In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee.  Such retiring Trustee shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

          (b)     Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any instruments which fully vest in and confirm to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in subsection (a) of this Section.

          (c)     No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

SECTION 10.12.      Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

          Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Bonds shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Bonds so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Bonds.

SECTION 10.13.      Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

          If the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company or any other obligor upon the Bonds (other than by reason of a relationship described in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act), the Trustee shall be subject to any and all applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company or such other obligor. 

SECTION 10.14.      Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees .

          At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction, the Company and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the written request of the Trustee or of the Holders of at least thirty-three percent (33%) in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, the Company shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the execution and delivery of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, one or more Persons approved by the Trustee and, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, by the Company either to act as co-trustee under this Indenture, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee under this Indenture, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section.  If the Company does not join in such appointment within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee alone shall have power to make such appointment.

          Should any written instrument or instruments from the Company be required by any co-trustee or separate trustee so appointed to more fully confirm to such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Company.

          Every co-trustee or separate trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following conditions:

              (i)     the Bonds shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by the Trustee hereunder shall be exercised solely by the Trustee;

               (ii)     the rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed either by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee or separate trustee, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee or separate trustee;

               (iii)     the Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Company, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed under this Section, and, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee or separate trustee without the concurrence of the Company.  Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Company shall join with the Trustee in the execution and delivery of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal.  A successor to any co-trustee or separate trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section;

               (iv)     neither the Trustee nor any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

               (v)     any Act of Holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee and separate trustee.

SECTION 10.15.      Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

          The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Bonds of one or more series, or any Tranche thereof, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Bonds of such series or Tranche issued upon original issuance, exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.06, and Bonds so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Bonds by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

          Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

          An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company.  Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

          The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

          The provisions of Sections 3.03, 10.04 and 10.05 shall be applicable to each Authenticating Agent.

          If an appointment with respect to the Bonds of one or more series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be made pursuant to this Section, the Bonds of such series or Tranche may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

               This is one of the Bonds of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                                       ___________________________, as Trustee

                                                       By                                              
                                                              As Authenticating Agent

                                                       By                                              
                                                              Authorized Officer

          If all of the Bonds of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and if the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Bonds upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Bonds of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint, in accordance with this Section and in accordance with such procedures as shall be acceptable to the Trustee, an Authenticating Agent having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Bonds.

SECTION 10.16.      Further Assurances .

          On the Release Date, the lien of the Prior Indenture was discharged, cancelled, terminated and satisfied, and as a result, all Bonds are unsecured obligations of the Company. To the extent necessary to evidence or make effective such discharge, cancellation, termination and satisfaction, the Trustee shall, promptly upon request of the Company, (i) authorize, execute and deliver to the order of the Company such documents or instruments as, in the judgment of the Company, may be necessary, desirable or appropriate to discharge, cancel, terminate and satisfy the lien of the Prior Indenture,  and (ii) execute and deliver to the Company such deeds, termination statements and other documents and instruments as, in the judgment of the Company, may be necessary, desirable or appropriate to release, quitclaim or otherwise turn over to the Company all Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Prior Indenture).


ARTICLE XI

LISTS OF HOLDERS; REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 11.01.      Lists of Holders .

          Semiannually, not less than forty‑five (45) days nor more than sixty (60) days after June 1 and December 1 in each year, commencing 2004, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, information as to the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date no more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date such information is so furnished, and the Trustee shall preserve such information and similar information received by it in any other capacity and afford to the Holders access to information so preserved by it, all to such extent, if any, and in such manner as shall be required by the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that no such list need be furnished so long as the Trustee shall be the Bond Registrar.

SECTION 11.02.      Reports by Trustee and Company .

          Not later than July 15 in each year, commencing July 15, 2005, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders, the Commission and each securities exchange upon which any Bonds are listed a report, dated as of the next preceding May 15, with respect to any events and other matters described in Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, in such manner and to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.  The Trustee shall transmit to the Holders, the Commission and each securities exchange upon which any Bonds are listed, and the Company shall file with the Trustee (within thirty (30) days after filing with the Commission in the case of reports which pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act must be filed with the Commission and furnished to the Trustee) and cause to be transmitted to the Holders, such other information, reports and other documents, if any, at such times and in such manner, as shall be required by the Trust Indenture Act.  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).  The Company shall notify the Trustee of the listing of any Bonds on any securities exchange.


ARTICLE XII

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR OTHER TRANSFER

SECTION 12.01.      Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms .

          The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person, or convey, or otherwise transfer, or lease, all or substantially all of the Principal Property to any Person, unless:

          (a)     the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or other transfer, or which leases, all or substantially all of the Principal Property shall be a corporation, shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (such corporation being hereinafter sometimes called the “Successor Corporation”) and shall execute and deliver to the Trustee an indenture supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, which in the case of a consolidation, merger, conveyance or other transfer, or in the case of a lease if the term thereof extends beyond the last Stated Maturity of the Bonds then Outstanding, contains an assumption by the Successor Corporation of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all the Bonds then Outstanding and the performance and observance of every covenant and condition of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, and

          (b)     in the case of a lease, such lease shall be made expressly subject to termination by the Company or by the Trustee at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, and

          (c)     immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company at the time of such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

          (d)     the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the merger, consolidation, conveyance, lease or transfer, as the case may be, fully complies with all provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that the delivery of such an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel shall not be required with respect to any merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease between the Company and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the form of organization of the Company or for the purpose of forming a holding company; provided that the amount of indebtedness of the Company is not increased thereby; and provided, further that the successor assumes all obligations of the Company under this Indenture.

SECTION 12.02.      Successor Corporation Substituted .

          Upon any consolidation or merger or any conveyance or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Principal Property in accordance with Section 12.01, the Successor Corporation shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every power and right of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Corporation had been named as the “Company” herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Successor Corporation may execute and deliver to the Trustee, and thereupon the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of Article V, authenticate and deliver, Bonds in accordance with the provisions hereof.

          All Bonds so executed by the Successor Corporation, and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, shall in all respects be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all Bonds executed, authenticated and delivered prior to the time such consolidation, merger, conveyance or other transfer became effective.

          In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Bonds thereafter to be issued and the documentation thereafter to be delivered hereunder as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

SECTION 12.03.      Property of Successor Corporation .

          Unless, in the case of a consolidation, merger, conveyance or other transfer contemplated by Section 12.01, the indenture supplemental hereto contemplated in clause (a) in Section 12.01, or any other indenture, so provides, none of the properties:

          (a)     owned by the Successor Corporation or any other party to such transaction (other than the Company) immediately prior to the time of effectiveness of such transaction or

          (b)     acquired by the Successor Corporation at or after the time of effectiveness of such transaction,

shall be or become Principal Property, except, in either case, Principal Property acquired from the Company in or as a result of such transaction and to the extent not constituting Excepted Property, improvements, extensions and additions to such Principal Property and renewals, replacements and substitutions of or for any part or parts of such Principal Property.

SECTION 12.04.      Release of Company Upon Conveyance or Other Transfer .

          In the case of a conveyance or other transfer to any Person or Persons as contemplated in Section 12.01, upon the satisfaction of all the conditions specified in Section 12.01, the Company (such term being used in this Section without giving effect to such transaction) shall be released and discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and on and under all Bonds then Outstanding (unless the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an instrument in which it shall waive such release and discharge) and the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing that the Company has been so released and discharged.

SECTION 12.05.      Merger Into Company .

          (a)     Nothing in this Indenture shall be deemed to prevent or restrict any consolidation or merger after the consummation of which the Company would be the surviving or resulting company or any conveyance or other transfer, or lease, of any part of the Principal Property which does not constitute the entirety, or substantially the entirety, thereof.

          (b)     Unless, in the case of a consolidation or merger described in subsection (a) of this Section, an indenture supplemental hereto shall otherwise provide, none of the properties acquired by the Company in or as a result of such transaction or any improvements, extensions or additions to such properties or any renewals, replacements or substitutions of or for any part or parts thereof shall be or become Principal Property.


ARTICLE XIII

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 13.01.      Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

          Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

          (a)     to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Bonds, all as provided in Article XII; or

          (b)     to add one or more covenants of the Company or other provisions for the benefit of all Holders or for the benefit of the Holders of, or to remain in effect only so long as there shall be Outstanding, Bonds of one or more specified series, or one or more specified Tranches thereof; or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

          (c)     to change or eliminate any provision of this Indenture or to add any new provision to this Indenture; provided, however, that if such change, elimination or addition shall adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Bonds of any series or Tranche in any material respect, such change, elimination or addition shall become effective with respect to such series or Tranche only when no Bond of such series or Tranche remains Outstanding; or

          (d)     to establish the form or terms of Bonds of any series or Tranche as contemplated by Sections 2.01 and 3.01; or

          (e)     to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a separate or successor Trustee with respect to the Bonds of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 10.11(b); or

          (f)     to provide for the procedures required to permit the Company to issue, at its option, all or any series or Tranche of, the Bonds as uncertificated securities; or

          (g)     to change any place or places where (1) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all or any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, shall be payable, (2) all or any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, may be surrendered for registration of transfer, (3) all or any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, may be surrendered for exchange and (4) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of all or any series of Bonds, or any Tranche thereof, and this Indenture may be served; or

          (h)     to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein; or to make any other additions to, deletions from or other changes to the provisions under this Indenture, provided that such additions, deletions and/or other changes shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Bonds of any series or Tranche in any material respect; or

          (i)     to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to continue the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or under any similar federal statute enacted after March 11, 2004, and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, excluding, however the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on March 11, 2004 or any corresponding provision in any similar federal statute enacted after March 11, 2004; or

          (j)     to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the discharge of any series of Bonds pursuant to Section 8.02; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Bonds of such series or any other series of Bonds in any material respect; or

          (k)     to comply with the rules or regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which any of the Bonds may be listed or traded.

          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on the Initial Issuance Date, or at any time thereafter shall be amended and

                (x)       if any such amendment shall require one or more changes to any provisions hereof or the inclusion herein of any additional provisions, or shall by operation of law be deemed to effect such changes or incorporate such provisions by reference or otherwise, this Indenture shall be deemed to have been amended so as to conform to such amendment to the Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of any Holders, enter into an indenture supplemental hereto to evidence such amendment hereof; or

                (y)       if any such amendment shall permit one or more changes to, or the elimination of, any provisions hereof which, as of March 11, 2004 or at any time thereafter, are required by the Trust Indenture Act to be contained herein or are contained herein to reflect any provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect at such date, this Indenture shall be deemed to have been amended to effect such changes or elimination, and the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of any Holders, enter into an indenture supplemental hereto to amend this Indenture to effect such changes or elimination.

SECTION 13.02.      Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders .

          Subject to the provisions of Section 13.01, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds of all series then Outstanding under this Indenture, considered as one class, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture; provided, however, that if there shall be Bonds of more than one series Outstanding hereunder and if a proposed supplemental indenture shall directly affect the rights of the Holders of Bonds of one or more, but less than all, of such series, then the consent only of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of all series so directly affected, considered as one class, shall be required; and provided, further, that if the Bonds of any series shall have been issued in more than one Tranche and if a proposed supplemental indenture shall directly affect the rights of the Holders of Bonds of one or more, but less than all, of such Tranches, then the consent only of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of all Tranches so directly affected, considered as one class, shall be required; and provided, further, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Bond of each series or Tranche so directly affected:

          (a)     except as otherwise specified in the form or terms of the Bonds of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01 with respect to extending the Stated Maturity of any Bond of such series, change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Bond, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon (or the amount of any installment of interest thereon) or change the method of calculating such rate or reduce any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount of the principal of any Discount Bond that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 9.02, or change the coin or currency (or other property), in which any Bond or premium, if any, or interest, if any, thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Maturity of any Bond, without, in any such case, the consent of the Holder of such Bond; or

          (b)     reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of any default hereunder and its consequences, or reduce the requirements of Section 14.04 for quorum or voting; or

          (c)     modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 7.05 or Section 9.13 with respect to the Bonds of any series or any Tranche thereof (except to increase the percentages in principal amount referred to in this Section or such other Sections or to provide that other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holders of all Bonds of such series or Tranche) without, in any such case, the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Bond of such series or Tranche; provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Section 13.01(e).

          A supplemental indenture which (x) changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of the Holders of, or which is to remain in effect only so long as there shall be Outstanding, Bonds of one or more specified series, or one or more Tranches thereof, or (y) modifies the rights of the Holders of Bonds of such series or Tranches with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Bonds of any other series or Tranche.

          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

          Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Officer’s Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution, as the case may be, establishing the Bonds of any series or Tranche shall provide that the Company may make certain specified additions, changes or eliminations to or from this Indenture which shall be specified in such Officer’s Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution establishing such series or Tranche, (a) the Holders of Bonds of such series or Tranche shall be deemed to have consented to a supplemental indenture containing such additions, changes or eliminations to or from this Indenture which shall be specified in such Officer’s Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution establishing such series or Tranche, (b) no Act of such Holders shall be required to evidence such consent and (c) such consent may be counted in the determination of whether or not the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Bonds shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 13.03.      Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

          In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 10.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, immunities or liabilities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 13.04.      Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

          Upon the execution and delivery of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Bonds theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.  Any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article may restate this Indenture in its entirety, and, upon the execution and delivery thereof, any such restatement shall supersede this Indenture as theretofore in effect for all purposes.

SECTION 13.05.      Conformity With Trust Indenture Act .

          Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 13.06.      Reference in Bonds to Supplemental Indentures .

          Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Bonds of any series, or any Tranche thereof, so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranche.

SECTION 13.07.      Modification Without Supplemental Indenture .

          To the extent, if any, that the terms of any particular series of Bonds shall have been established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to a supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution as contemplated by Section 3.01, and not in a supplemental indenture, additions to, changes in or the elimination of any of such terms may be effected by means of a supplemental Board Resolution or a supplemental Officer’s Certificate, as the case may be, delivered to, and accepted by, the Trustee; provided, however, that such supplemental Board Resolution or supplemental Officer’s Certificate shall not be accepted by the Trustee or otherwise be effective unless all conditions set forth in this Indenture which would be required to be satisfied if such additions, changes or elimination were contained in a supplemental indenture shall have been appropriately satisfied.  Upon the acceptance thereof by the Trustee, any such supplemental Board Resolution or supplemental Officer’s Certificate shall be deemed to be a “supplemental indenture” for purposes of Section 13.04 and 13.06.


ARTICLE XIV

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

SECTION 14.01.      Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .

          A meeting of Holders of Bonds of one or more, or all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Bonds of such series or Tranches.

SECTION 14.02.      Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

          (a)     The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Bonds of one or more, or all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, to be held at such time and (except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section) at such place as the Trustee shall determine with the approval of the Company.  Notice of every such meeting, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than twenty-one (21) nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

          (b)     The Trustee may be asked to call a meeting of the Holders of Bonds of one or more, or all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, by the Company or by the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of all of such series and Tranches, considered as one class, for any purpose specified in Section 14.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting.  If the Trustee shall have been asked by the Company to call such a meeting, the Company shall determine the time and place for such meeting and may call such meeting by giving notice thereof in the manner provided in subsection (a) of this Section, or shall direct the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company, to give such notice.  If the Trustee shall have been asked to call such a meeting by Holders in accordance with this subsection (b), and the Trustee shall not have given the notice of such meeting within twenty-one (21) days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Holders of Bonds of such series and Tranches, in the principal amount above specified, may determine the time and the place for such meeting, such place to be approved by the Company, and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

          (c)     Any meeting of Holders of Bonds of one or more, or all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranches are present in person or by proxy and if representatives of the Company and the Trustee are present, or if notice is waived in writing before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Outstanding Bonds of such series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, or by such of them as are not present at the meeting in person or by proxy, and by the Company and the Trustee.

SECTION 14.03.      Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

          To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Bonds of one or more, or all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranches or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Bonds of such series or Tranches by such Holder or Holders.  The only Persons who shall be entitled to attend any meeting of Holders of Bonds of any series or Tranche shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

SECTION 14.04.      Quorum; Action .

          The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of the series and Tranches with respect to which a meeting shall have been called as hereinbefore provided, considered as one class, shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Bonds of such series and Tranches; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting which this Indenture expressly provides may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series and Tranches, considered as one class, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series and Tranches, considered as one class, shall constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum within one hour of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Bonds of such series and Tranches, be dissolved.  In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for such period as may be determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting.  In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for such period as may be determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting.  Except as provided by Section 14.05(e), notice of the reconvening of any meeting adjourned for more than thirty (30) days shall be given as provided in Section 1.06 not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened.  Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series and Tranches which shall constitute a quorum.

          Except as limited by Section 13.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of the series and Tranches with respect to which such meeting shall have been called, considered as one class; provided, however, that, except as so limited, any resolution with respect to any action which this Indenture expressly provides may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series and Tranches, considered as one class, may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series and Tranches, considered as one class.

          Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Bonds duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Bonds of the series and Tranches with respect to which such meeting shall have been held, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

SECTION 14.05.      Attendance at Meetings; Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

          (a)     Attendance at meetings of Holders of Bonds may be in person or by proxy; and, to the extent permitted by law, any such proxy shall remain in effect and be binding upon any future Holder of the Bonds with respect to which it was given unless and until specifically revoked by the Holder or future Holder (except as provided in Section 1.04(g)) of such Bonds before being voted.

          (b)     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Bonds in regard to proof of the holding of such Bonds and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.  Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations and approved by the Company, the holding of Bonds shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04.  Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.04 or other proof.

          (c)     The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 14.02(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Bonds of the series and Tranches calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of all series and Tranches represented at the meeting, considered as one class.

          (d)     At any meeting each Holder or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) principal amount of Outstanding Bonds held or represented by such Holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Bond challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding.  The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Bond or proxy.

          (e)     Any meeting duly called pursuant to Section 14.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of all series and Tranches represented at the meeting, considered as one class; and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 14.06.      Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .

          The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Bonds, of the series and Tranches with respect to which the meeting shall have been called, held or represented by them.  The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two (2) inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports of all votes cast at the meeting.  A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to such record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that such notice was given as provided in Section 14.02 and, if applicable, Section 14.04.  Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company, and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.  Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

SECTION 14.07.      Action Without Meeting .

          In lieu of a vote of Holders at a meeting as hereinbefore contemplated in this Article, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be made, given or taken by Holders by one or more written instruments as provided in Section 1.04.


ARTICLE XV

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 15.01.      Liability Solely Corporate .

          No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Bonds, or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, or of the indebtedness represented thereby, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement under this Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation (either directly or through the Company or a predecessor or successor corporation), whether by virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that this Indenture and all the Bonds are solely corporate obligations and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by, any incorporator, stockholder, member, officer or director, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, either directly or indirectly through the Company or any predecessor or successor corporation, because of the indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Bonds or to be implied herefrom or therefrom; and such personal liability, if any, is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the issuance of the Bonds.

_________________________

          This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                                            

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY ,

as Issuer

     

By:          KENT M. HARVEY                    

Name:      Kent M. Harvey

Title:        Senior Vice President -

               Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

      

       

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY , N.A.,

as Trustee

     

By:        JOSPEHINE LIBUNAO                  

Name:   Josephine Libunao
            Vice President

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

  GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. | 85 BROAD STREET | NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004 | TEL:  212-902-1000

To:

        

PG&E Corporation
One Market Spear Tower
Suite 2400
San Francisco, CA 94105
        

From:

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
        

Subject:

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction - VWAP Pricing (Non-Collared)
        

Ref. No:

EN50BJ000000000
        

Date:

March 4, 2005
        

               This master confirmation (“Master Confirmation”) dated as of March 4, 2005, is intended to supplement the terms and provisions of certain Transactions (each, a “Transaction”) entered into from time to time between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“GS&Co.”) and PG&E Corporation (“Counterparty”).  This Master Confirmation, taken alone, is neither a commitment by either party to enter into any Transaction nor evidence of a Transaction.  The terms of any particular Transaction shall be set forth in a Supplemental Confirmation in the form of Annex A, which references this Master Confirmation, in which event the terms and provisions of this Master Confirmation shall be deemed to be incorporated into and made a part of each such Supplemental Confirmation.  This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation together shall constitute a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.

               The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (the “Equity Definitions”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., are incorporated into this Master Confirmation.  This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation evidences a complete binding agreement between the Counterparty and GS&Co. as to the terms of each Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and the related Supplemental Confirmation relates.

               This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation, together with all other documents referring to the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) (the “ISDA Form” or the “Agreement), confirming Transactions entered into between GS&Co. and Counterparty, shall supplement, form a part of, and be subject to the ISDA Form as if GS&Co. and Counterparty had executed the Agreement (but without any Schedule) except that the following elections and modifications shall be made: (i) the election of Loss and Second Method, New York law (without regard to conflicts of law principles) as the governing law and US Dollars (“USD”) as the Termination Currency, (ii) the election that subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) will not apply to Transactions, (iii) the replacement of the word “third” in the last line of Section 5(a)(i) with the word “first”, (iv) the election that the “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) shall apply to Counterparty, with a “Threshold Amount” of USD 75 million, and (v) the replacement of clause (1) in Section 6(d)(i) with the clause “(1) showing in reasonable detail such calculations and specifying any amount payable under Section 6(e) (including, without limitation, providing all relevant quotations and assumptions and specifying the methodologies used in sufficient detail so as to enable the other party to replicate the calculation)”.  Further, for purposes of determining whether an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5(a)(vi) of the Agreement has occurred, notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in that provision, clause (1) of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply only to Specified Indebtedness that is actually declared to be due and payable before it would otherwise be due and payable under the relevant agreement or instrument, and not to Specified Indebtedness that is merely “capable at such time of being declared” so due and payable.

               All provisions contained in the Agreement shall govern this Master Confirmation and the related Supplemental Confirmation relating to a Transaction except as expressly modified herein or in the related Supplemental Confirmation.  With respect to any relevant Transaction, the Agreement, this Master Confirmation and the related Supplemental Confirmation shall represent the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter and terms of such Transaction and shall supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral communications with respect thereto.

               If, in relation to any Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and related Supplemental Confirmation relate, there is any inconsistency between the Agreement, this Master Confirmation, any Supplemental Confirmation and the Equity Definitions that are incorporated into this Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation, the following will prevail for purposes of such Transaction in the order of precedence indicated: (i) such Supplemental Confirmation; (ii) this Master Confirmation; (iii) the Agreement; and (iv) the Equity Definitions.

                    1.  Each Transaction constitutes a Share Forward Transaction for the purposes of the Equity Definitions.  Set forth below are the terms and conditions which, together with the terms and conditions set forth in each Supplemental Confirmation (in respect of each relevant Transaction), shall govern each such Transaction.

General Terms:

        

Trade Date:

     

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation. 

        

Seller:

Counterparty       

        

Buyer:

GS&Co.        

        

Shares:

Common Stock of PG&E Corp. (Ticker: PCG)        

        

Number of Shares:

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation.        

        

Forward Price:

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation.        

        

Prepayment:

Not Applicable        

        

Variable Obligation:

Not Applicable        

        

Exchange:

New York Stock Exchange        

        

Related Exchange(s):

All Exchanges        

        

Market Disruption Event:

          

The definition of “Market Disruption Event” in Section 6.3(a) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by inserting the words “at any time on any Scheduled Trading Day during the Valuation Period or” after the word “material,” in the third line thereof.

Valuation:

        

Valuation Period:

     

Each Scheduled Trading Day during the period commencing on and including the Valuation Period Start Date to and including the Valuation Date (but excluding any day(s) on which the Valuation Period is suspended in accordance with Section 5 herein and including any day(s) by which the Valuation Period is extended pursuant to the provision below).        

        

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, to the extent that any Scheduled Trading Day in the Valuation Period is a Disrupted Day, the Valuation Date shall be postponed and the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion shall extend the Valuation Period and make adjustments to the weighting of each Relevant Price for purposes of determining the Settlement Price, with such adjustments based on, among other factors, the duration of any Market Disruption Event and the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares.  To the extent that there are 9 consecutive Disrupted Days during the Valuation Period, then notwithstanding the occurrence of a Disrupted Day, the Calculation Agent shall have the option in its sole discretion to either determine the Relevant Price using its good faith estimate of the value for the Share on such 9 th consecutive day or elect to further extend the Valuation Period as it deems necessary.        

       

        

Valuation Period Start Date:

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation.        

        

Valuation Date:

          

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation (as the same may be postponed in accordance with the provisions of “Valuation Period” and Section 5 herein).

Settlement Terms:

        

Settlement Currency:

USD (all amounts shall be converted to the Settlement Currency in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent).        

        

Settlement Method Election:

Applicable; provided that (a) Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the word “Physical” in the sixth line thereof and replacing it with the words “Net Share” and deleting the word “Physical” in the last line thereof and replacing it with word “Cash” and (b) in the event that GS&Co. would deliver to the Counterparty an amount of Shares under Net Share Settlement, Cash Settlement shall be applicable in lieu of Net Share Settlement.        

        

Electing Party:

Counterparty        

        

        

Settlement Method Election Date:

        

10 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the originally scheduled Valuation Date.        

        

Defau lt Settlement Method:

Cash Settlement        

        

Forward Cash Settlement Amount:

An amount in the Settlement Currency equal to the product of (a) the Number of Shares multiplied by (b) an amount equal to (i) the Settlement Price minus (ii) the Forward Price.        

Settlement Price:

The arithmetic mean of the Relevant Prices of the Shares for each Exchange Business Day in the Valuation Period.        

        

Relevant Price:

The New York 10b-18 Volume Weighted Average Price per share of the Shares for the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof) of the Exchange on the related Exchange Business Day (without regard to pre-open or after hours trading outside of such regular trading session) as published by Bloomberg at 4:15 p.m. New York time on such date.         

        

Cash Settlement Payment Date:

3 Currency Business Days after the Valuation Date.        

        

        

Counterparty’s Contact Details for Purpose of Giving Notice:

Nicholas Bijur
Assistant Treasurer
PG&E Corporation
One Market Street, Spear Tower
Suite 2400
San Francisco, CA 94105
Telephone No.:  (415) 817-8199
Facsimile No.:  (415) 267-7265

          

       

With a copy to:
Gary Encinas
Chief Counsel-Corporate
PG&E Corporation
One Market Street, Spear Tower
Suite 2400
San Francisco, CA 94105
Telephone No.:  (415) 817-8201
Facsimile No.:  (415) 817-8225

        

          

GS&Co.’s Contact Details for Purpose of Giving Notice:


Telephone No.:  (212) 902-8996
Facsimile No.:   (212) 902-0112
Attention:  Equity Operations:  Options and Derivatives

     

With a copy to:
Kelly Coffey
Equity Capital Markets
One New York Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Telephone No.:
(212) 902-1037
Facsimile No.:
(212) 346-2126
        

Net Share Settlement:

        

Net Share Settlement Procedures:

          

Net Share Settlement shall be made in accordance with the procedures attached hereto as Annex B.        

        

Net Share Settlement Price:

The Net Share Settlement Price shall be the price per Share as of the Valuation Time on the Net Share Valuation Date as reported in the official real-time price dissemination mechanism for the Exchange.  The Net Share Settlement Price shall be reduced by the per Share amount of the underwriting discount and/or commissions agreed to pursuant to the equity underwriting or agency agreement contemplated by the Net Share Settlement Procedures.        

        

Valuation Time:

As provided in Section 6.1 of the Equity Definitions; provided that Section 6.1 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by inserting the words “Net Share,” before the words “Valuation Date” in the first and third lines thereof.        

        

Net Share Valuation Date:

The Exchange Business Day immediately following the Valuation Date.        

        

Net Share Settlement Date:

The third Exchange Business Day immediately following the Valuation Date.        

        

Reserved Shares:

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation.        

Fixed, Floating and Counterparty
Additional Payment Amounts Payable:

Floating Amount Payable by GS&Co.:

        

Floating Amount Payment Date:

          

The Cash Settlement Payment Date        

        

Floating Amount:

For each Transaction, an amount equal to the sum of the applicable Federal Funds Rate multiplied by (i) the Daily Notional Amount multiplied by (ii) 1/360 for each day from and including the Floating Amount Accrual Date to and including the Valuation Date.        

Floating Amount Accrual Date:

Trade Date     

        

Federal Funds Rate:

For any date of determination, the “Fed Funds Open Rate,” which shall be the interest rate reported on Bloomberg under the symbol “FEDSOPEN <index>” on such date.  For the avoidance of doubt, for any day which is not a Currency Business Day the “Federal Funds Open Rate” for the immediately preceding Currency Business Day shall apply.        

        

Daily Notional Amount:

Commencing with the Floating Amount Accrual Date, for any date of determination, the Daily Notional Amount shall be an amount equal to the product of the Initial Notional Amount (as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation) multiplied by a fraction with a numerator equal to the Originally Scheduled Number of Scheduled Trading Days in the Valuation Period minus the number of Exchange Business Days in the Valuation Period that have elapsed (other than any days during which the Valuation Period is suspended pursuant to Section 5 herein) as of such date of determination and a denominator equal to the Originally Scheduled Number of Scheduled Trading Days in the Valuation Period (such fraction, the “Remaining Percentage”).        

        

To the extent that the Valuation Period is extended pursuant to the terms of this Master Confirmation, the Calculation Agent shall adjust the Daily Notional Amount commencing with the first Exchange Business Day after such extension (the “Valuation Period Extension Date”).  The notional amount deemed to be remaining at the end of the Exchange Business Day before the Valuation Period Extension Date (the “Remaining Notional Value”) shall be the Initial Notional Value multiplied by the Remaining Percentage at the end of such day.  Commencing with the Valuation Period Extension Date, for any date of determination, the Daily Notional Amount shall be equal to the product of the Remaining Notional Value multiplied by a fraction with (a) a numerator equal to (i) the number of Scheduled Trading Days remaining from and including the Valuation Period Extension Date to the Valuation Date after extension (the “Remaining Scheduled Trading Days”) minus (ii) the number of Exchange Business Days in the Valuation Period after extension from and including the Valuation Period Extension Date that have elapsed (other than any days during which the Valuation Period after extension is suspended pursuant to Section 5 herein) as of such date of determination and (b) a denominator equal to the Remaining Scheduled Trading Days.        

Fixed Amount Payable by Counterparty:

        

Fixed Amount Payment Date:

          

The Cash Settlement Payment Date        

        

Fixed Amount:

For each Transaction, an amount equal to the sum of (I) the applicable Daily Additional Spread multiplied by (i) the Daily Notional Amount multiplied by (ii) 1/360 for each day from and including the Floating Amount Accrual Date to and including the Valuation Date plus (II) an amount equal to the sum of the applicable Fixed Rate multiplied by (i)   the Notional Amount multiplied by (ii)  1/360 for each day from and including the Floating Amount Accrual Date to and including the Valuation Date.        

        

        

Fixed Rate:

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation.        

        

Daily Additional Spread:

The Additional Spread shall be 25 basis points         

        

Notional Amount:

For any date of determination, 105% of the Daily Notional Amount.        

        

Counterparty Additional Amount
Payable by Company:

        

Counterparty Additional Payment Amount:

          

For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation.        

        

Counterparty Additional Payment Date:

The Cash Settlement Payment Date.        

Settlement Terms for Fixed Amount and
Counterparty Additional Payment Amount:

        

Settlement Currency

          

USD (all amounts shall be converted to the Settlement Currency in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent).        

        

Settlement Method Election:

Applicable; provided that Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the word “Physical” in the sixth line thereof and replacing it with the words “Net Share” and deleting the word “Physical” in the last line thereof and replacing it with the word “Cash”.        

        

Electing Party:

Counterparty        

        

Settlement Method Election Date:

10 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the originally scheduled Valuation Date.        

        

Default Settlement Method:

Cash Settlement        

Share Adjustments:

        

Method of Adjustment:

          

Calculation Agent Adjustment        

Extraordinary Events:

Consequences of Merger Events:                   Subject to Section 7(b) of the Master Confirmation:

        

(a)     Share-for-Share:

          

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

      

(b)     Share-for-Other:

Cancellation and Payment on that portion of the Other Consideration that consists of cash; Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment on the remainder of the Other Consideration.

       

(c)     Share-for-Combined:

Component Adjustment        

        

Determining Party:

GS&Co.        

Tender Offer:                                                Applicable

Consequences of Tender Offers:                   Subject to Section 7(b) of the Master Confirmation:

        

(a)     Share-for-Share:

          

Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment        

        

(b)     Sha re-for-Other:

Cancellation and Payment on that portion of the Other Consideration that consists of cash; Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment on the remainder of the Other Consideration.        

        

(c)     Share-for-Combined:

Component Adjustment        

        

Determining Party:

GS&Co.        

        

Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting:

Subject to Section 7(a) of this Master Confirmation, Negotiated Close-out; provided that in addition to the provisions of Section 12.6(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions, it shall also constitute a Delisting if the Exchange is located in the United States and the Shares are not immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or The NASDAQ National Market (or their respective successors); if the Shares are immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any such exchange or quotation system, such exchange or quotation system shall be deemed to be the Exchange.        

Additional Disruption Events:

        

(a)     Change in Law:

          

Applicable; provided that Section 12.9(a)(ii)(Y) of the Equity Definitions is hereby deleted.        

        

(b)     Failure to Deliver:

Not Applicable        

        

(c)      Insolvency Filing:

Applicable        

        

(d)     Loss of Stock Borrow:

Applicable; provided that Loss of Stock Borrow shall not constitute an Additional Disruption Event so long as Counterparty agrees to pay the Hedging Party the amount by which the stock loan rate necessary to maintain a borrowing of Shares by GS&Co. (“Hedge Position”) in connection with the Transaction exceeds the Maximum Stock Loan Rate.        

        

Maximum Stock Loan Rate

30 basis points        

        

(e)     Hedging Disruption:

Not Applicable.        

        

(f)     Increased Cost of Hedging:

Not Applicable.        

        

(g)     Increased Cost of Stock Borrow: 

Not Applicable.        

        

Hedging Party:

GS&Co.        

        

Determining Party:

GS&Co.        

        

Non-Reliance:

Applicable        

        

Agreements and Acknowledgements Regarding Hedging Activities:

Applicable        

        

          

        

Additional Acknowledgements:

Applicable        

        

Net Share Settlement following Extraordinary Event:

Counterparty shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 12.7 or 12.9 of the Equity Definitions (except with respect to any portion of the consideration for the Shares consisting of cash in the event of a Merger Event or Tender Offer) following the occurrence of an Extraordinary Event by electing to Net Share Settle the Transactions under this Master Confirmation in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, for Net Share Settlement herein by giving written notice to GS&Co. of such election on the day that the notice fixing the date that the Transactions are terminated or cancelled, as the case may be, (the “Cancellation Date”) pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 12 of the Equity Definitions is effective.  If Counterparty elects Net Share Settlement: (a) the Net Share Valuation Date shall be the date specified in the notice fixing the date that the Transactions are terminated or cancelled, as the case may be; provided that the Net Share Valuation Date shall be either the  Exchange Business Day that such notice is effective or the first Exchange Business Day immediately following the Exchange Business Day that such notice is effective, (b) the Net Share Settlement Date shall be deemed to be the Exchange Business Day immediately following the Cancellation Date and (c) all references to the Forward Cash Settlement Amount , the Fixed Amount and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount, as the case may be, in Annex B hereto shall be deemed to be references to the Cancellation Amount.   The definition of “Cancellation Amount” in Section 12.8 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by inserting the following paragraph: “(h) The Determining Party shall show the other party in reasonable detail its calculation of the Cancellation Amount, including without limitation providing all relevant quotations and assumptions and specifying the methodologies used in sufficient detail so as to enable the other party to replicate the calculation”.        

        

        

Net Share Settlement Upon Early Termination:

Counterparty shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to make any payment required to be made by it (the “Early Termination Amount”) pursuant to Sections 6(d) and 6(e) of the Agreement following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date in respect of the Agreement by electing to Net Share Settle all the Transactions under this Master Confirmation in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, for Net Share Settlement herein by giving written notice to GS&Co. of such election on the day that the notice fixing an Early Termination Date is effective.  If Counterparty elects Net Share Settlement: (a) the Net Share Valuation Date shall be the date specified in the notice fixing an Early Termination Date; provided that the Net Share Valuation Date shall be either the Exchange Business Day that such notice is effective or the first Exchange Business Day immediately following the Exchange Business Day that such notice is effective, (b) the Net Share Settlement Date shall be deemed to be the Exchange Business Day immediately following the Early Termination Date (except for an Early Termination as a result of Section 7(d), in which event the Net Share Settlement Date shall be deemed to be the tenth Exchange Business Day following the Early Termination Date) and (c) all references to Forward Cash Settlement Amount , the Fixed Amount and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount, as the case may be, in Annex B hereto shall be deemed references to the Early Termination Amount.          

        

          

Transfer:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, GS&Co. may assign, transfer and set over all rights, title and interest, powers, privileges and remedies of GS&Co. under any Transaction, in whole or in part, to an affiliate of GS&Co. that is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. without the consent of Counterparty, provided that Counterparty is not required to make a payment to GS&Co. in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax as a result of such transfer.        

        

GS&Co. Payment Instructions:

Chase Manhattan Bank New York
For A/C Goldman, Sachs & Co.
A/C # 930-1-011483
ABA:  021-000021
        

        

Counterparty Payment Instructions:

PG&E Corporation Master Account No. 099023
Mellon Trust of New England, N.A.
Boston, MA
ABA Routing No: 011001234
        

        

          

                    2.   Calculation Agent :  GS&Co.

                    3.   Representations, Warranties and Covenants of GS&Co. and Counterparty .  

                         (a)  Each party represents and warrants that it (i) is an “eligible contract participant”, as defined in the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended and (ii) is entering into each Transaction hereunder as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise) and not for the benefit of any third party.

                        (b)  Each party acknowledges that the offer and sale of each Share Forward Transaction to it is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof and the provisions of Regulation D promulgated thereunder (“Regulation D”); and this acknowledgement shall not be deemed to extend to Settlement Shares or Early Settlement Shares.  Accordingly, each party represents and warrants to the other that (i) it has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of its investment in each Share Forward Transaction and is able to bear a total loss of its investment, (ii) it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined under Regulation D, (iii) it will purchase each Share Forward Transaction for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, and (iv) the disposition of each Share Forward Transaction is restricted under this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation, the Securities Act and state securities laws.

                    4.   Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Counterparty.

 As of the date hereof and the date of each Supplemental Confirmation, Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to GS&Co. that:

                              (a)  the purchase or writing of each Transaction will not violate Rule 13e-1 or Rule 13e-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”);

                              (b)  is not entering into any Transaction on the basis of, and is not aware of, any material non-public information with respect to the Shares or in anticipation of, in connection with, or to facilitate, a distribution of its securities, a self tender offer or a third-party tender offer;

                              (c)  it is not entering into any Transaction to create, and will not engage in any other securities or derivative transaction to create, a false or misleading appearance of active trading or market activity in the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares), or which would otherwise violate the Exchange Act;

                              (d)  Counterparty is in compliance with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act and its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, together with all reports subsequently filed by it pursuant to the Exchange Act, taken together and as amended and supplemented to the date of this representation, do not, as of their respective filing dates, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading;

                              (e)  each Transaction is being entered into pursuant to a publicly disclosed Share buy-back program and its Board of Directors has approved the use of the Transaction to effect the Share buy-back program;

                              (f)  notwithstanding the generality of Section 13.1 of the Equity Definitions, GS&Co. is not making any representations or warranties with respect to the treatment of any Transaction under FASB Statements 149 or 150, EITF 00-19 (or any successor issue statements) or under FASB’s Liabilities & Equity Project;

                              (g)  it has not, and during any Valuation Period (as extended pursuant to the provisions of Section   5 and “Valuation Period” herein) will not, enter into agreements similar to the Transactions described herein except with GS&Co. or an entity affiliated with GS&Co. where the valuation period in such other transaction will overlap at any time (including as a result of extensions in such valuation period as provided in the relevant agreements) with any Valuation Period (as extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 and “Valuation Period” herein) under this Master Confirmation.  In the event that the valuation period in any other similar transaction with an entity other than GS&Co. or an entity affiliated with GS&Co. overlaps with any Valuation Period under this Master Confirmation as a result of any extension made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 and “Valuation Period” herein, Counterparty shall promptly amend such transaction to avoid any such overlap; and

                              (h)  it shall report each Transaction as required under the Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

                    5.   Suspension of Valuation Period; Extension of Valuation Period

                              (a)  If Counterparty concludes that it will be engaged in a distribution of the Shares for purposes of Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Regulation M”), Counterparty agrees that it will, on one Scheduled Trading Day’s written notice, direct GS&Co. not to purchase Shares in connection with hedging any Transaction during the “restricted period” (as defined in Regulation M).  If on any Scheduled Trading Day Counterparty delivers written notice (and confirms by telephone) by 8:30 a.m. New York Time (the “Notification Time”), then such notice shall be effective to suspend the Valuation Period as of such Notification Time.  In the event that Counterparty delivers notice and/or confirms by telephone after the Notification Time, then the Valuation Period shall be suspended effective as of 8:30 a.m. New York Time on the following Scheduled Trading Day or as otherwise required by law or agreed between Counterparty and GS&Co.  The Valuation Period shall be suspended and the Valuation Date extended for each Scheduled Trading Day in such restricted period.

                              (b)  In the event that GS&Co. concludes, in its reasonable discretion, that it is appropriate with respect to any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by GS&Co.), for it to refrain from purchasing Shares on any Scheduled Trading Day during the Valuation Period, GS&Co. may by written notice to Counterparty elect to suspend the Valuation Period for such number of Scheduled Trading Days as is specified in the notice.  The notice shall not specify, and GS&Co. shall not otherwise communicate to Counterparty, the reason for GS&Co.’s election to suspend the Valuation Period.  The Valuation Period shall be suspended and the Valuation Date extended for each Scheduled Trading Day occurring during any such suspension.

                              (c)  In the event that the Valuation Period is suspended pursuant to Sections 5(a) or (b) above during the regular trading session on the Exchange, then the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion shall, in calculating the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, extend the Valuation Period and make adjustments to the weighting of each Relevant Price for purposes of determining the Settlement Price, with such adjustments based on, among other factors, the duration of any such suspension and the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares.

                              (d)  On the first Exchange Business Day of each calendar week during the Valuation Period, to the extent that the Number of Daily Reference Shares exceeds 25% of the ADTV (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 10b-18”)) for the Shares on such day, the Calculation Agent will (i) adjust the Number of Daily Reference Shares to equal an amount equal to 15% of ADTV for the Shares determined and effective on such Exchange Business Day and (ii) deem the remaining Scheduled Trading Days in the Valuation Period to be equal to the Remaining Number of Shares divided by the Number of Daily Reference Shares (after giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to (i) above), rounded up to the nearest whole number.

                               “Number of Daily Reference Shares” means, for each Transaction, initially the Initial Number of Daily Reference Shares (as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation) and thereafter as may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 5(d); provided that on the first Exchange Business Day of the fifth calendar week following any such adjustment the Number of Daily Reference Shares shall equal the lesser of (i) the Initial Number of Daily Reference Shares and (ii) 15% of the ADTV of the Shares determined on such Exchange Business Day.

                               “Remaining Number of Shares” means, for each Transaction and as of any date of determination, a number of Shares equal to (i) the Number of Shares minus (ii) the sum of, for each Exchange Business Day in the Valuation Period up to and including such date, the Number of Shares divided by the total number of Exchange Business Days in the Valuation Period (the “Daily Amount”).  The Daily Amount will be deemed to be zero for each day on which the Valuation Period is suspended in accordance with Sections 5(a) and (b) hereof.  In the event that the Valuation Period is extended pursuant to the terms of this Master Confirmation, the Calculation Agent may make corresponding adjustments to the amount of the Remaining Number of Shares.

                              6.   Counterparty Purchases.  Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to GS&Co. that for each Transaction :

                              (a)  Counterparty (or any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18) shall not, purchase any Shares, listed contracts on the Shares or securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares (including, without limitation, any Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks (as defined in Rule 10b-18)) during any Valuation Period (as extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 and “Valuation Period” herein) except for purchases through GS&Co. or an entity affiliated with GS&Co., or if not through GS&Co., with the prior written consent of GS&Co., and in compliance with Rule 10b-18 or otherwise in a manner that Counterparty and GS&Co. believe is in compliance with applicable requirements and except for purchases in connection with management compensation plans or other employee benefit arrangements and except for purchases of the Counterparty’s 9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010, provided such purchases are made in compliance with any applicable legal regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures (whether such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by GS&Co. for uniform application to all such purchases).  Any such purchase by Counterparty shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Forward Cash Settlement Amount.  To the extent that Counterparty makes any such purchase other than through GS&Co., or other than in connection with any Transaction, Counterparty hereby represents and warrants to GS&Co. that (a) it will not take other action that would or could cause GS&Co.’s purchases of the Shares during the Valuation Period not to comply with Rule 10b-18 and (b) any such purchases will not otherwise constitute a violation of Section 9(a) or Rule 10(b) of the Exchange Act.  This subparagraph (a) shall not restrict any purchases by Counterparty of Shares effected during any suspension of any Valuation Period in accordance with Section 5 herein and any purchases during such suspension shall be disregarded in calculating the Forward Cash Settlement Amount; and for the avoidance of doubt, this subparagraph (a) shall not restrict any holders of outstanding securities of the Counterparty from exercising or converting such securities to Shares; and

                              (b)  Counterparty is entering into this Master Confirmation and each Transaction hereunder in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 10b5-1”).  It is the intent of the parties that each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) and each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c).  Counterparty will not seek to control or influence GS&Co. to make "purchases or sales" (within the meaning of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B)(3)) under any Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation, including, without limitation, GS&Co.’s decision to enter into any hedging transactions.  Counterparty represents and warrants that it has consulted with its own advisors as to the legal aspects of its adoption and implementation of this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation under Rule 10b5-1.

                              7.   Additional Termination Events .  Additional Termination Events will apply under Section 5(b)(v) of the Agreement.  The following will constitute Additional Termination Events, in each case with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party:

                              (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, the occurrence of a Nationalization, Insolvency or a Delisting (in each case effective on the Announcement Date as determined by the Calculation Agent);

                              (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, the occurrence of a Merger Event (effective on the Merger Date) or a Tender Offer (effective on the Tender Offer Date) in respect of which any Other Consideration received for the Shares does not consist of cash.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that any portion of the consideration received for the Shares consists of cash or New Shares, this Additional Termination Event shall only apply with respect to all or any Transaction(s) (or portions thereof) remaining after giving effect to the provisions in “Consequences of Merger Events” or “Consequences of Tender Offers”, as the case may be, above;

                           (c)  [reserved]; or

                               (d)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, one day prior to the ex-dividend date in respect of any Extraordinary Dividend (as specified in the Supplemental Confirmation) by the Issuer; provided that in the event that GS&Co. and Counterparty enter into a mutually acceptable new transaction (using their good faith and commercially reasonable efforts) on or prior to one day prior to the ex-dividend date in respect of the Extraordinary Dividend, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Agreement or otherwise to be owed by Counterparty and GS&Co. with respect to the Affected Transaction(s) shall be deemed to be only the amounts that would otherwise be owed hereunder in respect of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (the “Termination Forward Settlement Amount”), the Floating Amount (the “Termination Floating Amount”), the Fixed Amount, (the “Termination Fixed Amount”) and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount if the Early Termination Date were the Cash Settlement Payment Date, and shall be payable in cash or (in the case of the Counterparty) by Net Share Settlement or a combination of the two.   In the event that an Early Termination Date would otherwise occur pursuant to this clause 7(d) while the Counterparty is in possession of, or is aware of, material, non-public information, the Early Termination Date shall not be deemed to occur until the day after the day on which Counterparty is not in possession of, and is not aware of, material non-public information so long as, if, at the Counterparty’s option, on or prior to one day prior to the ex-dividend date for such Extraordinary Dividend, Counterparty agrees to pay GS&Co. no later than the earlier of the entry into the new transaction or the dividend payment date for such Extraordinary Dividend, a fixed amount in cash or by Net Share Settlement or a combination of the two, that shall be determined in good faith by GS&Co. as having a value equal to (i) the amount per share of such Extraordinary Dividend multiplied by (ii) the actual number of Shares that will remain borrowed by GS&Co. in connection with any Hedge Positions related to the Transaction as of such ex-dividend date.  If the Counterparty does not so agree on or prior to one day prior to the ex-dividend date for such Extraordinary Dividend, the Early Termination Date shall occur at the close of business on the Exchange Business Day that is one day prior to the ex-dividend date.  For purposes of this Section 7(d):  the Termination Forward Settlement Amount shall mean an  amount in Settlement Currency equal to the product of (a) the Termination Trading Days multiplied by the Initial Number of Daily Reference Shares multiplied by (b) an amount equal to (i) the Termination Settlement Price minus (ii) the Forward Price; the Termination Floating Amount shall mean an amount equal to the sum of the applicable Federal Funds Rate multiplied by (i) the Daily Notional Amount multiplied by (ii) 1/360 for each day from and including the Floating Amount Accrual Date to but excluding the Early Termination Date; and the Termination Fixed Amount shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (I) the applicable Daily Additional Spread multiplied by (i) the Daily Notional Amount multiplied by (ii) 1/360 for each day from and including the Floating Amount Accrual Date to but excluding the Early Termination Date plus (II) an amount equal to the sum of the applicable Fixed Rate multiplied by (i)   the Notional Amount multiplied by (ii) 1/360 for each day from and including the Floating Amount Accrual Date to but excluding the Early Termination Date.  Also for purposes of this Section 7(d): “Termination Trading Days” shall mean the number of Exchange Business Days (excluding any day(s) on which the Valuation Period was suspended in accordance with Section 5 herein or as a result of any Scheduled Trading Day being a Disrupted Day) from and including the Valuation Period Start Date to and including the Early Termination Date; “Termination Valuation Period” shall mean the Exchange Business  Days during the period commencing on and including the Valuation Period Start Date to and including the Early Termination Date (but excluding any day(s) on which the Valuation Period was suspended in accordance with Section 5 herein or as a result of any Scheduled Trading Day being a Disrupted Day and including any day(s) by which the Valuation Period was extended pursuant to the provision below); and the “Termination Settlement Price” shall mean the arithmetic mean of the Relevant Prices of the Shares for each Exchange Business Day in the Termination Valuation Period. 

                              8.   Automatic Termination Provisions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6 of the Agreement:

                              (a)  An Additional Termination Event with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party will automatically occur without any notice or action by GS&Co. or Counterparty if the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below the Termination Price (as specified in the related Supplemental Confirmation) provided that (for the avoidance of doubt only) such Additional Termination Event shall be an Additional Termination Event only with respect to the Transaction documented in such related Supplemental Confirmation.  The Exchange Business Day that the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below the Termination Price will be the “Early Termination Date” for purposes of the Agreement.

                              (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(d) of the Agreement, following the occurrence of such an Additional Termination Event, GS&Co. will notify Counterparty of the amount owing under Section 6(e) of the Agreement within a commercially reasonable time period (with such period based upon the amount of time, determined by GS&Co. (or any of its Affiliates) in its reasonable discretion, that it would take to unwind any of its Hedge Position(s) related to the Transaction in a commercially reasonable manner based on relevant market indicia).  For purposes of the “Net Share Settlement Upon Early Termination” provisions herein, (i) the date that such notice is effective (the “Notice Date”) shall constitute the “Net Share Valuation Date”, (ii) the Exchange Business Day immediately following the Notice Date shall be the Net Share Settlement Date and (iii) all references to the Forward Cash Amount or the Fixed Amount in Annex B hereto shall be deemed to be the Early Termination Amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, Hedge Position shall only mean any purchase, sale, entry into or maintenance of one or more stock borrowing transactions by GS&Co. or its Affiliates in respect of the Shares in connection with this Transaction and, notwithstanding the forgoing portions of this paragraph and Sections 6(d) and (e) of the Agreement, Counterparty shall be entitled to satisfy the Hedge Position by delivery of the Number of Early Settlement Shares as defined in and pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.

                              9.   Special Provisions for Merger Events .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions, to the extent that an Announcement Date for a potential Merger Transaction occurs during any Valuation Period:

                              (a)  Promptly after request from GS&Co., Counterparty shall provide GS&Co. with written notice specifying (i) Counterparty’s average daily Rule 10b-18 Purchases (as defined in Rule 10b-18) during the three full calendar months immediately preceding the Announcement Date that were not effected through GS&Co. or its affiliates and (ii) the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act for the three full calendar months preceding the Announcement Date.  Such written notice shall be deemed to be a certification by Counterparty to GS&Co. that such information is true and correct.  Counterparty understands that GS&Co. will use this information in calculating the trading volume for purposes of Rule 10b-18; and

                              (b)  GS&Co. in its sole discretion may (i) make adjustments to the terms of any Transaction, including, without limitation, the Valuation Date and the Number of Shares to account for the number of Shares that could be purchased on each day during the Valuation Period in compliance with Rule 10b-18 following the Announcement Date or (ii) treat the occurrence of the Announcement Date as an Additional Termination Event with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party. 

                               “Merger Transaction” means any merger, acquisition or similar transaction involving a recapitalization as contemplated by Rule 10b-18(a)(13)(iv) under the Exchange Act.

                              10.   Special Settlement Following Early Termination and Extraordinary Events .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation hereunder, in the event that an Extraordinary Event under Article 12 of the Equity Definitions occurs or an Early Termination Date under Section 6 of the Agreement occurs or is designated with respect to any Transaction (each an “Affected Transaction”), then either party may elect, by notice to the other party, to have Counterparty deliver the Number of Early Settlement Shares to GS&Co. on the date that such notice is effective (provided that GS&Co. determines in its good faith sole discretion that such delivery is in compliance with any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures), except for a termination as a result of Section 7(d), in which event the date of delivery shall be the tenth Business Day thereafter.  To the extent that Counterparty elects to deliver Shares to GS&Co. accompanied by an effective Registration Statement (satisfactory to GS&Co. in its reasonable discretion) covering such Early Settlement Shares, Counterparty must be in compliance with the conditions specified in (iii) though (ix) in Annex B hereto at the time of such delivery.  If Counterparty elects to deliver Unregistered Shares (as defined in Annex B) to GS&Co., Counterparty and GS&Co. will negotiate in good faith on acceptable procedures and documentation relating to the sale of such Unregistered Shares.

                               “Number of Early Settlement Shares” means a number of Shares based on the Hedge Positions of GS&Co. or any of its Affiliates’ with respect to each Affected Transaction under this Master Confirmation at the time of the Extraordinary Event or Early Termination Date, as applicable.

                               In determining the amount of Loss under Section 6(e) of the Agreement or the Cancellation Amount under Article 12, the parties shall take into account the Floating Rate Amount that would have otherwise been due to the Counterparty and the Fixed Amount that would have otherwise been due to GS&Co., and the difference between the New York 10b-18 Volume Weighted Average Price per share of the Shares over the Valuation Period as compared to the Forward Price.  Further, if Counterparty delivers Early Settlement Shares, an amount equal to the product of (i)   the Number of Early Settlement Shares multiplied by (ii) the Forward Price (or if Counterparty delivers Unregistered Shares, as reduced by a discount determined by GS&Co. in a good faith commercially reasonable manner based on the discount to the New York 10b-18 Volume Weighted Average Price at which it could sell the Shares and whether GS&Co. and Counterparty have agreed on acceptable procedures and documentation relating to such Unregistered Shares as described above) shall be credited against any amount owing under Section 6(e) of the Agreement or pursuant to Article 12 of the Equity Definitions or otherwise under this Master Confirmation.

                              11.   Acknowledgments .  The parties hereto intend for:

                              (a)  Each Transaction to be a “securities contract” as defined in Section 741(7) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “Bankruptcy Code”), a “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code, or a “forward contract” as defined in Section 101(25) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the parties hereto to be entitled to the protections afforded by, among other Sections, Sections 362(b)(6), 362(b)(17), 555, 556, and 560 of the Bankruptcy Code;

                              (b)  A party’s right to liquidate or terminate any Transaction, net out or offset termination values of payment amounts, and to exercise any other remedies upon the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Agreement with respect to the other party to constitute a “contractual right” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code);

                              (c)  All payments for, under or in connection with each Transaction, all payments for the Shares and the transfer of such Shares to constitute “settlement payments” and “transfers” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code).

                              12.   Set-Off .  The parties agree to amend Section 6 of the Agreement by adding a new Section 6(f) thereto as follows:

“(f)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or Termination Event with respect to a party who is the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party ("X"), the other party ("Y") will have the right (but not be obliged) without prior notice to X or any other person to set-off or apply any obligation of X owed to Y   (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under the Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation) against any obligation of Y owed to X (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under the Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation).  Y will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).

Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) subject to set-off may be converted by Y into the Termination Currency at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.  If any obligation is unascertained, Y may in good faith estimate that obligation and set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.  Nothing in this Section 6(f) shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest.  This Section 6(f) shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).”

                              13.   Payment Date Upon Early Termination .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement, all amounts calculated as being due in respect of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) of the Agreement will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective, except as otherwise provided in this Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation.

                              14.   Share Settlement; Maximum Shares .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Master Confirmation, the Agreement or the Equity Definitions, Counterparty may satisfy all amounts it may owe GS&Co. hereunder and under each Supplemental Confirmation by delivery of Shares in accordance with Annex B and/or Section 10 hereof, and is solely vested with the right to determine whether to satisfy its obligations in Shares, in cash or in a combination of the two.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Master Confirmation, the Agreement or the Equity Definitions, Counterparty and GS&Co. agree that if Counterparty elects to satisfy its obligations to GS&Co. by delivery of Shares, the delivery of a number of Shares equal to the Reserved Shares will satisfy in full the obligation of Counterparty to make any payments pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Agreement, Article 12 of the Equity Definitions or otherwise in respect of the Transaction.

                              15.   Governing Law .  The Agreement, this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation and all matters arising in connection with the Agreement, this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without reference to its choice of law doctrine.

                              16.   Offices .

                              (a)  The Office of GS&Co. for each Transaction is:  One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004. 

                              (b)  The Office of Counterparty for each Transaction is:  One Market Spear Tower, Suite 2400 San Francisco, CA 94105.

                               17.   Arbitration .

                               (a)  Arbitration is final and binding on Counterparty and GS&Co.

                               (b)  Counterparty and GS&Co. are waiving their right to seek remedies in court, including the right to a jury trial.

                               (c)  Pre-arbitration discovery is generally more limited than and different from court proceedings.

                               (d)  The arbitrators’ award is not required to include factual findings or legal reasoning and any party’s right to appeal or to seek modification of rulings by the arbitrators is strictly limited.

                               (e)  The panel of arbitrators will typically include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry.

                               Any controversy between or among GS&Co. or its affiliates, or any of its or their partners, directors, agents or employees, on the one hand, and Counterparty or its agents and affiliates, on the other hand, arising out of or relating to the Agreement or any Transaction entered into hereunder, shall be settled by arbitration, in accordance with the then current rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), except that  the provisions of this Section 17 shall supersede any conflicting or inconsistent provisions of such rules.  Each party shall appoint a qualified arbitrator within 5 days after the giving of notice by either party.  If either party shall fail timely to appoint a qualified arbitrator, the appointed, qualified arbitrator shall select the second qualified arbitrator within 5 days after such party's failure to appoint.  The qualified arbitrators so appointed shall meet and shall, if possible, determine such matter within 10 days after the second qualified arbitrator is appointed, and their determination shall be binding on the parties.  If for any reason such two qualified arbitrators fail to agree on such matter within such period of 10 days, then either party may request the AAA to appoint a qualified arbitrator who shall be impartial within 7 days of such request and both parties shall be bound by any appointment so made by the AAA.  Within 7 days after the third qualified arbitrator has been appointed, each of the first two qualified arbitrators shall submit their respective determinations to the third qualified arbitrator who must select one or the other of such determinations (whichever the third qualified arbitrator believes to be correct or closest to a correct determination) within 7 days after the first two qualified arbitrators shall have submitted their respective determinations to the third qualified arbitrator, and the selection so made shall in all cases be binding upon the parties, and judgment upon such decision may be entered into any court having jurisdiction.  In the event of the failure, refusal or inability of a qualified arbitrator to act, a successor shall be appointed within 10 days as hereinbefore provided.  The costs of the arbitration shall be funded 50% by each party, and the parties shall bear their own attorneys' fees, during the arbitration.  The prevailing party shall be repaid all of such expenses by the non-prevailing party within 10 days after the final determination of the qualified arbitrator(s).  The award of the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court, state or Federal, having jurisdiction.

                               Neither party shall bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration, nor seek to enforce any pre-dispute arbitration agreement against any person who has initiated in court a putative class action; who is a member of a putative class who has not opted out of the class with respect to any claims encompassed by the putative class action until:

                               (i)      the class certification is denied;

                               (ii)     the class is decertified; or

                               (iii)    the party is excluded from the class by the court.

Such forbearance to enforce an agreement to arbitrate shall not constitute a waiver of any rights under the Agreement except to the extent stated herein.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


                              18.  Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Master Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by GS&Co.) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between GS&Co. and Counterparty with respect to any Transaction, by manually signing this Master Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Equity Derivatives Documentation Department, facsimile No. 212-428-1980/83.

Yours sincerely,

      

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:        Frank Huber             
             Vice President                  
              Authorized Signatory

Agreed and Accepted By:

      

PG&E CORPORATION

By:   Leroy T. Barnes                                                                 
Name:  Leroy T. Barnes
Title:  Vice President and Treasurer



ANNEX A

SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION FOR FULLY UNCOLLARED TRANSACTIONS

To:

            

PG&E Corporation
One Market Spear Tower
Suite 2400
San Francisco, CA 94105

     

From:

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

     

Subject:

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction – VWAP Pricing

     

Ref. No:

EN50BJ000000000

     

Date:

March 4, 2005


                        The purpose of this Supplemental Confirmation is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“GS&Co.”) and PG&E Corporation (“Counterparty”) (together, the “Contracting Parties”) on the Trade Date specified below.  This Supplemental Confirmation is a binding contract between GS&Co. and Counterparty as of the relevant Trade Date for the Transaction referenced below. 

1.                     This Supplemental Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to the Master Confirmation dated as of March 4, 2005 (the “Master Confirmation”) between the Contracting Parties, as amended and supplemented from time to time.  The definitions and provisions contained in the Master Confirmation are incorporated into this Supplemental Confirmation, except as expressly modified below.  In the event of any inconsistency between those definitions and provisions and this Supplemental Confirmation, this Supplemental Confirmation will govern.

2.                     The terms of the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates are as follows:

Trade Date:

March 4, 2005.

     

Forward Price:

USD 35.60 per Share

     

Number of Shares:

29,489,400 Shares

     

Valuation Period Start Date:

March 7, 2005

     

Valuation Date:

September 7, 2005

     

Termination Price:

$10 per Share

     

Fixed Rate:

25 basis points

     

Reserved Shares:

Two times the Number of Shares

     

Extraordinary Dividends:

Any cash dividend declared by the Issuer in excess of $0.00 per Share except for the dividend in the amount of $0.30 per Share payable on April 15, 2005

     

Initial Number of Daily Reference Shares:

228,600 Shares

     

Initial Notional Amount:

The Number of Shares multiplied by the Forward Price.

     

Counterparty Additional Payment Amount:

USD 7,818,120.00

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


3.                     Counterparty represents and warrants to GS&Co. that neither it (nor any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) have made any purchases of blocks except through GS&Co. or an entity affiliated with GS&Co. pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act during the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the Trade Date.

                        Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Supplemental Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by GS&Co.) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between GS&Co. and Counterparty with respect to this Transaction, by manually signing this Supplemental Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Equity Derivatives Documentation Department, facsimile No. 212-428-1980/83.

Yours sincerely,

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:        Vanessa Marling             
             Vice President                  
              Authorized Signatory

Agreed and Accepted By:

      

PG&E CORPORATION

By:   Leroy T. Barnes                                                                 
Name:  Leroy T. Barnes
Title:  Vice President and Treasurer



ANNEX B

NET SHARE SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES

                    The following Net Share Settlement Procedures shall apply to the extent that Counterparty elects Net Share Settlement in accordance with the Master Confirmation:

                    Net Share Settlement shall be made by delivery of the number of Shares equal in value to the sum of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, the Fixed Amount and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount (the “Settlement Shares”), with such Shares’ value based on the Net Share Settlement Price.  Delivery of such Settlement Shares shall be made free of any contractual or other restrictions in good transferable form (other than under the Securities Act with respect to any Unregistered Shares (as defined below)) on the Net Share Settlement Date with Counterparty (i) representing and warranting to GS&Co. at the time of such delivery that it has good, valid and marketable title or right to sell and transfer all such Shares to GS&Co. under the terms of the related Transaction free of any lien charge, claim or other encumbrance and (ii) making the representations and agreements contained in Section 9.11(ii) through (iv) of the Equity Definitions to GS&Co. with respect to the Settlement Shares.  GS&Co. or any affiliate of GS&Co. designated by GS&Co. (GS&Co. or such affiliate, “GS”) shall resell the Settlement Shares during a period (the “Resale Period”) commencing no earlier than the Exchange Business Day on which the Settlement Shares are delivered.  GS shall use its good faith, commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Settlement Shares as promptly as possible at commercially reasonable prices based on prevailing market prices for the Shares.  The Resale Period shall end on the Exchange Business Day on which GS completes the sale of all Settlement Shares or a sufficient number of Settlement Shares so that the realized net proceeds of such sales exceed the sum of Forward Cash Settlement Amount, the Fixed Amount and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if resale by GS of the Settlement Shares, as determined by GS in its sole discretion (i) occurs during a distribution for purposes of Regulation M, and if GS would be subject to the restrictions of Rule 101 of Regulation M in connection with such distribution, the Resale Period will be postponed or tolled, as the case may be, until the Exchange Business Day immediately following the end of any “restricted period” as such term is defined in Regulation M with respect to such distribution under Regulation M or (ii) conflict with any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures applicable to GS (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by GS), the Resale Period will be postponed or tolled, as the case may be, until such conflict is no longer applicable.  During the Resale Period, if the realized net proceeds from the resale of the Settlement Shares exceed the sum of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, the Fixed Amount and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount, GS shall refund such excess in cash to Counterparty by the close of business on the third Exchange Business Day immediately following the last day of the Resale Period.  If the sum of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, the Fixed Amount and the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount exceeds the realized net proceeds from such resale, Counterparty shall transfer to GS by the open of the regular trading session on the Exchange on the third Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the last day of the Resale Period the amount of such excess (the “Additional Amount”) in the number of Shares (“Make-whole Shares”) in an amount that, based on the Net Share Settlement Price on the last day of the Resale Period (as if such day was the “Net Share Valuation Date” for purposes of computing such Net Share Settlement Price), has a dollar value equal to the Additional Amount.  The Resale Period shall continue to enable the sale of the Make-whole Shares.  The requirements and provisions set forth below shall apply to Shares delivered to pay such Additional Amounts.  This provision shall be applied successively until the Additional Amount is equal to zero.  

Net Share Settlement of a Transaction is subject to the following conditions:

Counterparty at its sole expense shall:

                     (i)  as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than five (5) Exchange Business Days immediately following the Settlement Method Election Date or, in the case of an election of Net Share Settlement upon the occurrence of an Extraordinary Event or an Early Termination Date, no more than one Exchange Business Day immediately following either the Cancellation Date or the Early Termination Date, as the case may be) file under the Securities Act and use its best efforts to make effective, as promptly as practicable, a registration statement or supplement or amend an outstanding registration statement, in any such case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GS (the “Registration Statement”) covering the offering and sale by GS of not less than 150% of the Shares necessary to fulfill the Net Share Settlement delivery obligation by Counterparty (determining the number of such Shares to be registered on the basis of the average of the Settlement Prices on the five (5) Exchange Business Days prior to the date of such filing, amendment or supplement, as the case may be);

                     (ii)  maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement until GS has sold all shares to be delivered by Counterparty necessary to satisfy its Net Share Settlement obligations;

                     (iii)  have afforded GS and its counsel and other advisers a reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation of Counterparty customary in scope for transactions in which GS acts as underwriter of equity securities, and GS shall have been satisfied (with the approval of its Commitments Committee in accordance with its customary review process) with the results of such investigation;

                     (iv)  have negotiated and entered into an agreement with GS providing for such covenants, conditions, representations and warranties, underwriting discounts, commissions, indemnities and contribution rights as are customary for GS equity underwriting agreements, together with customary certificates and opinions of counsel and letters of independent auditors of Counterparty to be delivered to GS covering the shares to be delivered by Counterparty in satisfaction of its Net Share Settlement obligations;

                     (v)  have delivered to GS such number of prospectuses relating thereto as GS shall have reasonably requested and shall promptly update and provide GS with replacement prospectuses as necessary to ensure the prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading;

                     (vi)   have retained for GS nationally-recognized underwriting counsel acceptable to GS (in its sole discretion) with broad experience in similar registered securities offerings and such counsel shall have agreed to act as such;

                      (vii)         have taken all steps necessary for the shares sold by GS to be listed or quoted on the primary exchange or quotation system that the Shares are listed or quoted on;

                     (viii)  have paid all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses of GS and all reasonable and actual fees and expenses of GS’s outside counsel and other independent experts in connection with the foregoing; and

                     (ix)  take such action as is required to ensure that GS’s sale of the Shares does not violate, or result in a violation of, the federal or state securities laws.

                     In the event that the Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any of the conditions specified in (ii) through (ix) above are not satisfied on or prior to the Valuation Date (or, in the case of an election of Net Share Settlement upon the occurrence of an Extraordinary Event or an Early Termination Date, on or prior to the first Exchange Business Day following either the Cancellation Date or the Early Termination Date, as the case may be except for any Early Termination as result of Section 7(d) of the Master Confirmation, in which case, such date shall be the tenth Exchange Business Day following such Early Termination Date), then Counterparty may deliver Unregistered Shares to GS in accordance with the following conditions.  If GS and Counterparty can agree on acceptable pricing, procedures and documentation relating to the sale of such Unregistered Shares (including, without limitation, applicable requirements in (iii) through (ix) above and insofar as pertaining to private offerings), then such Unregistered Shares shall be deemed to be the “Settlement Shares” for the purposes of the related Transaction and the settlement procedure specified in this Annex B shall be followed except that in the event that the Forward Cash Settlement Amount plus the Fixed Amount, exceeds the proceeds from the sale of such Unregistered Shares then for the purpose of calculating the number of “Make-whole Shares” to be delivered by Counterparty, GS shall determine the discount to the Net Share Settlement Price at which it can sell the Unregistered Shares.  Notwithstanding the delivery of the Unregistered Shares, Counterparty shall endeavor in good faith to have a registration statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practical.  In the event that GS has not sold sufficient Unregistered Shares to satisfy Counterparty’s obligations to GS contained herein at the time that a Registration Statement covering the offering and sale by GS of a number of Shares equal in value to not less than 150% of the amount then owed to GS is declared effective (based on the Net Share Settlement Price on the Exchange Business Day (as if such Exchange Business Day were the “Net Share Valuation Date” for purposes of computing such Net Share Settlement Price) that the Registration Statement was declared effective), GS shall return all unsold Unregistered Shares to Counterparty and Counterparty shall deliver such number of Shares covered by the effective Registration Statement equal to 100% of the amount then owed to GS based on such Net Share Settlement Price.  Such delivered shares shall be deemed to be the “Settlement Shares” for the purposes of the related Transaction and the settlement procedure specified in this Master Confirmation, including, without limitation, this Annex B, (including the obligation to deliver any Make-whole Shares, if applicable) shall be followed.  In all cases GS shall be entitled to take any and all required actions in the course of its sales of the Settlement Shares, including without limitation making sales of the Unregistered Shares only to “Qualified Institutional Buyers” (as such term is defined under the Securities Act), to ensure that the sales of the Unregistered Shares and the Settlement Shares covered by the Registration Statement are not integrated resulting in a violation of the securities laws and Counterparty agrees to take all actions requested by GS in furtherance thereof.

                     If GS and Counterparty cannot agree on acceptable pricing, procedures and documentation relating to the sales of such Unregistered Shares then the number of Unregistered Shares to be delivered to GS pursuant to the provisions above shall not be based on the Net Share Settlement Price but rather GS shall determine the value attributed to each Unregistered Share in a commercially reasonable manner and based on such value Counterparty shall deliver a number of Shares equal in value to the Forward Cash Settlement Amount plus the Fixed Amount.  For the purposes hereof “Unregistered Shares” means Shares that have not been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or any state securities laws (“Blue Sky Laws”) and that cannot be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or under applicable Blue Sky Laws unless such sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition is made in a transaction exempt from registration thereunder.

                     In the event that Counterparty delivers Shares pursuant to an election of Net Share Settlement then Counterparty agrees to indemnify and hold harmless GS, its affiliates and its assignees and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (GS and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, (i) relating to or arising out of any of the Transactions contemplated by this Master Confirmation concerning Net Share Settlement or (ii) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, prospectus, Registration Statement or other written material relating to the Shares delivered to prospective purchasers, including in each case any amendments or supplements thereto and including but not limited to any documents deemed to be incorporated in any such document by reference (the “Offering Materials”), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state in the Offering Materials a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (ii), Counterparty will not be liable to the extent that any loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission in the Offering Materials made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Counterparty by GS expressly for use in the Offering Materials, as expressly identified in a letter to be delivered at the closing of the delivery of Shares by Counterparty to GS.  The foregoing indemnity shall exclude losses that GS incurs solely by reason of the proceeds from the sale of the Capped Number of Shares being less than the Forward Cash Settlement Amount.  Counterparty will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from GS’s willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith in performing the services that are subject of this Master Confirmation or from information provided in writing by GS for inclusion in the Registration Statement.  If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold harmless any Indemnified Party, then Counterparty shall contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability.  In addition, Counterparty will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred (after notice to Counterparty) in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense or settlement of any pending or threatened claim or any action, suit or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto and whether or not such claim, action, suit or proceeding is initiated or brought by or on behalf of Counterparty.  Counterparty also agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to Counterparty or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of Counterparty in connection with or as a result of any matter referred to in the Agreement or this Master Confirmation concerning Net Share Settlement except to the extent that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by Counterparty result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Indemnified Party.  This indemnity shall survive the completion of any Transaction contemplated by this Master Confirmation and any assignment and delegation of a Transaction made pursuant to this Master Confirmation or the Agreement shall inure to the benefit of any permitted assignee of GS&Co.

                     In no event shall the number of Settlement Shares (including, but without duplication or double counting, any Unregistered Shares) and any Make-whole Shares, be greater than the Reserved Shares minus the amount of any Shares actually delivered under any other Transaction(s) under this Master Confirmation (the result of such calculation, the “Capped Number”).  Counterparty represents and warrants (which shall be deemed to be repeated on each day that a Transaction is outstanding) that the Capped Number is equal to or less than the number of Shares determined according to the following formula:

A – B

                     Where          A = the number of authorized but unissued shares of the Issuer that are not reserved for future issuance on the date of the determination of the Capped Number; and

                                          B = the maximum number of Shares required to be delivered to third parties if Counterparty elected Net Share Settlement of all transactions in the Shares (other than Transactions in the Shares under this Master Confirmation) with all third parties that are then currently outstanding and unexercised.

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT

               FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of April 8, 2005 (this “First Amendment”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2004 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among PG&E CORPORATION, a California corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “Lenders”), BNP PARIBAS (“BNP”) and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. (“Deutsche”), as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (together and in such capacities, the  “Arrangers”), Deutsche, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “Syndication Agent”), ABN AMRO BANK N.V., GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. and UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as documentation agents (together and in such capacities, the “Documentation Agents”), and BNP, as administrative agent (in such capacity, together with any successors thereto, the “Administrative Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

               WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to make certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrower;

               WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested, and, upon this First Amendment becoming effective, the Lenders have agreed, that certain provisions of the Credit Agreement be amended as set forth below;

               NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               SECTION 1.  Defined Terms .  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms that are defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

               SECTION 2.  Amendments to Section 1.1 (Defined Terms)

               (a)  The definition of “Applicable Margin” that appears in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended (i) by replacing the reference to “level 3” in the last sentence therein with “level 4” and (ii) amending and restating the grid that appears therein to read as follows:

Level

Rating

S&P/Moody’s

Applicable Margin
for
Eurodollar Loans

Applicable Margin
for
ABR Loans

1

ü BBB+/Baa1

0.50%

0.00%

2

BBB/Baa2

0.70%

0.00%

3

BBB-/Baa3

1.05%

0.00%

4

< BBB-/Baa3

1.35%

0.50%

               (b)  The definition of “Facility Fee Rate” that appears in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended (i) by replacing the reference to “level 3” in the last sentence therein with “level 4” and (ii) amending and restating the grid that appears therein to read as follows:

Level

Rating
S&P/Moody’s

Facility Fee Rate

1

ü BBB+/Baa1

0.15%

2

BBB/Baa2

0.175%

3

BBB-/Baa3

0.20%

4

< BBB-/Baa3

0.40%

               (c)  The following definitions contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their respective entireties to read as follows:  

                                 

Material Adverse Effect ”:  (a) a change in the business, property, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or (b) a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. 

      

PG&E Utility Credit Agreement ”:  the $1,000,000,000 credit agreement, dated as of April 8, 2005, among PG&E Utility, the lenders parties thereto, the syndication agent and the documentation agents named therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time).

               (d)  The definition of “Termination Date” that appears in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the word “third” therein with the word “fifth.”

               (e)  The following definitions that appear in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby deleted in their respective entireties:  “Dividend Commencement Date” and “Specified Indebtedness”.

               SECTION 3.  Amendment to Section 2.3(b) (Commitment Increases) .  Section 2.3(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “$10,000,000” therein with “$5,000,000.”

               SECTION 4.  Amendment to Section 4.1 (Financial Condition) .  The first two sentences of Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

                                 

4.1  Financial Condition .  The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statement of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal year then ended.  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved. 

               SECTION 5.   Amendment to Section 4.10 (ERISA) .  The first sentence of Section 4.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

4.10   ERISA.  Neither a Reportable Event (other than the Post-event Notices of Reportable Events filed with the PBGC on May 2, 2001, in respect of the April 6, 2001, bankruptcy filing of PG&E Utility, on July 16, 2003, in respect of the July 8, 2003, bankruptcy filing of National Energy & Gas Transmission (“NEGT”), and on November 4, 2004, in respect of the departure of NEGT from the PG&E Utility controlled group of companies on October 29, 2004) nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five‑year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, except, in each case, to the extent that any such Reportable Event, “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA or the Code could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

               SECTION 6.   Amendment to Section 4.14 (Accuracy of Information) .  The last sentence of Section 4.14 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

There is no fact known to the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents, in the Information Memorandum (including any attachments thereto) , the Specified Exchange Act Filings or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

               SECTION 7.  Amendment to Section 5.2(b) (Conditions to Each Credit Event) .  Section 5.2(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

(b)  Representations and Warranties.  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement that does not contain a materiality qualification (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.6(b)) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such extension of credit as if made on and as of such date, and each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement that contains a materiality qualification (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.6(b)) shall be true and correct on and as of such date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, that such representations were true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct, as the case may be, as of such earlier date).

               SECTION 8. Amendment to Section 6.5(b) (Maintenance of Property; Insurance) .  Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting each reference to the phrase “or the applicable Significant Subsidiary” therein. 

               SECTION 9.  Amendment to Section 6.7(b) (Notices) .  Section 6.7(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

(b)  any litigation or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, and investigation that, in each case, may exist at any time between the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, including environmental proceeding, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

               SECTION 10.  Amendment to Section 7.2 of the Credit Agreement (Indebtedness) .   Section 7.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended (i) by deleting clause (a) of such section in its entirety and (ii) replacing the phrase “(b) permit” therein with the word “Permit”. 

               SECTION 11.  Amendment to Section 7.4 of the Credit Agreement (Fundamental Changes) .  Section 7.4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

7.4  Fundamental Changes.  Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that the Borrower may be merged, consolidated or amalgamated with another Person or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business so long as, after giving effect to such transaction, (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) either (i) the Borrower is the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation or (ii) the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation, if not the Borrower or the purchaser, as the case may be, shall have assumed all obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (c) the ratings by Moody’s and S&P of the continuing or surviving corporation’s or purchaser’s, as the case may be, senior, unsecured, non credit-enhanced debt shall be at least the higher of (1) Baa3 from Moody’s and BBB- from S&P and (2) the ratings by such rating agencies of the Borrower’s senior, unsecured, non credit-enhanced debt in effect before the earlier of the occurrence or the public announcement of such event.

               SECTION 12.  Amendments to Section 8 (Events of Default) .  Section 8 is hereby amended as follows:

               (a)  by amending and restating clause (c) of such section in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

(c)  the Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.4 or 7.5 of the Credit Agreement; or

               (b)  by adding the following proviso at the end of clause (e) of such section: 

                                 

;provided further, that unless payment of the Loans hereunder has already been accelerated, if such default shall be cured by the Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of such Indebtedness and any acceleration of maturity having resulted from such default shall be rescinded or annulled, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such agreement or instrument, without any modification of the terms of such Indebtedness requiring the Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary to furnish security or additional security therefor, reducing the average life to maturity thereof or increasing the principal amount thereof, or any agreement by the Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary to furnish security or additional security therefor or to issue in lieu thereof Indebtedness secured by additional or other collateral or with a shorter average life to maturity or in a greater principal amount, then any Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon cured or waived; or

               (c)  by amending and restating clause (g) of such section in its entirety to read as follows:

                                 

(g) a trustee shall be appointed to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, or the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate, or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan and such proceedings shall continue undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 days, and any such event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

               SECTION 13.  Conditions to Effectiveness .  This First Amendment shall become effective on the date first set forth above (such date, the “First Amendment Effective Date”) upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

               (a)  the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this First Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each of the Lenders;

               (b)  the Borrower shall have paid all reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with this First Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent; and

               (c)  the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) for the account of each Lender which executes this First Amendment, an amendment fee in the amount equal to the product of (x) 0.075% and (y) such Lender’s outstanding Commitments on the First Amendment Effective Date.

               SECTION 14.  Representations and Warranties .  The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in or pursuant to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, that does not contain a materiality qualification is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date as if made on and as of such date, and each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in or pursuant to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, that contains a materiality qualification is true and correct on and as of such date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, that such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct, as the case may be, as of such earlier date). 

               SECTION 15.  Counterparts .  This First Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this First Amendment on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this First Amendment by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this First Amendment signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.  From and after the First Amendment Effective Date, this First Amendment shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and each of their respective successors and assigns (including transferees of its Commitments and Loans in whole or in part prior to effectiveness hereof) and binding in respect of all of its Commitments and Loans, including any acquired subsequent to its execution and delivery hereof and prior to the effectiveness hereof.

               SECTION 16.  Continuing Effect; No Other Amendments .  Except as expressly amended, modified and supplemented hereby, the provisions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document are and shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.  Any references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document executed in connection with the Credit Agreement to “the Agreement”, “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein” or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

               SECTION 17.  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.



               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

                                                                            

PG&E CORPORATION

          

By:  /s/  Leroy T. Barnes, Jr. _________

        Name:  Leroy T. Barnes, Jr.

        Title:    Vice President and Treasurer

          

          

BNP PARIBAS, as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

          

By:  /s/  Mark A. Renaud ______

        Name:   Mark A. Renaud

        Title:     Managing Director

          

By:  /s/  Francis J. DeLaney ____

       Name:   Francis J. DeLaney

       Title:     Managing Director

          

          

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Syndication Agent

          

By:  /s/  Richard Henshall  ___

       Name:   Richard Henshall

       Title:     Director

          

By:  /s/  David J. Bell ________

       Name:   David J. Bell

       Title:      Managing Director

          

ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Documentation Agent and as a Lender

By:  /s/  John D. Reed_              

       Name:   John D. Reed

       Title:     Director

          

By:  /s/  Todd D. Vaubel ____  

       Name:   Todd D. Vaubel

       Title:      Assistant Vice President

          

          

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Documentation Agent and as a Lender

          

By:    /s/ Bruce S. Mendelsohn           
      Name: Bruce S. Mendelsohn
      Title:   Authorized Signatory

          

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as Documentation Agent and as a Lender

          

By:  /s/  Dennis G. Blank _____

       Name:   Dennis G. Blank

       Title:     Vice President

          

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

          

By:  /s/  Sydney G. Dennis         

       Name:   Sydney G. Dennis

       Title:     Director

          

CITICORP USA, INC.

By:  /s/  Dhaya Ranganathan ________

       Name:  Dhaya Ranganathan

       Title:     Director

          

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

          

By:  /s/  Richard Henshall          

       Name:   Richard Henshall

       Title:     Director

          

By:  /s/  David J. Bell ____

       Name:   David J. Bell

        Title:     Managing Director

          

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

By:  /s/  Thomas Casey _______

        Name:  Thomas Casey

        Title:     Vice President

          

KBC BANK N.V.

          

By:  /s/  Jean-Pierre Diels ___   

        Name:    Jean-Pierre Diels

       Title:      First Vice President

          

By:  /s/  Eric Raskin _________

       Name:   Eric Raskin

       Title:     Vice President

          

LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB

          

By:  /s/  Janine M. Shugan ___  

       Name:   Janine M. Shugan

       Title:     Authorized Signatory

          

MORGAN STANLEY BANK

          

By:  /s/  Daniel Twenge __

       Name:   Daniel Twenge

       Title:     Vice President

          

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

  By:  /s/  Linda M. Stephens__

         Name:   Linda M. Stephens

         Title:     Authorized Signatory

          

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

          

By:  /s/  Jesus Williams______

       Name:   Jesus Williams

       Title:      Vice President

          

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

          

By:  /s/  Thane Rattew    __________

 

       Name:   Thane Rattew

       Title:      Managing Director

Exhibit 10.3

$1,000,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Among

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY,

as Borrower,

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

as Administrative Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent,

And

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, BNP PARIBAS

And

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Documentation Agents

Dated as of April 8, 2005


CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and
Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Section 1.     

DEFINITIONS..............................................................................................

1

1.1

Defined Terms.................................................................................................

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions............................................................................

17

          

Section 2.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS..........................................

18

2.1

Commitments..................................................................................................

18

2.2

Proceudre for Revolving Loan Borrowing........................................................

19

2.3

Commitment Increases....................................................................................

19

2.4

Swingline Commitment....................................................................................

21

2.5

Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans...................

21

2.6

Facility Fees, Utilization Fees, etc....................................................................

23

2.7

Termination or Reduction of commitments; Extension of Termination Date........

23

2.8

Optional Prepayments.....................................................................................

25

2.9

Conversion and Continuation Options..............................................................

26

2.10

Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches..................................................................

26

2.11

Interest Rates and Payment Dates....................................................................

26

2.12

Computation of Interest and Fees....................................................................

27

2.13

Inability to Determine Interest Rate..................................................................

27

2.14

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments; Notes........................................................

28

2.15

Requirements of Law.......................................................................................

29

2.16

Taxes..............................................................................................................

31

2.17

Indemnity........................................................................................................

33

2,18

Change of Lending Office................................................................................

33

2.19

Replacement of Lenders..................................................................................

33

     

Section 3.

LETTERS OF CREDIT.................................................................................. .......................................................................................................................

34

3.1

L/C Commitment.............................................................................................

34

3.2

Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit......................................................

35

3.3

Fees and Other Charges..................................................................................

35

3.4

L/C Participations............................................................................................

35

3.5

Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower......................................................

37

3.6

Obligations Absolute.......................................................................................

37

3.7

Letter of Credit Payments................................................................................

38

3.8

Applications....................................................................................................

38

3.9

Actions of Issuing Lenders...............................................................................

38

3.10

Borrower’s Indemnification..............................................................................

38

3.11

Lenders’ Indemnification..................................................................................

39

     

Section 4.

REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES.................................................

39

 

4.1

Financial Condition..........................................................................................

39

4.2

No Change.....................................................................................................

40

4.3

Existence; Compliance with Law......................................................................

40

4.4

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.................................................

40

4.5

No Legal Bar..................................................................................................

40

4.6

Litigation.........................................................................................................

41

4.7

No Default......................................................................................................

41

4.8

Taxes..............................................................................................................

41

4.9

Federal Regulations.........................................................................................

41

4.10

ERISA............................................................................................................

41

4.11

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations...................................................

42

4.12

Use of Proceeds..............................................................................................

42

4.13

Environmental Matters.....................................................................................

42

4.14

Accuracy of Information, etc............................................................................

43

4.15

Regulatory Matters..........................................................................................

44

     

Section 5.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.......................................................................

44

5.1

Conditions to the Effective Date.......................................................................

44

5.2

Conditions to Each Credit Event......................................................................

46

     

Section 6.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS....................................................................

47

6.1

Financial Statements........................................................................................

47

6.2

Certificates; Other Information.........................................................................

47

6.3

Payment of Taxes............................................................................................

48

6.4

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance............................................................

48

6.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance.................................................................

48

6.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.................................

48

6.7

Notices...........................................................................................................

49

6.8

Maintenance of Licenses, etc...........................................................................

50

     

Section 7.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS...........................................................................

50

7.1

Consolidated Capitalization Ratio.....................................................................

50

7.2

Liens...............................................................................................................

50

7.3

Fundamental Changes......................................................................................

50

7.4

Release Date...................................................................................................

50

Section 8.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................................................................

51

     

Section 9.

THE AGENTS...............................................................................................

54

9.1

Appointment...................................................................................................

54

9.2

Delegation of Duties........................................................................................

54

9.3

Exculpatory Provisions....................................................................................

54

9.4

Reliance by Administrative Agent.....................................................................

54

9.5

Notice of Default.............................................................................................

55

9.6

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders....................................................

55

9.7

Indemnification................................................................................................

56

9.8

Agent in Its Individual Capacity........................................................................

56

9.9

Successor Administrative Agent.......................................................................

56

9.10

Documentation Agents and Syndication Agent..................................................

57

     

Section 10.

MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................

57

10.1

Amendments and Waivers...............................................................................

57

10.2

Notices...........................................................................................................

59

10.3

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies...................................................................

60

10.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties......................................................

60

10.5

Payment of Expenses and Taxes......................................................................

60

10.6

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments..................................

61

10.7

Adjustments; Set‑off........................................................................................

64

10.8

Counterparts...................................................................................................

65

10.9

Severability.....................................................................................................

65

10.10

Integration.......................................................................................................

65

10.11

Governing Law....................................................................................

65

10.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers................................................................

65

10.13

Acknowledgments...........................................................................................

66

10.14

Confidentiality.................................................................................................

66

10.15

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL......................................................................

67

10.16

Releases of Senior Bond..................................................................................

67

10.17

USA Patriot Act..............................................................................................

67


SCHEDULES:

     

1.1A

Commitments

     

EXHIBITS:

    

A

Form of Bond Delivery Agreement

B

Form of New Lender Supplement

C

Form of Commitment Increase Supplement

D

Form of Compliance Certificate

E

Form of Closing Certificate

F

Form of Assignment and Assumption

G-1

Form of Legal Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, as to corporate matters

G-2

Form of Legal Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, as to regulatory matters

G-3

Form of Legal Opinion of Bruce R. Worthington, Esq.

H

Form of Exemption Certificate

I

Form of Senior Bond

J

Form of Note

K

Form of Escrow Deposit and Disbursement Agreement



                      CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 8, 2005, among PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY, a California corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC. and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (together and in such capacities, the “ Arrangers ”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“ JPMorgan Chase Bank ”), as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), BARCLAYS BANK PLC, BNP PARIBAS and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as documentation agents (together and in such capacities, the “ Documentation Agents ”), and CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. (“ Citicorp ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity, together with any successor thereto, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

                      WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested the Lenders to make available to it the credit facilities described herein;

                      WHEREAS, the credit facilities made available hereunder consist of (i) a facility permitting the issuance, for the Borrower’s account, of letters of credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not exceeding $546,000,000, to provide for payment under energy procurement contracts and (ii) a facility permitting the issuance, for the Borrower’s account, of letters of credit for purposes other than energy procurement and revolving credit loans and swingline loans, in an aggregate face and principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding $454,000,000, including loans to repay the outstanding principal amount of the term loans made to the Borrower pursuant to the Bond Refunding Loan Agreements (as defined in Section 1.1); and

                      WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make available the credit facilities described herein upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

                      1.1   Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

                       “ ABR ”:  for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Base Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1%.  For purposes hereof, “ Base Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its base rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Base Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).  Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

                       “ ABR Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

                       “ Act ”:  as defined in Section 10.17.

                       “ Administrative Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Agents ”:  the collective reference to the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agents and the Administrative Agent.

                       “ Agreement ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Applicable Margin ”:  for any day, the applicable rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below, based upon the Ratings then in effect:

Level

Rating
S&P/Moody’s

Applicable Margin
for
ABR Loans

Applicable Margin
for
Eurodollar Loans

1

A/A2 or higher

0%

0.220%

2

A-/A3

0%

0.300%

3

BBB+/Baa1

0%

0.350%

4

BBB/Baa2

0%

0.425%

5

BBB-/Baa3

0%

0.575%

6

BB+/Ba1 or lower

0%

0.675%

                      Subject to the provisions of this paragraph regarding split ratings, changes in the Applicable Margins shall become effective on the date on which S&P and/or Moody’s changes its relevant Rating.  In the event the Ratings of S&P and Moody’s are in different levels set forth in the grid above, the higher of the two Ratings ( i . e ., the Rating set forth in the grid above opposite the lower numerical level number) shall govern.  In the event that, at any time, a Rating is not available from one of such rating agencies, the Applicable Margins shall be determined on the basis of the Rating from the other rating agency. In the event that, at any time, Ratings from each such rating agency are not available for companies generally, the Applicable Margins shall be determined on the basis of the last Rating(s) made available.  In the event that, at any time, such Ratings are not available for the Borrower but are generally available for other companies, then the Applicable Margins shall be those set forth above opposite level 6.

                       “ Application ”:  an application, in such form as the relevant Issuing Lender may reasonably specify from time to time, requesting such Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.

                       “ Arrangers ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Assignee ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

                       “ Assignment and Assumption ”:  an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

                       “ Available Commitment ”:  as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

                       “ Beneficial Owner ”:  as defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings.

                       “ Benefitted Lender ”:  as defined in Section 10.7(a).

                       “ Board ”:  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

                       “ Bond Delivery Agreement ”:  the Bond Delivery Agreement to be executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

                       “ Bond Fund Loan Agreements ”: means (a) the Bond Refunding Loan Agreement (1996 Series B), dated as of April 12, 2004, by and among the Borrower, the lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, and Citicorp, as Syndication Agent, (b) the Bond Refunding Loan Agreement (1996 Series D), dated as of April 12, 2004, by and among the Borrower, the lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, and Citicorp, as Syndication Agent, (c) the Bond Refunding Loan Agreement (1997 Series A), dated as of April 12, 2004, by and among the Borrower, the lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, and Citicorp, as Syndication Agent, and (d) the Bond Refunding Loan Agreement (1997 Series C), dated as of April 12, 2004, by and among the Borrower, the lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, and Citicorp, as Syndication Agent.

                       “ Bond Maturity Date ” means April 8, 2010; and if such date is extended from time to time pursuant to Section 2.7(g), “Bond Maturity Date” shall mean such extended date.

                       “ Borrower ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Borrowing Date ”:  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

                       “ Business ”:  as defined in Section 4.13(b) .

                       “ Business Day ”:  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or San Francisco, California are authorized or required by law to close, provided , that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank eurodollar market.

                       “ Capital Stock ”:  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

                       “ Change of Control ”:  PCG and its Subsidiaries shall at any time not be the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of at least 80% of the common stock or 70% of the voting Capital Stock of the Borrower; provided that any such event shall not constitute a Change of Control if, after giving effect to such event, the Borrower’s senior, unsecured, non credit-enhanced debt ratings shall be at least the higher of (1) Baa3 from Moody’s and BBB- from S&P and (2) the ratings by such rating agencies of such debt in effect immediately before the earlier of the occurrence or the public announcement of such event.

                       “ Citicorp ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Code ”:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

                       “ Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption or New Lender Supplement pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.  The original amount of the Total Commitments is $1,000,000,000.

                       “ Commitment Increase Notice ”:  as defined in Section 2.3(a).

                       “ Commitment Increase Supplement ”:  as defined in Section 2.3(c).

                       “ Commitment Period ”:  the period from and including the Effective Date to the Termination Date.

                       “ Commonly Controlled Entity ”:  an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

                       “ Compliance Certificate ”:  a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

                       “ Conduit Lender ”:  any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument; provided , that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations to fund a Loan under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and provided , further , that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 10.5 than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.

                       “ Consolidated Capitalization ”: on any date of determination, the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such date plus (b) without duplication, the amount set forth opposite the caption “shareholders’ equity” (or any similar caption) on the consolidated balance sheet, prepared in accordance with GAAP, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date.

                       “ Consolidated Capitalization Ratio ” means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt to (b) Consolidated Capitalization.

                       “ Consolidated Total Debt ”:  at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all obligations of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries at such date that in accordance with GAAP would be classified as debt on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, and without duplication all Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries at such date in respect of obligations of any other Person that in accordance with GAAP would be classified as debt on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person; provided that, the determination of “Consolidated Total Debt” shall exclude (a) the Securitized Bonds and (b) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries in an amount equal to the amount of cash held as cash collateral for any fully cash collateralized letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary.

                       “ Continuing Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.7.

                       “ Contractual Obligation ”:  as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

                       “ CPUC ”:  the California Public Utilities Commission or its successor.

                       “ Credit Event ”:  as defined in Section 5.2.

                       “ Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

                       “ Disposition ”:  with respect to any property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof.  The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

                       “ Documentation Agents ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Dollars ” and “ $ ”:  dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

                       “ Effective Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied or waived.

                       “ Eligible Assignee ”: (a) any commercial bank or other financial institution having a senior unsecured debt rating by Moody’s of A3 or better and by S&P of A- or better, which is domiciled in a country which is a member of the OECD or (b) with respect to any Person referred to in the preceding clause (a), any other Person that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business all of the Capital Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; provided that in the case of clause (b), the Borrower and the Issuing Lender shall have consented to the designation of such Person as an Eligible Assignee (such consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld).

                       “ Environmental Laws ”:  any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

                       “ ERISA ”:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

                       “ Escrow Deposit and Disbursement Agreement ”: an Escrow Deposit Agreement and Disbursement Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

                       “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ”:  as defined in Regulation D of the Board.

                       “ Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”:  of any Lender for any Interest Period as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during any such percentage shall be so applicable) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect to determining the maximum reserve requirement (including basic, supplemental and emergency reserves) for such Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.

                       “ Eurodollar Base Rate ”:  with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate does not appear on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or otherwise on such screen), the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

                       “ Eurodollar Loans ”:  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

                       “ Eurodollar Rate ”:  with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 th of 1%):

                Eurodollar Base Rate              

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

                       “ Eurodollar Tranche ”:  the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

                       “ Event of Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 8, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

                       “ Exchange Act ”:  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                       “ Existing Credit Agreement ”:  the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2004, among the Borrower, the lenders parties thereto, the syndication agent and co-documentation agents named therein and Citicorp, as administrative agent.

                       “ Existing Issuing Lender ”:  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, NA).

                       “ Existing Letters of Credit ”:  each of the letters of credit issued by the Existing Issuing Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement and outstanding on the Effective Date.

                       “ Extension Notice ”:  as defined in Section 2.7(b).

                       “ Extensions of Credit ”:  as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

                       “ Facility Fee Rate ”:  for any day, the rate per annum determined pursuant to the grid set forth below, based upon the Ratings then in effect:

Level

Rating
S&P/Moody’s

Facility Fee Rate

 

1

A/A2 or higher

0.080%

2

A-/A3

0.100%

3

BBB+/Baa1

0.125%

4

BBB/Baa2

0.150%

5

BBB-/Baa3

0.175%

6

BB+/Ba1 or lower

0.200%

                      Subject to the provisions of this paragraph regarding split ratings, changes in the Facility Fee Rate shall become effective on the date on which S&P and/or Moody’s changes its relevant Rating.  In the event the Ratings of S&P and Moody’s are in different levels set forth in the grid above, the higher of the two Ratings ( i.e ., the Rating set forth in the grid above opposite the lower numerical level number) shall govern.  In the event that, at any time, a Rating is not available from one of such rating agencies, the Facility Fee Rate shall be determined on the basis of the Rating from the other rating agency. In the event that, at any time, Ratings from each such rating agency are not available for companies generally, the Facility Fee Rate shall be determined on the basis of the last Rating(s) made available.  In the event that, at any time, such Ratings are not available for the Borrower but are generally available for other companies, then the Facility Fee Rate shall be that set forth above opposite level 6.

                       “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ”:  for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

                       “ Fee Payment Date ”:  (a) the third Business Day following the last day of each March, June, September and December during the Commitment Period, (b) the last day of the Commitment Period and (c) the last day of each March, June, September and December after the last day of the Commitment Period, so long as any principal amount of the Loans or any Reimbursement Obligations remain outstanding after the last day of the Commitment Period.

                       “ FPA ”:  the Federal Power Act, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                       “ Funding Office ”:  the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section  10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

                       “ GAAP ”:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except as noted below.  In the event that any “Change in Accounting Principles” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then, upon the request of the Borrower or the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Change in Accounting Principles with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Change in Accounting Principles as if such Change in Accounting Principles had not been made.  Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Change in Accounting Principles had not occurred.  “ Change in Accounting Principles ” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or any successor thereto, the SEC or, if applicable, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

                       “ Governmental Authority ”:  any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

                       “ Guarantee Obligation ”:  as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof or (v) to reimburse or indemnify an issuer of a letter of credit, surety bond or guarantee issued by such issuer in respect of primary obligations of a primary obligor other than the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

                       “ Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables, including under energy procurement and transportation contracts, incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements (other than reimbursement obligations, which are not due and payable on such date, in respect of documentary letters of credit issued to provide for the payment of goods and services in the ordinary course of business), (g) the liquidation value of all mandatorily redeemable preferred Capital Stock of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation ( provided , that if such Person is not liable for such obligation, the amount of such Person’s Indebtedness with respect thereto shall be deemed to be the lesser of the stated amount of such obligation and the value of the property subject to such Lien), and (j) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements, provided that Indebtedness as used in this Agreement shall exclude any Non-Recourse Debt.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

                       “ Indenture ”:  the Indenture of Mortgage, dated as of March 11, 2004, between the Borrower and the Indenture Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2004 and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2004.

                       “ Indenture Trustee ”:  The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to BNY Western Trust Company, and any successor thereto as trustee under the Indenture.

                       “ Information Memorandum ”:  the Information Memorandum dated March 2005, and furnished to certain Lenders in connection with the syndication of the Commitments, as supplemented by each and all Specified Exchange Act Filings filed by the Borrower during the period from March 15, 2005 through the date of this Agreement.

                       “ Insolvency ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

                       “ Insolvent ”:  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

                       “ Interest Payment Date ”:  (a) as to any ABR Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Eurodollar Loan, the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

                       “ Interest Period ”:  as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six or (if available to all Lenders) nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six or (if available to all Lenders) nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

                       (i)  if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

                       (ii)  the Borrower may not select an Interest Period that would extend beyond the Termination Date;

                       (iii)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

                       (iv)  the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.

                       “ Issuing Lender ”:  (a) in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit, the Existing Issuing Lender and (b) in respect of any Letters of Credit issued hereunder on or after the Effective Date, (i) JPMorgan Chase Bank or any affiliate thereof selected by JPMorgan Chase Bank with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) any other Lender selected by the Borrower as an Issuing Lender with the consent of such Lender and the Administrative Agent.

                       “ L/C Commitment ”:  $600,000,000.

                       “ L/C Obligations ”:  at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under issued Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5.

                       “ L/C Participants ”:  in respect of any Letter of Credit, the collective reference to all the Lenders other than the Issuing Lender that issued such Letter of Credit.

                       “ Lenders ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto; provided , that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any Conduit Lender.

                       “ Letters of Credit ”:  as defined in Section 3.1.

                       “ Lien ”:  any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

                       “ Loan ”:  any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement, including Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans.

                       “ Loan Documents ”:  (i) this Agreement, the Notes and the Applications and (ii) prior to the Release Date, the Bond Delivery Agreement, the Senior Bond and the Indenture and, in each case, any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing, provided that, the term “Loan Documents” shall not include the Indenture for the purposes of Section 8 and 10.1.

                       “ Material Adverse Effect ”:  (a) a change in the business, property, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or (b) a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. 

                       “ Materials of Environmental Concern ”:  any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

                       “ Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

                       “ Mortgaged Property ”:  as defined in the Indenture.

                       “ Multiemployer Plan ”:  a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                       “ New Lender Supplement ”:  as defined in Section 2.3(b).

                       “ New Revolving Credit Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.3(b).

                       “ Non-Excluded Taxes ”:  as defined in Section 2.16(a).

                       “ Non-Extending Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.7.

                       “ Non-Procurement Facility Limit ”:  $454,000,000.

                       “ Non-Procurement Letter of Credit ”: a Letter of Credit issued for any purpose other than energy procurement.

                       “ Non-Recourse Debt ”:  Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that is incurred in connection with the acquisition, construction, sale, transfer or other disposition of specific assets, to the extent recourse, whether contractual or as a matter of law, for non-payment of such Indebtedness is limited (a) to such assets, or (b) if such assets are (or are to be) held by a Subsidiary formed solely for such purpose, to such Subsidiary or the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary.

                       “ Non-U.S. Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.16(d).

                       “ Notes ”:  as defined in Section 2.14(g).

                       “ Obligations ”:  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to the Issuing Lender or to any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

                       “ OECD ”: the countries constituting the “Contracting Parties” to the Convention on the Organisation For Economic Co-operation and Development, as such term is defined in Article 4 of such Convention.

                       “ Other Taxes ”:  any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                       “ Participant ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(c).

                       “ PBGC ”:  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

                       “ PCG ”:  PG&E Corporation, a California corporation and the holder of approximately 89% of the issued and outstanding voting Capital Stock of the Borrower.

                       “ Percentage ”:  as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment then constitutes of the Total Commitments or, at any time after the Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding, provided , that, in the event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total Extensions of Credit, the Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Lenders on a comparable basis.

                       “ Person ”:  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

                       “ Plan ”:  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

                       “ Procurement L/C Facility Limit ”:  $546,000,000.

                       “ Properties ”:  as defined in Section 4.13(a).

                       “ PUHCA ”: the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                       “ Rating ”: each rating announced by S&P and Moody’s in respect of (a) prior to the Release Date, the Borrower’s senior secured debt and (b) from and after the Release Date, the Borrower’s senior unsecured, non credit-enhanced debt.

                       “ Receivables Facility ”:  the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2004, among the Borrower, PG&E Accounts Receivable Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Conduit Purchasers party thereto, the Committed Purchasers party thereto, the Managing Agents party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank.

                       “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.5.

                       “ Register ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

                       “ Regulation U ”:  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

                       “ Reimbursement Obligation ”:  the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender.

                       “ Release Date ”:  as defined in the Indenture; provided , that the Release Date may not in any event be earlier than the date that the Borrower delivers written evidence pursuant to the Indenture that the ratings of the Borrower’s senior unsecured long-term debt (after giving pro forma effect to the release of all collateral securing the Senior Bond Indenture Securities and the other bonds outstanding under the Indenture) are at least Baa2 from Moody’s and BBB from S&P.

                       “ Reorganization ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

                       “ Reportable Event ”:  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty-day notice period is waived under subsections .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg. § 4043.

                       “ Required Lenders ”:  at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Commitments then in effect or, if the Commitments have been terminated, the Total Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

                       “ Requirement of Law ”:  as to any Person, the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

                       “ Responsible Officer ”:  the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower.

                       “ Revolving Credit Offered Increase Amount ”:  as defined in Section 2.3(a).

                       “ Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date ”:  as defined in Section 2.3(d).

                       “ Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.1(a).

                       “ S&P ”:  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

                       “ SEC ”:  the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

                       “ Securitized Bonds ”:  any securitized bonds or similar asset-backed securities that are non-recourse to the Borrower, are issued by a special purpose subsidiary of the Borrower and are payable from a specific or dedicated rate component, including the approximately $2,900,000,000 in rate reduction certificates backed by transition property that were issued in 1997, the approximately $1,900,000,000 in energy recovery bonds backed by energy recovery property that the Borrower issued in February 2005 and the approximately $1,100,000,000 in energy recovery bonds backed by energy recovery property that the Borrower expects to be issued by no later than February 2006.

                       “ Senior Bond ”:  the bond to be issued by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Indenture on the Effective Date substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

                       “ Senior Bond Indenture Securities ”: the approximately $5,300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding publicly issued securities issued by the Borrower under the Indenture.

                       “ Significant Subsidiary ”:  as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X of the Exchange Act as of the Effective Date, provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, none of PG&E Funding LLC, PG&E Accounts Receivable LLC, PG&E Energy Recovery Funding LLC or any other special purpose finance subsidiary shall constitute a Significant Subsidiary.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Significant Subsidiary” or to “Significant Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Significant Subsidiary or Significant Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

                       “ Single Employer Plan ”:  any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

                       “ Specified Exchange Act Filings ”:  the Borrower’s Form 10-K annual report for the year ended December 31, 2004 and each and all of the Form 8-Ks (and to the extent applicable proxy statements) filed by the Borrower or PCG with the SEC after December 31, 2004 and prior to the date that is one Business Day before the date of this Agreement.

                       “ Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

                       “ Swap Agreement ”:  any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement”.

                       “ Swingline Commitment ”:  the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.4 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $100,000,000.

                       “ Swingline Lender ”:  Citicorp, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.

                       “ Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.4.

                       “ Swingline Participation Amount ”:  as defined in Section 2.5.

                       “ Syndication Agent ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

                       “ Termination Date ”:  the date that is the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date or such later date as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.7(b) or such earlier date as otherwise determined pursuant to Section 2.7.

                       “ Total Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Lenders at such time.

                       “ Total Extensions of Credit ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Extensions of Credit of all Lenders at such time.

                       “ Transferee ”:  any Assignee or Participant.

                       “ Type ”:  as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

                       “ United States ”:  the United States of America.

                       “ Utilization Fee Rate ”: for any day, the applicable rate per annum determined pursuant to the grid set forth below, based upon the Ratings then in effect:

Level

Rating
S&P/Moody’s

Utilization Fee

Rate

1

A/A2 or higher

0.100%

2

A-/A3

0.100%

3

BBB+/Baa1

0.125%

4

BBB/Baa2

0.125%

5

BBB-/Baa3

0.125%

6

BB+/Ba1 or lower

0.250%

                      Subject to the provisions of this paragraph regarding split ratings, changes in the Utilization Fee Rate shall become effective on the date on which S&P and/or Moody’s changes its relevant Rating.  In the event the Ratings of S&P and Moody’s are in different levels set forth in the grid above, the higher of the two Ratings ( i.e ., the Rating set forth in the grid above opposite the lower numerical level number) shall govern.  In the event that, at any time, a Rating is not available from one of such rating agencies, the Utilization Fee Rate shall be determined on the basis of the Rating from the other rating agency. In the event that, at any time, Ratings from each such rating agency are not available for companies generally, the Utilization Fee Rate shall be determined on the basis of the last Rating(s) made available.  In the event that, at any time, such Ratings are not available for the Borrower but are generally available for other companies, then the Utilization Fee Rate shall be that set forth above opposite level 6.

                      1.2  Other Definitional Provisions .  (a)  Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

                       (b)  As used herein and, except as otherwise provided therein, in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1,1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume or become liable in respect of (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

                       (c)  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                       (d)  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

                       (e)  The Borrower shall not be required to perform, nor shall it be required to guarantee the performance of, any of the affirmative covenants set forth in Section 6 that apply to any of its Significant Subsidiaries nor shall any of the Borrower’s Significant Subsidiaries be required to perform, nor shall any of such Significant Subsidiaries be required to guarantee the performance of, any of the Borrower’s affirmative covenants set forth in Section 6 or any of the affirmative covenants set forth in Section 6 that apply to any other Significant Subsidiary; provided , that nothing in this Section 1.2(e) shall prevent the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default arising out of the Borrower’s failure to cause any Significant Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Significant Subsidiary.

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

                      2.1   Commitments .  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time on or after the Effective Date and during the Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Percentage of the sum of (i) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided that, (x) subject to Section 10.1, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans plus the aggregate outstanding amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Non-Procurement Letters of Credit may not at any time exceed the Non-Procurement Facility Limit, (y) the Total Extensions of Credit may not at any time prior to the Release Date exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Bond and (z) after giving effect to the Revolving Loans requested to be made, the aggregate amount of the Available Commitments shall not be less than zero.  During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.9.

                       (b)  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Termination Date; provided that, prior to the release of the Senior Bond pursuant to Section 10.16, any principal payment under the Senior Bond shall automatically be deemed to be an equal principal payment in respect of the Loans (but any such principal payment under the Senior Bond shall not reduce the face amount thereof unless such payment is accompanied by an equal permanent reduction in the Total Commitments).

                      2.2   Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing .  The Borrower may borrow under the Commitments during the Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans) specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor.  Each borrowing under the Commitments shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount); provided , that the Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Commitments that are ABR Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section 2.5.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof.  Each Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

                      2.3   Commitment Increases .

                       (a)  In the event that the Borrower wishes to increase the Total Commitments at any time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or shall result of such increase) and subject to obtaining all necessary regulatory approvals, it shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of the amount (the “ Revolving Credit Offered Increase Amount ”) of such proposed increase (such notice, a  “ Commitment Increase Notice ”) in a minimum amount equal to $10,000,000.  The Borrower shall offer each of the Lenders the opportunity to provide such Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Credit Offered Increase Amount, and if any Lender declines such offer, in whole or in part, the Borrower may offer such declined amount to (i) other Lenders and/or (ii) other banks, financial institutions or other entities with the consent of the Administrative Agent and, unless any such other bank, financial institution or other entity would qualify as an Eligible Assignee, the Issuing Lender (which consents of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Commitment Increase Notice shall specify the Lenders and/or banks, financial institutions or other entities that will be requested to provide such Revolving Credit Offered Increase Amount.  The Borrower or, if requested by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent will notify such Lenders, and/or banks, financial institutions or other entities of such offer.

                       (b)  Any additional bank, financial institution or other entity which the Borrower selects to offer a portion of the increased Total Commitments and which elects to become a party to this Agreement and obtain a Commitment in an amount so offered and accepted by it pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall execute a new lender supplement (the “ New Lender Supplement ”) with the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, whereupon such bank, financial institution or other entity (herein called a “ New Revolving Credit Lender ”) shall become a Lender for all purposes and to the same extent as if originally a party hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement, provided that the Commitment of any such New Revolving Credit Lender shall be in an amount not less than $5,000,000.

                       (c)  Any Lender which accepts an offer to it by the Borrower to increase its Commitment pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall, in each case, execute a Commitment Increase Supplement with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, whereupon such Lender shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement with respect to the full amount of its Commitment as so increased.

                       (d)  If any bank, financial institution or other entity becomes a New Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or any Lender’s Commitment is increased pursuant to Section 2.3(c), additional Revolving Loans made on or after the effectiveness thereof (the “ Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date ”) shall be made pro rata based on the Percentages in effect on and after such Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date (except to the extent that any such pro rata borrowings would result in any Lender making an aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans in excess of its Commitment, in which case such excess amount will be allocated to, and made by, such New Revolving Credit Lenders and/or Lenders with such increased Commitments to the extent of, and pro rata based on, their respective Commitments otherwise available for Revolving Loans), and continuations of Eurodollar Loans outstanding on such Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date shall be effected by repayment of such Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and the making of new Eurodollar Loans pro rata based on such new Percentages.  In the event that on any such Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date there is an unpaid principal amount of ABR Loans, the Borrower shall make prepayments thereof and borrowings of ABR Loans so that, after giving effect thereto, the ABR Loans outstanding are held pro rata based on such new Percentages.  In the event that on any such Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date there is an unpaid principal amount of Eurodollar Loans, such Eurodollar Loans shall remain outstanding with the respective holders thereof until the expiration of their respective Interest Periods (unless the Borrower elects to prepay any thereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement), and interest on and repayments of such Eurodollar Loans will be paid thereon to the respective Lenders holding such Eurodollar Loans pro rata based on the respective principal amounts thereof outstanding.

                       (e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, (i) in no event may the Borrower deliver more than one Commitment Increase Notice each year, (ii) no Lender shall have any obligation to increase its Commitment unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion and (iii) in no event shall any transaction effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 cause the Total Commitments to exceed $1,500,000,000; provided that if the Borrower’s Receivables Facility is terminated or expires, no transaction effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall cause the Total Commitments to exceed $1,850,000,000.

                       (f)  The Administrative Agent shall have received on or prior to the Revolving Credit Re-Allocation Date, for the benefit of the Lenders, (i) a legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower covering such matters as are customary for transactions of this type as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, which opinions shall be substantially the same, to the extent appropriate, as the opinions rendered by counsel to the Borrower on the Effective Date, (ii) certified copies of resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the Borrower to borrow the Revolving Credit Offered Increase Amount and (iii) prior to the Release Date and upon the Administrative Agent’s delivery to the Borrower of the existing Senior Bond, a new Senior Bond, with a face amount equal to the Total Commitments, as increased pursuant to this Section 2.3.

                      2.4   Swingline Commitment .  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Commitments from time to time on or after the Effective Date during the Commitment Period by making swingline loans (“Swingline Loans”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Revolving Loans, may exceed the Swingline Commitment or the Swingline Lender’s Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lender shall not make, any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, (x) the aggregate amount of the Available Commitments would be less than zero, (y) subject to Section 10.1, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans plus the aggregate outstanding amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Non-Procurement Letters of Credit would exceed the Non-Procurement Facility Limit or (z) the Total Extensions of Credit would exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Bond at any time prior to the Release Date.  During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.  Swingline Loans shall be ABR Loans only.

                      (b)  The Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on or prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) 30 days after the date such Swingline Loan is made and (ii) the Termination Date; provided that on each date on which a Revolving Loan is borrowed, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

                      2.5   Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans .
(a)  Whenever the Borrower wishes to borrow Swingline Loans, it shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Period).  Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.  Not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by the Swingline Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by depositing such proceeds in the account of the Borrower with the Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date in immediately available funds.

                       (b)  The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one Business Day’s notice given by the Swingline Lender no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, request each Lender to make, and each Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lender.  Each Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day after the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application by the Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay the amount of such Refunded Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swingline Loans.

                       (c)  If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.5(b), one of the events described in Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.5(b), each Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.5(b), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Lender’s Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

                       (d)  Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

                       (e)  Each Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 2.5(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.5(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower or any other Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

                      2.6   Facility Fees, Utilization Fees, etc.   (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee for the period from and including the date hereof to the last day of the Commitment Period, computed at the Facility Fee Rate on the Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.  In addition, if the principal amount of any Loan, or any Reimbursement Obligations, shall remain outstanding and unpaid after the last day of the Commitment Period, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a facility fee for the period from the last day of the Commitment Period until the date on which such amounts are repaid in full, computed at the Facility Fee Rate on such amounts, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date after the last day of the Commitment Period.

                       (b)  If the average daily aggregate principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations outstanding for the calendar quarter preceding a Fee Payment Date (or such shorter period beginning with the date hereof or ending with the Termination Date) is greater than 50% of the daily average Total Commitments for such calendar quarter or period, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a utilization fee at the applicable Utilization Fee Rate on such average daily aggregate principal amount of the Loans and the L/C Obligations outstanding during such calendar quarter (or shorter period), payable in arrears on each Fee Payment Date.

                       (c)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in any written, duly executed fee agreements with the Administrative Agent and to perform any other obligations contained therein.

2 .7   Termination or Reduction of Commitments; Extension of Termination Date ..  (a)  The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Commitments.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Commitments then in effect.

                       (b)  The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent (such notice being an “ Extension Notice ”) given no more frequently than once in each calendar year, request the Lenders to consider an extension of the then applicable Termination Date to a later date.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit any Extension Notice to each Lender.  Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent whether it wishes to extend the then applicable Termination Date not later than 30 days after the date of such Extension Notice, and any such notice given by a Lender to the Administrative Agent, once given, shall be irrevocable as to such Lender.  Any Lender which does not expressly notify the Administrative Agent prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period that it wishes to so extend the then applicable Termination Date shall be deemed to have rejected the Borrower’s request for extension of such Termination Date.  Lenders consenting to extend the then applicable Termination Date are hereinafter referred to as “ Continuing Lenders ”, and Lenders declining to consent to extend such Termination Date (or Lenders deemed to have so declined) are hereinafter referred to as “ Non-Extending Lenders ”.  If the Required Lenders have elected (in their sole and absolute discretion) to so extend the Termination Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of such election by the Required Lenders, and effective on the date which is 30 days after the date of such notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Termination Date shall be automatically and immediately so extended.  No extension will be permitted hereunder without the consent of the Required Lenders.  Upon the delivery of an Extension Notice and upon the extension of the Termination Date pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted on and as of the date of such Extension Notice and the effective date of such extension, as the case may be, that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to extend the Termination Date, and each Lender may at its option, unconditionally and without cause, decline to extend the Termination Date.

                       (c)  If the Termination Date shall have been extended in accordance with this Section, all references herein to the “Termination Date” (except with respect to any Non-Extending Lender) shall refer to the Termination Date as so extended.

                       (d)  If any Lender shall determine (or be deemed to have determined) not to extend the Termination Date as requested by any Extension Notice given by the Borrower pursuant to this Section, the Commitment of such Non-Extending Lender (including the obligations of such Lender under Section 2.5 and 3.4) shall terminate on the Termination Date without giving any effect to such proposed extension, and the Borrower shall on such date pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Non-Extending Lender, the principal amount of, and accrued interest on, such Non-Extending Lender’s Loans and outstanding Reimbursement Obligations, together with any amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 and any and all fees or other amounts owing to such Non-Extending Lender under this Agreement; provided that if the Borrower has replaced such Non-Extending Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) below then the provisions of such paragraph shall apply.  The Total Commitments (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, except as hereinafter provided, the L/C Commitment) shall be reduced by the amount of the Commitment of such Non-Extending Lender to the extent the Commitment of such Non-Extending Lender has not been transferred to one or more Continuing Lenders pursuant to paragraph (e) below, provided that, if the Total Commitments, after giving effect to the reduction in the Total Commitments due to Non-Extending Lenders which are not replaced pursuant to paragraph (e) below, is less than the L/C Commitment, the L/C Commitment shall be reduced by an amount equal to such excess.

(e)  A Non-Extending Lender shall be obligated, at the request of the Borrower and subject to (i) payment by the successor Lender described below to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Non-Extending Lender of the principal amount of, and accrued interest on, such Non-Extending Lender’s Loans, and (ii) payment by the Borrower to such Non-Extending Lender of any amounts payable to such Non-Extending Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 (as if the purchase of such Non-Extending Lender’s Loans constituted a prepayment thereof) and any and all fees or other amounts owing to such Non-Extending Lender under this Agreement, to transfer without recourse, representation, warranty (other than a representation that such Lender has not created an adverse claim on its Loans) or expense to such Non-Extending Lender, at any time prior to the Termination Date applicable to such Non-Extending Lender, all of such Non-Extending Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder to another financial institution or group of financial institutions nominated by the Borrower and willing to participate as a successor Lender in the place of such Non-Extending Lender; provided that, if such transferee is not already a Lender, (1) such transferee satisfies all the requirements of this Agreement, and (2) the Administrative Agent and, with respect to any replacement Lender that is not an Eligible Assignee, each Issuing Lender shall have consented to such transfer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Each such transferee successor Lender shall be deemed to be a Continuing Lender hereunder in replacement of the transferor Non-Extending Lender and shall enjoy all rights and assume all obligations on the part of such Non-Extending Lender set forth in this Agreement.  Each such transfer shall be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

                       (f)  If the Termination Date shall have been extended in respect of Continuing Lenders in accordance with this Section, any notice of borrowing pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.5 specifying a Borrowing Date occurring after the Termination Date applicable to a Non-Extending Lender or requesting an Interest Period extending beyond such date shall (i) have no effect in respect of such Non-Extending Lender and (ii) not specify a requested aggregate principal amount exceeding the aggregate Available Commitments (calculated on the basis of the Commitments of the Continuing Lenders).

                       (g)  Prior to the Release Date, in the event that the Termination Date is extended pursuant to this Section 2.7 beyond the Bond Maturity Date of the Senior Bond, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall make appropriate arrangements (and the Lenders hereby direct and authorize the Administrative Agent to make such arrangements) such that (i) the Bond Maturity Date of the Senior Bond shall be amended to be coincident with or later than such extended Termination Date or (ii) a new Senior Bond having a maturity date coincident with or later than such extended Termination Date shall be substituted for the Senior Bond then held by the Administrative Agent; and such amendment or exchange shall be effected pursuant to documentation and arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

                      2.8   Optional Prepayments .  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans; provided , that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.17.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans and Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans which shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

                      2.9   Conversion and Continuation Options .  (a)  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Required Lenders have determined in their sole discretion not to permit such conversions.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

                       (b)  Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Required Lenders have determined in their sole discretion not to permit such continuations, and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

                      2.10   Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than 15 Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

                      2.11   Interest Rates and Payment Dates .  (a)  Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

                       (b)  Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

                       (c) (i)  If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a default rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2% or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to ABR Loans plus 2%, and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any facility fee, utilization fee, letter of credit fee, or any other fee payable (excluding any expenses or other indemnity) hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a default rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to ABR Loans plus 2%, in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

                       (d)  Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

                       (e)  The amount of any interest payments received by the Administrative Agent under the Senior Bond shall be deemed to be payments of interest and fees payable by the Borrower hereunder and shall reduce, dollar-for-dollar, the amount of interest and fees then owing by the Borrower hereunder.

                      2.12   Computation of Interest and Fees .  (a)  Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Base Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

                       (b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall constitute prima facie evidence of such amounts.  The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.11(a).

                      2.13   Inability to Determine Interest Rate .  If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

                       (a)  the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

                       (b)  the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter.  If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans.  Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

                      2.14   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments ; Notes .  (a)  Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Percentages of the Lenders.

                       (b)  Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Lenders.  Each payment in respect of Reimbursement Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit shall be made to the Issuing Lender that issued such Letters of Credit.

                       (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, Reimbursement Obligations, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders, as applicable, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

                       (d)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans from the Borrower within 30 days after written demand therefor.

                       (e)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount.  If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

                       (f)  Notwithstanding the anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower shall make all payments of amounts due and payable under this Agreement directly to the parties to whom such payments are payable in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall not make any payments of any amount due and payable hereunder to the Indenture Trustee as a payment under the Senior Bond.

                       (g)  The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will promptly execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note (a “ Note ”) of the Borrower evidencing any Revolving Loans of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit J, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount; provided , that delivery of Notes shall not be a condition precedent to the Effective Date or the occurrence or making of Loans on the Effective Date.

                      2.15   Requirements of Law .  (a)  If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

                       (i)  shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes covered by Section 2.16 and net income taxes and franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes);

                       (ii)  shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate, which requirements are generally applicable to loans made by such Lender; or

                       (iii)  shall impose on such Lender any other condition that is generally applicable to loans made by such Lender;

                      and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount that such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, within ten Business Days after its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.  If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled; provided , however , that no Lender shall be entitled to demand such compensation more than 90 days following (x) the last day of the Interest Period in respect of which such demand is made or (y) the repayment of the Loan or Swingline Loan in respect of which such demand is made, and no Issuing Lender shall be entitled to demand such compensation more than 90 days following the expiration or termination (by drawing or otherwise) of the Letter of Credit issued by it in respect of which such demand is made.

                       (b)  If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

                       (c)  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall constitute prima facie evidence of such costs or amounts.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such six-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect not to exceed twelve months.  The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive for 90 days after the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts then due and payable hereunder.

                      2.16   Taxes .  (a)  All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding (i) net income taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document) and (ii) any branch profits tax imposed by the United States.  If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“ Non-Excluded Taxes ”) or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement, provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section or (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph.

                       (b)  In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

                       (c)  Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of any original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof.  If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

                       (d)  Each Lender (or Transferee) that is not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, or, in the case of a Non‑U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit H and a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Non‑U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation).  In addition, each Non‑U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non‑U.S. Lender.  Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non‑U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non‑U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver; provided , however , if any Non-U.S. Lender fails to file forms with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, with the Lender from which the related participation was purchased) on or before the date the Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of a Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchased the related participation) entitling the Non-U.S. Lender to a complete exemption from United States withholding taxes at such time, such Non-U.S. Lender shall not be entitled to receive any increased payments from the Borrower with respect to United States withholding taxes under paragraph (a) of this Section, except to the extent that the Non-U.S. Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of the assignment to the Non-U.S. Lender, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to United States withholding taxes.

                       (e)  A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.

                       (f)  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid amounts pursuant to this Section  2.16, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section  2.16 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.   This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

                       (g)  The agreements in this Section shall survive for one year after the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

                      2.17   Indemnity .  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss (other than the loss of Applicable Margin) or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  This covenant shall survive for 90 days after the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

                      2.18   Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.15 or 2.16(a) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided , that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole but reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no unreimbursed economic disadvantage or any legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.16(a).

                      2.19   Replacement of Lenders .  The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests (on its behalf or any of its Participants) reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.16(a) or (b) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder, with a replacement financial institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.18 which eliminates the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.16(a), (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.17 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (vii) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (viii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.16(a), as the case may be, and (ix) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

SECTION 3.   LETTERS OF CREDIT

                      3.1   L/C Commitment .   From and after the Effective Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, constitute a Letter of Credit hereunder.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue standby and commercial letters of credit (the letters of credit issued on and after the Effective Date pursuant to this Section 3, together with the Existing Letters of Credit, collectively, the “ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day on or after the Effective Date and during the Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by such Issuing Lender; provided , that no Issuing Lender shall issue any Letter of Credit (and no Existing Letter of Credit may become a Letter of Credit hereunder) if, after giving effect to such issuance (or to the transfer of such Existing Letter of Credit hereunder, as the case may be), (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Commitments would be less than zero, (iii) if the purpose of such Letter of Credit is energy procurement, the aggregate outstanding amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit issued for energy procurement purposes would exceed the Procurement L/C Facility Limit, (iv) subject to Section 10.1, if such Letter of Credit is a Non-Procurement Letter of Credit, the aggregate outstanding amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Non-Procurement Letters of Credit plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans would exceed the Non-Procurement Facility Limit or (v) the Total Extensions of Credit would exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Bond at any time prior to the Release Date.  The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the Borrower’s statements in determining whether the limitation set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence are satisfied; and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders shall not be required to maintain any records with respect to whether or not the Procurement L/C Facility Limit or the Other L/C Facility Limit is exceeded at any time.  Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date which is five Business Days prior to the Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above).

(b)  No Issuing Lender shall at any time be obligated to issue, amend, extend or renew any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance, amendment, extension or renewal would conflict with, or cause such Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

                      3.2   Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit .  The Borrower may from time to time request that an Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to such Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of such Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as such Issuing Lender may request.  Concurrently with the delivery of an Application to an Issuing Lender, the Borrower shall deliver a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall provide notice of such request to the Lenders.  Upon receipt of any Application, an Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by such Issuing Lender and the Borrower (but in no event shall any Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto).  Promptly after issuance by an Issuing Lender of a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower.  Each Issuing Lender shall promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent of the issuance of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender (including the amount thereof), and shall provide a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after the date of issuance.

                      3.3   Fees and Other Charges .

                       (a)  The Borrower will pay a fee on the aggregate drawable amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans, shared ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages and payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the relevant Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee on the aggregate drawable amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued in an amount to be agreed between the Borrower and such Issuing Lender, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.

                       (b)  In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse each Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending, renewing or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

                      3.4   L/C Participations

                       (a)  Each Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce each Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from each Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk, an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Percentage in each Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by such Issuing Lender thereunder.  Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with each Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender for which such Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender upon demand at such Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein (and thereafter the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Issuing Lender) an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed.  Each L/C Participant’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Participant may have against the Issuing Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Borrower or any other L/C Participant or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

                       (b)  If any amount (a “ Participation Amount ”) required to be paid by any L/C Participant to an Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by such Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to such Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Issuing Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify the L/C Participants, and each L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Lender, on demand (and thereafter the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Issuing Lender) an amount equal to the product of (i) such Participation Amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360.  If any Participation Amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.4(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such Participation Amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted on behalf of an Issuing Lender to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                       (c)  Whenever, at any time after an Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from the Administrative Agent any L/C Participant’s pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.4(a), such Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by such Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Lender will distribute to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Participant (and thereafter the Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to such  L/C Participant) its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by such Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender (and thereafter the Administrative Agent shall promptly return to such Issuing Lender) the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Lender.

                      3.5   Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower .  The Borrower agrees to reimburse each Issuing Lender on (i) the Business Day on which the Borrower receives notice from an Issuing Lender of a draft drawn on a Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender and paid by such Issuing Lender, if such notice is received on such Business Day prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, or (ii) if clause (i) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day on which the Borrower receives such notice, for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by such Issuing Lender in connection with such payment which are obligations of the Borrower hereunder (the amounts described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) in respect of any drawing, collectively, the “ Payment Amount ”).  Each such payment shall be made to such Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds.  Interest shall be payable on each Payment Amount from the date of the applicable drawing until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the second Business Day following the date of the applicable drawing, Section 2.11(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 2.11(c).  Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.4 for funding by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1 of ABR Loans (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.4 of Swingline Loans) in the amount of such drawing.  The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the first date on which a borrowing of Revolving Loans (or, if applicable, Swingline Loans) could be made, pursuant to Section 2.1 (or, if applicable, Section 2.4), if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the relevant Issuing Lender of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.

                      3.6   Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against any Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person; other than with respect to any action taken or omitted by an Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it or the related drafts or documents found to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct or not in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.  The Borrower also agrees with each Issuing Lender that such Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.5 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  No Issuing Lender shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions which resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by an Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards or care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of such Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

                      3.7   Letter of Credit Payments .  If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof.  The responsibility of the relevant Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, shall be limited, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct or failure to act in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment appear on their face to be in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

                      3.8   Applications .  To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

                      3.9   Actions of Issuing Lenders .  Each Issuing Lender shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by such Issuing Lender.  Each Issuing Lender shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement unless it shall first have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, as between the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders, each Issuing Lender shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and any future holders of a participation in any Letter of Credit.

                      3.10   Borrower’s Indemnification .  The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, each Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent, and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any and all claims and damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses which such Lender, such Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent may incur (or which may be claimed against such Lender, such Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent by any Person whatsoever) by reason of or in connection with the issuance, execution and delivery or transfer of or payment or failure to pay under any Letter of Credit or any actual or proposed use of any Letter of Credit, including, without limitation, any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses which such Issuing Lender may incur by reason of or in connection with (i) the failure of any other Lender to fulfill or comply with its obligations to an Issuing Lender hereunder (but nothing herein contained shall affect any rights the Borrower may have against any defaulting Lender) or (ii) by reason of or on account of an Issuing Lender issuing any Letter of Credit which specifies that the term “Beneficiary” included therein includes any successor by operation of law of the named Beneficiary, but which Letter of Credit does not require that any drawing by any such successor Beneficiary be accompanied by a copy of a legal document, satisfactory to such Issuing Lender, evidencing the appointment of such successor Beneficiary; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender, any Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses to the extent, but only to the extent, caused by (x) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Issuing Lender in determining whether a request presented under any Letter of Credit complied with the terms of such Letter of Credit and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or (y) such Issuing Lender’s failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.  Nothing in this Section is intended to limit the obligations of the Borrower under any other provision of this Agreement.

                      3.11   Lenders’ Indemnification .  Each Lender shall, ratably in accordance with its Percentage, indemnify each Issuing Lender, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such as result from such indemnitees’ gross negligence or willful misconduct or failure to comply with the standard of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or such Issuing Lender’s failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit) that such indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection with this Section or any action taken or omitted by such indemnitees hereunder.

SECTION 4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                      To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, on the Effective Date and, except as provided in Section 5.2(b), on the date of each Credit Event hereunder after the Effective Date, that:

                      4.1   Financial Condition .  The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statement of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal year then ended.  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved. 

                      4.2   No Change .  Since December 31, 2004, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as disclosed in the Specified Exchange Act Filings.

                      4.3   Existence; Compliance with Law .  Each of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has the corporate power and corporate authority to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      4.4   Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .  The Borrower has the corporate power and corporate authority to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents and to obtain extensions of credit hereunder.  The Borrower has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents (other than the Indenture), except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices which have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) any filing that may be required in the future the failure of which to obtain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) applicable regulatory requirements (including the approval of the CPUC) prior to foreclosure under the Indenture.  This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document upon execution and delivery will be, duly executed and delivered.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by (x) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, laws of general application related to the enforceability of securities secured by real estate and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and (y) applicable regulatory requirements (including the approval of the CPUC) prior to foreclosure under the Indenture.

                      4.5   No Legal Bar .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate in any material respect any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Indenture and the Bond Delivery Agreement).  No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation applicable to the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      4.6   Litigation .  (a)  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing by or against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or against any of their material respective properties or revenues with respect to any of the Loan Documents.

                       (b)  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing by or against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or against any of their material respective properties or revenues, except as disclosed in the Specified Exchange Act Filings, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      4.7   No Default .  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                      4.8   Taxes .  The Borrower and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all Federal and state returns of income and franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or with respect to any claims or assessments for taxes made against it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than (i) any amounts the validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, as applicable, and (ii) claims which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).  No tax Liens have been filed against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries other than (A) Liens for taxes which are not delinquent or (B) Liens for taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, as applicable.

                      4.9   Federal Regulations .  No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board.

                      4.10   ERISA .  Neither a Reportable Event (other than the Post-event Notices of Reportable Events filed with the PBGC on May 2, 2001, in respect of the April 6, 2001, bankruptcy filing of the Borrower, on July 16, 2003, in respect of the July 8, 2003, bankruptcy filing of National Energy & Gas Transmission (“ NEGT ”), and on November 4, 2004, in respect of the departure of NEGT from the Borrower controlled group of companies on October 29, 2004) nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five‑year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, except, in each case, to the extent that any such Reportable Event, “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA or the Code could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period.  The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made.  No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.

                      4.11   Investment Company Act; Other Regulations .  The Borrower is not an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  On the date hereof, the Borrower is not subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than (a) Regulation X of the Board and (b) Sections 817-830, and Sections 701 and 851 of the California Public Utilities Code) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness under this Agreement.

                      4.12   Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used (i) to refinance any debt outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, (ii) for working capital purposes and (iii) for general corporate purposes, including commercial paper back-up. 

                      4.13   Environmental Matters .  Except as (i) disclosed in the Specified Exchange Act Filings or (ii) in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

                       (a)  the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries (the “ Properties ”) do not contain, and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or constituted a violation of, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, would give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

                       (b)  neither the Borrower nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries (the “ Business ”), nor does the Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

                       (c)  Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that, to the Borrower’s knowledge, would give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that, to the Borrower’s knowledge, would give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

                       (d)  no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

                       (e)  there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that, to the Borrower’s knowledge, would give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;

                       (f)  the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and

                       (g)  neither the Borrower nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.

                      4.14   Accuracy of Information, etc .  No statement or information (other than projections, if any, and pro forma information) contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Information Memorandum or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Information Memorandum, as of the date of this Agreement), any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading when taken as a whole.  The projections, if any, and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.  There is no fact known to the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents, in the Information Memorandum (including any attachments thereto), the Specified Exchange Act Filings or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

                      4.15   Regulatory Matters .  (a)  Neither the Borrower nor any Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower is  a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a company which is required to be registered as a “holding company” as such terms are defined under PUHCA, except that each of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries is a “subsidiary company” of PCG, which is a “holding company” exempt from all provisions of PUHCA (except for Section 9(a)(2) thereof) pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) thereof and Rule 2 thereunder.

                       (b)  Solely by virtue of the execution, delivery and performance of, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, no Lender shall be or become subject to regulation (i) as a “holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” within the meaning of PUHCA, (ii) under the FPA or (iii) as a “public utility” or “public service corporation” or the equivalent under any Requirement of Law.


SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                      5.1   Conditions to the Effective Date .  The occurrence of the Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

                       (a)   Credit Agreement .  The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A .

                       (b)   Bond Delivery Agreement; Senior Bond .  Unless the Release Date occurs on or prior to the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received:

                       (i)  the Bond Delivery Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower;

                       (ii)  the Senior Bond in a face amount equal to the Total Commitments as of the Effective Date, duly issued and authenticated under the Indenture;

                       (iii)  a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Indenture Trustee certifying that the Senior Bond has been authenticated and is outstanding under the Indenture;

                       (iv)  satisfactory evidence that all filings necessary to perfect the Liens in favor of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Lenders and the holders of the Senior Bond Indenture Securities, on the Mortgaged Property (other than any Mortgaged Property acquired after the recording of the Indenture) shall have been made or taken to the extent such perfection can be accomplished by filing;

                       (v)  a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that attached thereto is a true copy of the Indenture and of any supplement thereto that is applicable to the Senior Bond;

                       (vi)  copies of all legal opinions and other documents delivered to the Indenture Trustee by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the issuance of the Senior Bond; and

                       (vii)the Escrow Deposit and Disbursement Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Indenture Trustee.

                       (c)   Financial Statements .  The Lenders shall have received the financial statements described in Section 4.1.

                       (d)   Consents and Approvals .  All governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Indenture) and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer to the foregoing effect.

                       (e)   Fees .  The Lenders, the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Effective Date.

                       (f)   Closing Certificate; Certified Articles of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of the Borrower, dated the Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the articles of incorporation of the Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of California, and (ii) a good standing certificate for the Borrower from the Secretary of State of the State of California; such closing certificate shall contain a confirmation by the Borrower that the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 5.1 have been satisfied.

                       (g)   Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

                       (i)  the legal opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, special counsel on behalf of the Borrower, opining as to corporate matters, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1;

                       (ii)  the legal opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, special counsel on behalf of the Borrower, opining as to regulatory matters, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2; and

                       (iii)  legal opinion of Bruce R. Worthington, Esq., counsel to the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3.

                       (h)   Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement that does not contain a materiality qualification shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date, and each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement that contains a materiality qualification shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, that such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct, as the case may be, as of such earlier date).

                       (i)   No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

                      5.2   Conditions to Each Credit Event .   The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan or to issue or extend the expiry date under, or participate in, a Letter of Credit (other than the extension of a Letter of Credit pursuant to the evergreen provisions therein) (each, a “ Credit Event ”), including each Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit, on any date (including any Credit Event to occur on the Effective Date) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

                       (a)   Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent in Section 5.1 .  The conditions set precedent set forth in Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

                       (b)   Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement that does not contain a materiality qualification (other than, with respect to any Credit Event after the Effective Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.2 and 4.6(b)) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event as if made on and as of such date, and each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this Agreement that contains a materiality qualification (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.6(b)) shall be true and correct on and as of such date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, that such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects, or true and correct, as the case may be, as of such earlier date).

                       (c)   No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such Credit Event or after giving effect to the Credit Event requested to be made on such date.

                      Each borrowing of Loans hereunder, and each request by the Borrower for the issuance of or extension of an expiry date under a Letter of Credit hereunder (other than the extension of a Letter of Credit pursuant to the evergreen provisions therein), shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such Credit Event that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                      The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, or any Letter of Credit, any Loan, any interest on any Loan or any fee payable to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder remains outstanding, or any other amount then due and payable is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and with respect to Sections 6.3 and 6.6(b), shall cause its Significant Subsidiaries to:

                      6.1   Financial Statements .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent with a copy for each Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall deliver to each Lender:

                       (a)  as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; and

                       (b)  as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).

                      All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.  The Borrower shall be deemed to have delivered the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 upon the filing of such financial statements by the Borrower through the SEC’s EDGAR system or the publication by the Borrower of such financial statements on its website.

                      6.2   Certificates; Other Information .  Furnish to the Administrative Agent with a copy for each Lender (or, in the case of clause (c), the relevant Lender), and the Administrative Agent shall deliver to each Lender:

                       (a)  within two days after the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, a Compliance Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, containing all information and calculations reasonably necessary for determining compliance by the Borrower with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be;

                       (b)  within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC, provided that, such financial statements and reports shall be deemed to have delivered upon the filing of such financial statements and reports by the Borrower through the SEC’s EDGAR system or publication by the Borrower of such financial statements and reports on its website ; and

                       (c)  promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request.

                      6.3   Payment of Taxes .  Pay all taxes due and payable or any other tax assessments made against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their respective property by any Governmental Authority (other than (i) any amounts the validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, as applicable or (ii) where the failure to effect such payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

                      6.4   Maintenance of Existence; Compliance .  (a)(i)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.3 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except for any such Contractual Obligations or Requirements of Law being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      6.5   Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a)  Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its material property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business of comparable size and financial strength and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Borrower operates, which may include self-insurance, if determined by the Borrower to be reasonably prudent.

                      6.6   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .  (a)  Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, not more than once a year and after at least five Business Days’ notice, (i) permit representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to provide for the Lenders (in the presence of representatives of the Borrower) to meet with the independent certified public accountants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided , that any such visits or inspections shall be subject to such conditions as the Borrower and each of its Significant Subsidiaries shall deem necessary based on reasonable considerations of safety and security; and provided , further , that neither the Borrower nor any Significant Subsidiary shall be required to disclose to any Lender or its agents or representatives any information which is subject to the attorney-client privilege or attorney work-product privilege properly asserted by the applicable Person to prevent the loss of such privilege in connection with such information or which is prevented from disclosure pursuant to a confidentiality agreement with third parties.

                      6.7   Notices .  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent with a copy for each Lender of, and the Administrative Agent shall deliver such notice to each Lender:

                       (a)  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

                       (b)  any litigation or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any investigation that, in each case, may exist at any time between the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, including environmental proceedings, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                       (c)  any change in the Rating issued by either S&P or Moody’s;

                       (d)  any litigation or proceeding to which the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party (i) the primary purpose of which is to challenge the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents, (ii) seeks to prohibit the ownership or operation by the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries of all or a material portion of their respective businesses or assets, or (iii) the primary purpose of which is to challenge the issuance or validity of the Senior Bond;

                       (e)  the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Borrower knows thereof:  (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

                       (f)  any development or event (other than any litigation or proceeding) that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      6.8   Maintenance of Licenses, etc.   Maintain in full force and effect any authorization, consent, license or approval of any Governmental Authority necessary for the conduct of the Borrower’s business as now conducted by it or necessary in connection with this Agreement, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                      The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, or any Letter of Credit, any Loan, or any interest on any Loan or any fee payable to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder remains outstanding, or any other amount then due and payable is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall not and, with respect to Section 7.2, shall not permit its Significant Subsidiaries to:

                      7.1   Consolidated Capitalization Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Capitalization Ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter, from and after the last day of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date, to exceed 0.65 to 1.0.

                      7.2   Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any assets of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for (i) Liens securing the Borrower’s obligations to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) Liens permitted by the Indenture.

                      7.3   Fundamental Changes .     Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business (including, without limitation, rental equipment or leasehold interests and excluding the sale or transfer of any accounts receivable or of any amounts that are accrued and recorded in a regulatory account for collections by the Borrower, in each case, in connection with a securitization transaction), except that the Borrower may be merged, consolidated or amalgamated with another Person or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business so long as, after giving effect to such transaction, (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) either (i) the Borrower is the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation or (ii) the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation, if not the Borrower or the purchaser, shall have assumed all obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (c) the ratings by Moody’s and S&P of the continuing or surviving corporation’s or purchaser’s senior, unsecured, non credit-enhanced debt shall be at least the higher of (1) Baa3 from Moody’s and BBB- from S&P and (2) the ratings by such rating agencies of the Borrower’s senior, unsecured, non credit-enhanced debt in effect before the earlier of the occurrence or the public announcement of such event.

                      7.4   Release Date .   At any time prior to the Release Date, deliver or cause to be delivered a Company Order (as defined in the Indenture) to the Indenture Trustee requesting a release of the Lien of the Indenture on the Mortgaged Property pursuant to Section 8.12(c) of the Indenture.

SECTION 8   EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                      If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing on or after the Effective Date:

                       (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

                       (b)  any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made, unless, as of any date of determination, the facts or circumstances to which such representation or warranty relates have changed with the result that such representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects on such date; or

                       (c)  the Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 7.1 or Section 7.3 of this Agreement; or

                       (d)  the Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the Borrower from the Required Lenders; or

                       (e)  the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) on the due date with respect thereto (after giving effect to any period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created); or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or (in the case of all Indebtedness other than Indebtedness under any Swap Agreement) to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $100,000,000; provided further , that unless payment of the Loans hereunder has already been accelerated, if such default shall be cured by the Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of such Indebtedness and any acceleration of maturity having resulted from such default shall be rescinded or annulled, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such agreement or instrument, without any modification of the terms of such Indebtedness requiring the Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary to furnish security or additional security therefor, reducing the average life to maturity thereof or increasing the principal amount thereof, or any agreement by the Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary to furnish security or additional security therefor or to issue in lieu thereof Indebtedness secured by additional or other collateral or with a shorter average life to maturity or in a greater principal amount, then any Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon cured or waived; or

                       (f)  (i) the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding‑up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

                       (g)  a trustee shall be appointed to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, or the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate, or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan and such proceedings shall continue undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 days, and any such event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h)  one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or, subject to customary deductibles, fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has not denied coverage) of $100,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

                       (i)  at any time after the Effective Date and prior to the Release Date, (i) the Senior Bond shall cease to be outstanding for any reason other than (A) the termination of the Total Commitments, the payment in full of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and other obligations then due and owing under the Loan Documents and the termination or expiration of the Letters of Credit or (B) the payment in full of the Senior Bond, (ii) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall cease (except as described in the foregoing clause (i)) at any time to be the holder of the Senior Bond for all purposes of the Indenture (unless the Senior Bond is transferred by the Administrative Agent) or (iii) the Lien of the Indenture shall cease to constitute a valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Property; or

                       (j)  there shall have occurred a Change of Control.  

                      then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).  Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

SECTION 9  THE AGENTS

                      9.1   Appointment .  Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

                      9.2   Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys‑in‑fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in‑fact selected by it with reasonable care.

                      9.3   Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys‑in‑fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Borrower or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower.

                      9.4   Reliance by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

                      9.5   Notice of Default .  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

                      9.6   Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders .  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys‑in‑fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any of its affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and its affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and its affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any of its affiliates that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys‑in‑fact or affiliates.

                      9.7   Indemnification .  The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section shall survive for two years after repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

                      9.8   Agent in Its Individual Capacity .  Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower as though such Agent were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

                      9.9   Successor Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “ Administrative Agent ” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                      9.10   Documentation Agents and Syndication Agent .  None of the Documentation Agents or the Syndication Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS

                      10.1   Amendments and Waivers .  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1.  The Required Lenders and the Borrower may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

                       (i)  forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (except that only the Lenders who are increasing their Commitments are required to consent to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.3 to increase the Total Commitments);

                       (ii)  eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 or Section 10.6(a)(i) without the written consent of such Lender;

                       (iii)  reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders;

                       (iv)  amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.14 related to pro rata treatment without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

                       (v)  amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent;

                       (vi)  amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.4 or 2.5 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender;

                       (vii)  (A) release the Senior Bond prior to the Release Date, (B) amend the definition of “Release Date” to cause an earlier release of the Mortgaged Property than such definition in effect on the Effective Date or (C) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 5.1 or 7.4, in each case, without the consent of all the Lenders; or

                       (viii)  amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 or any other provision affecting the Issuing Lenders without the written consent of each Issuing Lender affected thereby.

                      Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans.  In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

                      If the Required Lenders shall have approved any amendment which requires the consent of all of the Lenders, the Borrower shall be permitted to replace any non-consenting Lender with another financial institution, provided that, (i) the replacement financial institution shall purchase at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (ii) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.17 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto (as if such purchase constituted a prepayment of such Loans), (iii) such replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, with respect to any replacement financial institution that is not an Eligible Assignee, each Issuing Lender, (iv) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (v) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein but subject to obtaining all necessary regulatory approvals, in addition to the amendments described above, each of the Procurement Facility Limit and the Non-Procurement Facility Limit may be changed by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders and no consent of any other party shall be required; provided that, (a) the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations may not exceed the L/C Commitment, (b) the sum of the Procurement Facility Limit and the Non-Procurement Facility Limit may not exceed the Total Commitments and (c) neither the Procurement Facility Limit nor the Non-Procurement Facility Limit may exceed the Total Commitments; provided that any notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.4 which would, after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made, cause the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans plus the aggregate outstanding amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Non-Procurement Letters of Credit to exceed the Non-Procurement Facility Limit shall be deemed to be a notice by the Borrower hereunder.

                      10.2   Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

Borrower:

Pacific Gas and Electric Company
c/o PG&E Corporation
One Market Street
Spear Tower, Suite 2400
San Francisco, California 94105

Attention:  Assistant Treasurer

Telecopy:    (415) 267-7265/7268

Telephone:  (415) 817-8199/(415) 267-7000

      

with a copy to:

Pacific Gas and Electric Company
c/o PG&E Corporation
One Market
Spear Tower, Suite 2400
San Francisco, California  94105

Attention:   Chief Counsel, Corporate

Telecopy:   (415) 817-8225

Telephone: (415) 817-8200

     

Administrative Agent:

Citicorp North America, Inc.
Two Penns Way
Suite 200
New Castle, Delaware 19720

Attention:  Heather Puchalski
Telecopy:       (212) 994-0961
Telephone:    (302) 894-6021

     

Issuing Lenders:

As notified by each Issuing Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

                       provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or any Lender shall not be effective until received.

                      Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Lender and each Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

                      10.3   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

                      10.4   Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

                      10.5   Payment of Expenses and Taxes .  The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Lender and the Lenders for all their respective reasonable out‑of‑pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of only one counsel and special California regulatory counsel to the Administrative Agent and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Effective Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Effective Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of only one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, each Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and Other Taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, each Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement and performance of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Borrower and its Significant Subsidiaries or any of the Properties and the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against the Borrower under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees not to assert and to cause its Significant Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Significant Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee.  All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor, subject to the Borrower’s receipt of reasonably detailed invoices.  Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 10.5 shall be submitted to Assistant Treasurer (Telephone No. (415) 817-8199/(415) 267-7000) (Telecopy No. (415) 267-7265/7268), at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 10.2 with a copy to Chief Counsel, Corporate (Telephone No. (415) 817-8200) (Telecopy No. (415) 817-8225), at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.  The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive for two years after repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

                      10.6   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .  (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 10.6.

                       (b)  (i)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

                         (A)                         the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Eligible Assignee that is an affiliate of any Lender party to this Agreement on the Effective Date or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person;

                         (B)                         the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

                         (C)                         each Issuing Lender, provided that no consent of any Issuing Lender shall be required for any assignment to an Eligible Assignee.

                       (ii)  Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

                         (A)                         except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Eligible Assignee that is an affiliate of any Lender party to this Agreement on the Effective Date or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $10,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) with respect to any Lender party to this Agreement on the Effective Date, such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of such Lender and any affiliate of such Lender that is an Eligible Assignee;

                        (B)                         the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

                         (C)                         the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire.

                       (iii)  Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 10.5 but shall be subject to the limitations set forth therein).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

                       (iv)  The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, each Issuing Lender and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                       (v)  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

                       (c)  (i)  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.

                       (ii)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent to such greater payments.  Any Participant that is a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless such Participant complies with Section 2.16(d).

                       (d)  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

                       (e)  The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.

                       (f)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 10.6(b).  Each of the Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided , however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage, expense, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits or any kind whatsoever arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance.

                       (g)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of the Agents, in their capacity as Lenders, will assign without the consent of the Borrower, prior to the Effective Date, any of the Commitments held by them on the date of this Agreement.

                      10.7   Adjustments; Set‑off .  (a)  Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender, if any Lender (a “ Benefitted Lender ”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it hereunder, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set‑off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender hereunder, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender hereunder, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

                       (b)  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, including other rights of set-off, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), after any applicable grace period, to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch, affiliate or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

                      10.8   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

                      10.9   Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                      10.10   Integration .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

                      10.11   Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                      10.12   Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

                       (a)  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non‑exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

                       (b)  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

                       (c)  agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower at its address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

                       (d)  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

                       (e)  waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

                      10.13   Acknowledgments .  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

                       (a)  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

                       (b)  neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

                       (c)  no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

                      10.14   Confidentiality .  Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential in accordance with such party’s customary practices (and in any event in compliance with applicable law regarding material non-public information) all non-public information provided to it by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that is designated by the provider thereof as confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any affiliate thereof, (b) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of this Section or substantially equivalent provisions, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Swap Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates (as long as such attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors are subject to confidentiality requirements substantially equivalent to this Section), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed, (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, or (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, provided that, in the case of clauses (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 10.14, with the exception of disclosure to bank regulatory authorities, the Borrower (to the extent legally permissible) shall be given prompt prior notice so that it may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy.

                      10.15   WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

                      10.16   Releases of Senior Bond .  (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of the Release Date, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender) to promptly surrender to or upon the order of the Borrower the Senior Bond then held by the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the terms of the Bond Delivery Agreement.

                       (b)  The Administrative Agent shall promptly surrender to or upon the order of the Borrower the Senior Bond then held by the Administrative Agent at such time as (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and any interest or fees payable to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have been paid in full, (ii) all other amounts then due and payable by the Borrower to the parties hereto under the Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, and (iii) the Commitments have been terminated and the Letters of Credit have terminated or expired.

                      10.17   USA Patriot Act .   Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will a


llow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                                            

PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY

                       

         

By:  /s/  Kent M. Harvey________________

       Name:  Kent M. Harvey

       Title:    Senior Vice President – Chief 
                  Financial Officer and Treasurer

                        

       

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as
Administrative Agent and as a Lender

       

         

By:  /s/  Carolyn A. Kee__________________

       Name:   Carolyn A. Kee

       Title:     Vice President

       

      

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Issuing
Lender and as a Lender

         

     

            

By:  /s/  Thomas Casey__________________

        Name:  Thomas Casey

        Title:     Vice President


                                                           

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

                            

     

By:  /s/  Sydney G. Dennis                    

       Name:   Sydney G. Dennis

       Title:     Director


                                                                 

BNP PARIBAS

     
     

By:  /s/  Mark A. Renaud         

       Name:  Mark A. Renaud

       Title:    Managing Director

           

By:  /s/  Francis J. DeLaney      

       Name:  Francis J. DeLaney

       Title:    Managing Director

 

 

                                                                 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

     
     

By:  /s/  Richard Henshall         

     Name:   Richard Henshall

     Title:     Director

           

           

By:  /s/  David J. Bell   

       Name:   David J. Bell

       Title:     Managing Director


                                                                 

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

     
     

By:  /s/  John D. Reed  

       Name:   John D. Reed

       Title:     Director                                       

      

By:  /s/  Todd D. Vaubel          

        Name:   Todd D. Vaubel

       Title:      Assistant Vice President


                                                                 

LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB

     
     

By:  /s/  Gary T. Taylor

       Name:   Gary T. Taylor

       Title:     Senior Vice President


                                                                 

MELLON BANK, N.A.

     
     

By:  /s/  Richard A. Matthews  

       Name:   Richard A. Matthews

       Title:     First Vice President


                                                                 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

     
     

By:    /s/  John D. Reed

  By:  /s/  Linda M. Stephens    

         Name:   Linda M. Stephens

         Title:     Authorized Signatory


                                                                 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

     
     

By:  /s/  Jesus Williams 

       Name:   Jesus Williams

       Title:      Vice President


                                                                 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

     
     

By:  /s/  Thane Rattew  

       Name:   Thane Rattew

       Title:     Managing Director


                                                                 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC

     
     

By:  /s/  Edward Gripps           

       Name:   Edward Gripps

       Title:     Director

       

By:  /s/  Joselin Fernandes        

       Name:   Joselin Fernandes

       Title:     Associate Director


                                                                 

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.

     
     

By:  /s/  Dennis G. Blank          

       Name:   Dennis G. Blank

       Title:      Vice President


                                                                 

KBC BANK N.V.

     
     

By:  /s/  Jean-Pierre Diels         

       Name:    Jean-Pierre Diels

       Title:      First Vice President

          

By:  /s/  Eric Raskin     

       Name:   Eric Raskin

       Title:     Vice President


                                                                 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK

     
     

By:  /s/  Daniel Twenge

       Name:   Daniel Twenge

       Title:     Vice President


                                                                 

WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT CORPORATION (Recourse only to assets of William Street Commitment Corporation)

     
     

By:  /s/  Manda D’Agata          

       Name:   Manda D’Agata

       Title:     Assistant Vice President



COMMITMENTS

Lender

Commitment

Citicorp North America, Inc.

$93,000,000.00

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

$93,000,000.00

Barclays Bank PLC

$80,000,000.00

BNP Paribas

$80,000,000.00

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch

$80,000,000.00

ABN Amro Bank N.V.

$62,000,000.00

Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB

$62,000,000.00

Mellon Bank, N.A.

$62,000,000.00

Royal Bank of Canada

$62,000,000.00

The Bank of New York

$62,000,000.00

The Bank of Nova Scotia

$62,000,000.00

UBS Loan Finance LLC

$62,000,000.00

Union Bank of California, N.A.

$62,000,000.00

KBC Bank, NV

$26,000,000.00

Morgan Stanley Bank

$26,000,000.00

William Street Commitment Corporation

$26,000,000.00

Total

$1,000,000,000.00

EXHIBIT 11
PG&E CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Three Months Ended

March 31,

(in millions, except share amounts)

2005

2004

Net income

$

218 

$

3,033 

Less: distributed earnings to common shareholders

111 

Undistributed earnings

107 

3,033 

Common shareholders earnings

Basic

Distributed earnings to common shareholders

111 

Undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders

102 

2,893 

Total common shareholders earnings, basic

213 

2,893 

Diluted

Distributed earnings to common shareholders

111 

Undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders

102 

2,897 

Total common shareholders earnings, diluted

$

213 

$

2,897 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

388 

393 

9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes

19 

19 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and participating securities, basic

407 

412 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

388 

393 

Employee stock options, restricted stock and PG&E Corporation shares held by grantor trusts

PG&E Corporation warrants

Rounding

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted (1)

392 

405 

9.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes

19 

19 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and participating securities, diluted

411 

424 

Net earnings per common share, basic

Distributed earnings, basic

$

0.29 

$

Undistributed earnings, basic

0.26 

7.36 

Total

$

0.55 

$

7.36 

Net earnings per common share, diluted

Distributed earnings, diluted

$

0.28 

$

Undistributed earnings, diluted

0.26 

7.15 

Total

$

0.54 

$

7.15 


(1)


Options to purchase 6,500 and 8,542,006 PG&E Corporation common shares were outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the option exercise prices were greater than the average market price.

Exhibit 12.1

Pacific Gas and Electric Company

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Three Months Ended
March 31,

Year Ended December 31,

(dollars in millions)

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

Earnings (1)

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations

$

365 

$

6,543

$

1,451 

$

2,997 

$

1,611 

$

(5,637)

Add:

Fixed Charges

161

671

964 

1,029 

1,019 

648 

Less:

Preferred dividend requirements of subsidiaries

Total Earnings (Loss)

$

526 

$

7,214

$

2,415 

$

4,026 

$

2,630 

$

(4,989)

Fixed Charges (2)

Interest expense, net, including amortization of

   debt issue costs, premiums and discounts

$

154 

$

668

$

939 

$

990 

$

976 

$

609 

AFUDC Debt

(12)

16 

21 

12 

Estimate of interest expense within rents

15

Preferred dividend requirements of subsidiaries

Preferred security requirements of wholly-owned trust

10 

24 

24 

Total Fixed Charges

$

161 

$

671

$

964 

$

1,029 

$

1,019 

$

648 

Ratio of Earnings (Loss) to Fixed Charges (3)

3.27 

10.75

2.51 

3.91 

2.58 

(7.70)

(1)

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings" represents pre-tax income from continuing operations adjusted for minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries and equity in income or loss from subsidiaries accounted for using the equity method plus fixed charges, as computed, less the pre-tax earnings required to cover the preferred dividend requirements of subsidiaries.

(2)

"Fixed charges" include interest, including amortization of debt issue costs, premiums and discounts, the debt portion of the allowance for funds used during construction, an estimate of the amount of interest within rents, and the preferred security requirements of consolidated subsidiaries.

(3)

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year 2000 indicates a ratio of less than one-to-one. The dollar amount of the deficiency is approximately $5.6 billion.

Exhibit 12.2

Pacific Gas and Electric Company

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends

Three Months Ended
March 31,

Year Ended December 31,

(dollars in millions)

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

Earnings (1)

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations

$

365 

$

6,543

$

1,451 

$

2,997 

$

1,611 

$

(5,637)

Add:

Fixed Charges

161 

671

964 

1,029 

1,019 

648 

Less:

Preferred dividend requirements of subsidiaries

Total Earnings (Loss)

$

526 

$

7,214

$

2,415 

$

4,026 

$

2,630 

$

(4,989)

Fixed Charges (2)

Interest expense, net, including amortization of

   debt issue costs, premiums and discounts

$

154 

$

668

$

939 

$

990 

$

976 

$

609 

AFUDC Debt

(12)

16 

21 

12 

Estimate of interest expense within rents

15

Preferred dividend requirements of subsidiaries

Preferred security requirements of wholly-owned trust

10 

24 

24 

Total Fixed Charges

$

161 

$

671

$

964 

$

1,029 

$

1,019 

$

648 

Preferred Stock Dividends

Tax deductible dividends

$

$

9

$

9

$

$

$

Pre-tax earnings required to cover non-tax
   deductible preferred stock dividend requirements

34 

27 

28 

27 

27 

Total Preferred Stock Dividends

$

$

43 

$

36 

$

37 

$

36 

$

36 

Total Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock    Dividends

$

170 

$

714 

$

1,000 

$

1,066 

$

1,055 

$

684 

Ratio of Earnings (Loss) to Combined Fixed Charges    and Preferred Stock Dividends (3)

3.09 

10.10

2.42 

3.78 

2.49 

(7.29)

(1)

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings" represents pre-tax income from continuing operations adjusted for minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries and equity in income or loss from subsidiaries accounted for using the equity method plus fixed charges, as computed, less the pre-tax earnings required to cover the preferred dividend requirements of subsidiaries.

(2)

"Fixed charges" include interest, including amortization of debt issue costs, premiums and discounts, the debt portion of the allowance for funds used during construction, an estimate of the amount of interest within rents, and the preferred security requirements of consolidated subsidiaries.

(3)

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year 2000 indicates a ratio of less than one-to-one. The dollar amount of the deficiency is approximately $5.6 billion.

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Peter A. Darbee, certify that:

1.  

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 of PG&E Corporation;

    

2.  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    

3.  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    

4.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     

     

a.  

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    

b.  

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    

c.  

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

   

d.  

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

     

5.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     

     

a.  

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     

b.  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

     

Date: May 4, 2005

                                                 

PETER A. DARBEE                          

Peter A. Darbee

President and Chief Executive Officer



CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Christopher P. Johns, certify that:

1.  

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 of PG&E Corporation;

    

2.  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    

3.  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    

4.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     

     

a.  

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    

b.  

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    

c.  

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

   

d.  

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

     

5.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     

     

a.  

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     

b.  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

     

Date: May 4, 2005

                                                

CHRISTOPHER P;JOHNS                     

Christopher P. Johns

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Gordon R. Smith, certify that:

1.  

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 of PG&E Corporation;

    

2.  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    

3.  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    

4.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

     

a.  

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    

b.  

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    

c.  

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

   

d.  

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     

a.  

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     

b.  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 4, 2005

                                           

GORDON R. SMITH                          

Gordon R. Smith

President and Chief Executive Officer



CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Kent M. Harvey, certify that:

1.  

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 of PG&E Corporation;

    

2.  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

    

3.  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

    

4.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

     

a.  

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

    

b.  

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

    

c.  

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

   

d.  

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     

a.  

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     

b.  

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 4, 2005

                                      

KENT M. HARVEY                          

Kent M. Harvey

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Exhibit 32.1


CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

          In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PG&E Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, I, Peter A. Darbee, President and Chief Executive Officer of PG&E Corporation, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that:

                 (1)

     

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PG&E Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     

                 (2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PG&E Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of PG&E Corporation.

     

                                    

                                                                      

PETER A. DARBEE                        

PETER A. DARBEE.

President and Chief Executive Officer

May 4, 2005



 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

          In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PG&E Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, I, Christopher P. Johns, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of PG&E Corporation, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that:

                 (1)

     

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PG&E Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, 2004, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     

                 (2)

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of PG&E Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of PG&E Corporation.

     

                              

                                                                         

CHRISTOPHER P. JOHNS         

CHRISTOPHER P. JOHNS

Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Controller

 

May 4, 2005

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

            In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, I, Gordon R. Smith, President and Chief Executive Officer of Pacific Gas and Electric Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that:

         (1)  

     

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     

         (2)  

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Pacific Gas and Electric Company.




                                                                                       

GORDON R. SMITH       

GORDON R. SMITH

                               

President and Chief Executive Officer

May 4, 2005



 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

            In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, I, Kent M. Harvey, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Pacific Gas and Electric Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that:

         (1)       

such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     

         (2)  

the information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pacific Gas and Electric Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Pacific Gas and Electric Company.

 

                   

                                                                                    

KENT M. HARVEY          

KENT M. HARVEY

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

May 4, 2005